Infragistics2.Win.UltraWinSchedule.v9.2 Returns the localized category name Name of the category to retreive The localized string value Return the list of products that this control can be licensed with Base class for the Appointment, Holiday, and Note classes. Returns the number of hours in one day. Returns the number of minutes in one day. Returns the number of seconds in one day. Returns a TimeSpan struct that is one second in duration. Returns a TimeSpan struct that is one minute in duration. Returns a TimeSpan struct that is one hour in duration. Returns a TimeSpan struct that is one day in duration. Compares this instance to another and returns the result. The ActivityBase instance to which this instance is to be compared. -1 if this instance is lesser, 1 if this instance is greater, and 0 if they are equal. Returns the starting date and time for this activity. Returns the ending date and time for this activity. Returns the Owner associated with this activity, or null if it is not associated with an Owner. Returns the amount of time spanned by this activity, obtained by subtracting the value of the Start property from the value of the End property. Returns the text associated with this activity. Returns whether this activity is visible in the user interface. Returns the resolved value of this activity's Visible property. Returns a boolean value indicating whether this activity is selected. Represents an appointment for a specific date and time.

An Appointment object maintains information regarding a task for a particular date and time. The start and end of the appointment are stored in the or respectively. To change the start of the appointment without changing the duration, use the method.

The property may be used to indicate that an Appointment occurs on a day or range of days but is not restricted to a particular time within those days. By default, appointments are rendered differently than non-AllDayEvent appointments. The appearance of all AllDayEvent type appointments can be adjusted by changing the . The can be used to change the appearance for all appointments. The appearance of an appointment can also be controlled on an individual basis by adjusting its

A new Appointment, can be created by either creating a new instance of an and adding it to the collection or using the method of the collection. An appointment can also be created using the . To display the AppointmentDialog for a new appointment, use the . The overload may be used to display the appointment information for an existing Appointment.

An Appointment can have a and associated with it. When the is reached, the will be displayed and the will be invoked as long as each is enabled.

Resolves the appearance for this activity. The IEmbeddableEditorOwner implementor that owns the UIElement that represents the activity; used to provide control-specific ultimate defaults. A reference to the AppearanceData struct that contains the appearance information. A reference to the AppearancePropFlags struct that describes which properties should be resolved. Returns whether the activity is currently in edit mode. Returns the type of activity, i.e., Appointment or Note. Returns whether the activity is read-only Gets / sets the control that has this activity in edit mode. When the activity is not in edit mode, returns null Gets/sets the value that is used by the EmbeddableEditorOwner's GetEditorContext and SetEditorContext methods. Returns the date and time at which the activity begins. Returns the date and time at which the activity ends. Returns whether the activity spans more than one day. Returns the owner associated with this activity, or null if it is not associated with any specific owner. Returns whether the activity has an Appearance of its own. Initializes a new appointment with the specified date and time. Start date and time for the appointment. End date and time for the appointment. Resets all properties of the to their default values. Indicates whether the object needs to be persisted. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the properties of the associated with the .

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the contents of the property need to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the properties of the associated with the .

Resets the start of the to its default value. Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Invoked when a property on one of the subobjects changes. A structure containing the property change information. Invoked when the object is disposed. The notification is used to dispose all resources used by the object. Destructor for the object. Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Adjusts the start date and time for the by the specified . The duration of the is maintained.

The following code will increase an appointment by one hour.

[VB]

UltraCalendarInfo1.Appointments(0).OffsetStartTime(System.TimeSpan.FromHours(1))

[C#]

ultraCalendarInfo1.Appointments[0].OffsetStartTime(System.TimeSpan.FromHours(1));

TimeSpan indicating how much to offset the start of the appointment.
Returns a copy of this object. Deserializes a single object from the specified stream. Stream object from which to deserialize the Appointment A new Appointment object Deserializes a single object from the specified soap (xml) stream. Stream object from which to deserialize the Appointment A new Appointment object Deserializes a single object from the specified byte array. A byte array containing the information from the Appointment A new Appointment object Saves the Appointment object's information to the specified stream. Stream object into which the appointment will be serialized. Saves the Appointment object's information to the specified stream. Stream object into which the appointment will be serialized. If true will serialize dates as universal time (GMT). Saves the Appointment object's information to the specified stream as soap (xml). Stream object into which the appointment will be serialized. Saves the Appointment object's information to the specified stream as soap (xml). Stream object into which the appointment will be serialized. If true will serialize dates as universal time (GMT). Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Appointment Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Appointment Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Appointment If true will serialize dates as universal time (GMT). Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Appointment Invoked during the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Invoked after the entire object graph has been deserialized. The object that initiated the callback. The functionality for the this parameter is not currently implemented. Intializes this instance from the specified 'source' Appointment object. Specifies whether the source Appointment's associated AppointmentRecurrence, Reminder, and Action should be copied to this instance. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the specified appointment represents the same logical . The appointment to check.

This method is helpful since, with the introduction of recurring appointments, it is possible to have multiple instances of an appointment object generated for the same instance/date of the recurrence. This is a consequence of our design decision to not internally cache references to the generated recurrence appointment objects. If we had cached those references then the objects, once generated would never be garbage collected until the component was.

Returns true if the appointment is the same or both have the same and the same
Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns the string representation of this object. Returns or sets the for this .

The AppointmentAction object contains information regarding the type of action to perform as well as the command and parameters to pass to the action.

If the AppointmentAction object is enabled, the action will be invoked when the start date and time of the owning Appointment object has occurred.

Returns or sets the object that controls the objects's formatting.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines whether the is an all day event. Returns true if the Appointment is an all day event.

All-day events display as a boxed item in the MonthView and WeekView controls and at the top of the DayView control.

Returns or sets the color to be used when representing the duration of this in the time bar. used as the BarColor when displaying the in the control. Returns or sets the end date/time of the . Returns a used as end time for the Appointment.

Note: The EndDateTime property cannot be set on an that is a for other appointments; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

Returns or sets the start date/time of the . Returns a used as the start time for the Appointment.

Note: The StartDateTime property cannot be set on an that is a for other appointments; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

Returns or sets the subject of the . Returns a used as the subject for the Appointment. Returns or sets the location of the . Returns a containing the location for the Appointment. Returns or sets the associated with this .

The AppointmentAction object contains information regarding the type of action to perform as well as the command and parameters to pass to the action.

Returns or sets the object for this .

Setting the Day of the does not affect the duration of the Appointment. Instead, it offsets the start of the Appointment based on the difference in days between the current and the of the specified Day object. The same behavior can be achieved by using the method.

Gets/sets the component which owns the object.

The CalendarInfo property can be used to move the to a different object's .

Note: Setting the CalendarInfo property to null (Nothing in VB) is not permitted and will cause an exception to be thrown.

Also note that when the CalendarInfo property is set to a different instance, it is removed from the of the original one. If the event is canceled, setting the CalendarInfo property will have no effect.



Similarly, if the event is canceled, setting the CalendarInfo property will have no effect.



If the is when its CalendarInfo property is set, the property is set to false when it is moved to the new instance.

If the is currently open in either the or the , the dialog is closed before the is moved to the new instance.

Indicates whether the is selected.

To select an , add the object to the property of the owning component.

[VB]

Dim appt as Infragistics.Win.UltraWinSchedule.Appointment

appt = Me.UltraCalendarInfo1.Appointments.Add(System.DateTime.Today, "New Appointment")

Me.UltraCalendarInfo1.SelectedAppointments.Add( appt )

[C#]

Infragistics.Win.UltraWinSchedule.Appointment appt = this.ultraCalendarInfo1.Appointments.Add(System.DateTime.Today, "New Appointment");

this.ultraCalendarInfo1.SelectedAppointments.Add( appt );

Determines whether the can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying the . Returns true if the Appointment can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying the Appointment. Determines whether the can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying it. Returns true if the Note's property is true or if the s property is true. Determines whether the can be displayed. Returns true if the Appointment can be displayed. The Tag property can be used to logically attach another object or value to this object. Returns or sets the description of the . Returns a containing a description for the Appointment. Indicates if a object has been created for the appointment. Indicates if a object has been created for the appointment. Determines whether the object is part of the of the owning . Indicates if the can be selected. Indicates if the object is currently selected. Indicates if the object is draggable. Indicates if the object can be navigated to using the Tab key. (Read-only) Returns whether the spans across multiple days.

The IsMultiDay property returns whether the Appointment's and occur on two different dates.

With the NAS2005 Vol 1 addition of the property, an Appointment can span across multiple logical days even when its and occur on the same actual date; in this case, the IsMultiDay property will return true.

A boolean indicating whether the spans across multiple days.
Returns the index associated with this appointment in the binding list. This only has meaning if the Appointments collection is bound to a data source. Returns the object returned by the binding list that is associated with this appointment. This only has meaning if the Appointments collection is bound to a data source. Gets/sets unique key for appointment used in data binding.

Note: When using the or methods to serialize the , the contents of the DataKey property must support serialization, or an exception will be thrown when the appointment is serialized.

Gets/sets the assigned . Appointments that are unassigned will return the special from this property. Gets/sets the key of the assigned . Appointments that are unassigned will return an empty string from this property. Returns false if either this Appointment's Visible property is false or it's Owner's Visible property is false. Gets/sets the object that describes the recurrence pattern that determines the frequency at which individual occurrences occur.

Only objects that are the of an will return a non-null value from this property; 'standalone' appointments and variances (members of a recurrence that have been modified) both return null from this property.

Note: Attempting to set the Recurrence property of an Appointment that is a member of an existing object’s collection will result in an exception being thrown. Similarly, assigning an object that is already assigned to some other object’s Recurrence property results in an exception being thrown. Also note that setting the or property of an whose Recurrence property is set will result in an exception being thrown.

Returns whether this represents a recurrence, i.e., if its property is set to an instance of the object. Returns whether this represents a variance, i.e., a member of a recurrence that differs in some way from the that describes the recurrence. If this appointment is a member of a recurrence that has been modified, returns the DateTime that represents the value of the Appointment’s property as it was defined by the recurrence.

Note: For objects that are not members of a recurrence, the value of the property is returned.

Returns the object that defines this 's recurrence criteria. If this is a not member of a recurrence, or is itself a root appointment, null is returned. The globally unique identifier that refers to the object to which this object is associated. Used for deserialization purposes. Gets/sets whether the has been logically removed.

The IsRemoved marks a member of a recurrence as having been logically removed.

Returns the value of the StartDateTime property.

When the AllDayEvent property returns true, the Start property returns midnight of the day that contains the actual value of the StartDateTime property, i.e., the time component is stripped out.

Returns a value that is one second earlier than the actual value of the EndDateTime property.

When the AllDayEvent property returns true, the End property returns a value that is 23 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds later than midnight of the day that contains the value of the EndDateTime property. When AllDayEvent returns false, the End property returns a value that is one second earlier than the actual value of the EndDateTime property.

Returns the value of the Subject property. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule Appointment. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. The Accessible object for a group. Constructor The appointment The index of the appointment. The control to use for marshalling notifications. The parent accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. The accessible name for the data area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the Appointment's Subject Represents an action to take when the current system time reaches the start of the associated .

An AppointmentAction is used to execute an application when the of the associated is reached. The action can also be executed explicitly using the method.

Note: the will not be invoked if the property is set to false. Also, when using the overload, it is up to the application to honor the window style specified.

Initializes a new AppointmentAction object.

Normally an AppointmentAction is not created outside of the assembly but instead is created by an Appointment object when it is first requested.

Resets all properties of the to their default values. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Indicates whether the property should be serialized. True when the value of the property differs from the default value. Resets the property to its default value.

Resets the value of the property.

Starts a new using the and . started or Null if the process cannot be started. Starts a new using the object's and . WindowStyle used to show the new window. e.g. Minimized, etc. started or Null if the process cannot be started. Returns the component which owns the object. This property is read-only. Returns the object which owns the object. This property is read-only. Determines the command string for the .

The Command property, along with the property, is used to start a new process when either the method is called or when the start time of the is reached if the AppointmentAction is enabled. The command may be the file name of an executable or a file name with an extension that has an application association on the target machine.

Determines the enabled state of the .

The Enabled property controls whether the AppointmentAction is invoked when the start time of the associated is reached.

Returns or sets the parameters used when the is invoked. Returns a containing the parameters used when invoking the Action. Determines the type of AppointmentAction that will occur. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule AppointmentAction. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. Contains information that describes the associated Appointment object's recurrence pattern and range. Exposes properties that define a recurring date pattern.

With the NetAdvantage 2009 Volume 1 release, the AppointmentRecurrence was refactored to move most of its functionality to a base class, the DateRecurrence class. This class contains almost all of the properties that were originally exposed by the AppointmentRecurrence class; the only properties that were left on the AppointmentRecurrence class were the ones that were specific to appointments (OccurrenceStartTime, OccurrenceDuration, RootAppointment, and Variances)

The DateRecurrence class is used to define date patterns which are used by the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

The GetDateOfNextOccurrence method can be used to obtain the date of the next occurrence on or after a given date.

The RecurrenceDialog class has been modified to provide a front end for editing a DateRecurrence as well as an AppointmentRecurrence. The constructor now exposes an overload which takes a reference to a DateRecurrence instance, and returns the result of the dialog session via its DateRecurrence property.

RecurrenceDialog class AppointmentRecurrence class
Creates a new instance of the object. Creates a new instance of the object. The initial value of the RangeStartDate property. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Invoked when the object is disposed. Resets all properties of the object to their default values. Returns whether any of the properties of the object have been changed from their default values. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Returns the exact starting date and time of the occurrence that starts on the specified date. The starting date for the occurrence. Note that the time component is ignored and substituted with the value of this instance's OccurrenceStartTime property. Returns the exact starting date and time of the occurrence that starts on the specified date. The starting date for the occurrence. Note that the time component is ignored and substituted with the value of this instance's OccurrenceStartTime property. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Invoked during the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Initializes this instance with the property settings of the specified instance. The DateRecurrence instance from which this instance is to be initialized. Returns the string representation of this instance Returns the date of the next occurrence in the series that is no earlier than the specified . The date at which to begin the search. A DateTime or null if no occurrences follow the specified startDate. Gets/sets the number of the day in its respective month on which each occurrence will occur. Gets/sets the day(s) of the week on which each occurrence occurs. Gets/sets the frequency at which the recurrence occurs, i.e., whether it occurs daily, weekly, monthly or yearly. Gets/sets the interval between occurrences of the recurrence. Gets/sets the month of the year on which individual occurrences will occur. Gets/sets whether the recurrence should occur on the first, second, third, fourth or last occurrence of the day of the week (corresponding to the value of the property) in its respective month. Gets/sets whether the recurrence pattern is based on a specific day of the month and/or month of the year, or if it is calculated based on other criteria. Gets/sets the date that defines the end of the recurrence.. Gets/sets the date that defines the beginning of the recurrence.

Note: The first occurrence of the recurrence does not necessarily coincide with the RangeStartDate, but will never occur earlier than this date.

Setting the RangeStartDate property to a value that is outside the range determined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties will cause an exception to be thrown.

Returns the human-readable description of this instance. Creates a new instance of the object. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Invoked when the object is disposed. The notification is used to dispose all resources used by the object.

Note: When an object is detached from an to which it was previously assigned, it is disposed of. A consequence of this is that all members of the collection are removed from the associated component's collection.

Resets all properties of the object to their default values. Returns whether any of the properties of the object have been changed from their default values. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false This method is not supported for the AppointmentRecurrence class. Initializes this instance from the specified . The object that will become this instance's . Initializes this instance from the specified source instance. Used to facilitate cloning. The AppointmentRecurrence instance from which this instance is to be initialized. Specifies whether the value of the rootAppointment member should be copied over as well. Returns the exact starting date and time of the occurrence that starts on the specified date. The starting date for the occurrence. Note that the time component is ignored and substituted with the value of this instance's OccurrenceStartTime property. Returns the exact starting date and time of the occurrence that starts on the specified date. The starting date for the occurrence. Note that the time component is ignored and substituted with the value of this instance's OccurrenceStartTime property. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns a byte array containing the serialized information for this instance. A byte array which contains the serialized information for this instance. Returns a byte array containing the serialized information for this instance. A boolean which specifies whether the values of the DateTime properties should be serialized as relative to Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). A byte array which contains the serialized information for this instance. Deserializes a single object from the specified byte array. A byte array which contains the serialized information for this instance. A new instance, initialized from the specified byte array. Returns the date of the next occurrence in the series that is no earlier than the specified . The date/time at which to begin the search. A DateTime or null if no occurrences follow the specified . Returns a collection of the occurrences which are generated by this AppointmentRecurrence between the specified and . The beginning of the date/time range. The end of the date/time range. A ReadOnlyAppointmentsCollection instance which contains the occurrences which fall within the specified range. Gets a globally unique identifier that identifies this instance. Used for deserialization purposes. Gets/sets the duration of each occurrence in the recurrence.

Note: If the OccurrenceDuration property is set such that it would cause occurrences to overlap, an exception is thrown.

Gets/sets the starting time for each "non-variance" occurrence in the recurrence. Gets/sets the number of the day in its respective month on which each occurrence will occur. Applicable only when the property is set to 'Monthly' or 'Yearly'.

Note: If the PatternDayOfMonth property is set to a value that exceeds the number of days in any of the months that the recurrence spans, the occurrence for those months will fall on the last day of that month.

Gets/sets the day(s) of the week on which each occurrence occurs.

Note: The value of the PatternDaysOfWeek property is expressed as bitflags, so that multiple days can be represented by the property.

When the property is set to 'Daily', the PatternDaysOfWeek property can only be set to 'All' or 'AllWeekdays'; setting the property to any other value will result in an exception being thrown.

When the property is set to 'Weekly', the PatternDaysOfWeek property cannot be set to 'None'; doing so will result in an exception being thrown.

When the property is set to 'Monthly' or 'Yearly', the PatternDaysOfWeek property is not applicable.

Gets/sets the frequency at which the recurrence occurs, i.e., whether it occurs daily, weekly, monthly or yearly.

Note: Since certain values are not valid for the property when PatternFrequency is set to 'Daily' or 'Weekly', the value of the property may be changed when PatternFrequency is set to 'Daily' or 'Weekly'.

Gets/sets the interval between occurrences of the recurrence.

The PatternInterval property works in conjunction with the property to determine the cycle of the recurrence. For example, if the PatternFrequency is set to 'Daily', and the PatternInterval is set to 2, the recurrence occurs every other day.

Note: The PatternInterval property is not applicable when the property is set to 'Yearly'. Also note that the maximum allowable value for the PatternInterval property is 99.

Gets/sets the month of the year on which individual occurrences will occur.

Note: The PatternMonthOfYear property is only applicable when the property is set to 'Yearly'.

Gets/sets whether the recurrence should occur on the first, second, third, fourth or last occurrence of the day of the week (corresponding to the value of the property) in its respective month.

Note: The PatternOccurrenceOfDayInMonth property is only applicable when the property is set to 'Monthly' or 'Yearly'.

Gets/sets whether the recurrence pattern is based on a specific day of the month and/or month of the year, or if it is calculated based on other criteria.

Note: The PatternType property is only applicable when the property is set to 'Monthly' or 'Yearly'.

Gets/sets the date that defines the end of the recurrence. Applicable only when the property is set to 'LimitByDate'.

Note: When is set to 'NoLimit' or 'LimitByNumberOfOccurrences', setting the RangeEndDate property has no effect; the return value will be calculated, using the recurrence's pattern criteria, for the number of occurrences specified by the property.

The last occurrence of the recurrence does not necessarily coincide with the RangeEndDate, but will never occur later than this date.

Setting the RangeEndDate property to a value that is outside the range determined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties will cause an exception to be thrown.

Gets/sets the limiting factor of the recurrence, i.e., whether it never ends, ends after a certain number of occurrences, or ends on or before a certain date. Gets/sets the maximum number of occurrences for the recurrence.

Note: The RangeMaxOccurrences property is applicable only when the property is set to 'LimitByNumberOfOccurrences'. Also note that the maximum allowable value for the RangeMaxOccurrences property is 999.

Gets/sets the date that defines the beginning of the recurrence.

Note: The first occurrence of the recurrence does not necessarily coincide with the RangeStartDate, but will never occur earlier than this date.

Setting the RangeStartDate property to a value that is outside the range determined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties will cause an exception to be thrown.

Returns the object that fully describes all occurrences (except for the date and start/end time) of 'non-variance' recurrences. This acts as a template that describes the subject, location, etc. of the recurrence.

The object referenced by the RootAppointment belongs to the collection. The property of an object that is a root appointment returns an instance of an object whereas all other types of s return null.

Note: Setting the or properties of an object that is assigned to an 's RootAppointment property will cause an exception to be thrown. To modify the starting time of an , set the property. To modify the duration of an , set the property.

Returns a collection of s that belong to the recurrence represented by this that have been modified.

Note: The Variances collection's property returns zero if the has not yet been assigned to an .

Returns the human-readable description of this instance. The Recurrence engine is being used to populate a list with generated occurrences. The Recurrence engine is being used to calculate the range end date, based on the value of RangeMaxOccurrences. The Recurrence engine is being used to determine whether a specific date range has any activity. The Recurrence engine is being used to obtain the next occurrence. Contains information about the recurring that is being deleted. Event parameters used for a cancelable event which pass a single . Initializes a new CancelableAppointmentEventArgs with the specified . An appointment object. Returns the appointment object associated with the event. This property is read-only.

Returns an object associated with the event. Note, the value may be null.

Creates a new instance of the class. The that is about to be deleted. Determines whether the entire series or only the individual occurrence will be deleted, or if the user will be prompted to select. Determines whether the entire series or only the individual occurrence will be deleted, or if the user will be prompted to select. Returns the to which the deleted is associated. The property is read-only. Delegate for handling the event that fires before an that is a member of a recurrence is deleted. Event arguments that are passed to the event. Creates a new instance of the class. The for which the is going to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. The for which the is going to be displayed. Determines whether the 'No End Date' option is enabled on the . The default is true; when set to false, the end user is effectively prevented from creating recurrences that have no finite number of occurrences. Determines whether the 'No End Date' option is enabled on the . When set to false, the end user is effectively prevented from creating recurrences that have no finite number of occurrences. Returns whether the is a member of a recurrence. Event arguments that are passed to the event. Event parameters used for the events which pass a single . Initializes a new AppointmentEventArgs with the specified An appointment object. Appointment object associated with the event. This property is read-only. Creates a new instance of the class. Specifies the recurring appointment that has been deleted. Specifies whether the deleted is a variance. Specifies whether the deleted is a recurring appointment root. Returns whether the that is being deleted is a variance.

Note: Because the has already been deleted, its property is no longer valid; the Variance property of the can be used to determine if the appointment was a variance before it was deleted.

Returns whether the that is being deleted is a recurring appointment root.

Note: Because the has already been deleted, its property is no longer valid; the IsRecurringAppointmentRoot property of the can be used to determine if the appointment was a recurring appointment root before it was deleted.

Event parameters for the event. Creates a new instance of the class. A clone of the object as created or modified in the dialog. A clone of the original object, which represents the state of the object before modified through the dialog. Gets/sets whether changes made to the during this dialog session should be saved.

When the contains invalid values in one or more of its fields, this property can assume a default value of false; for example, if AppointmentRecurrence is set to generate occurrences that would begin or end at a time that is outside the range defined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties. Listeners can, however, set the SaveChanges property to a different value to override the default behavior.

Modifications that are made to the are not saved until the dialog is closed, and only if the dialog is closed via the 'Ok' button. From this it follows that changes are not applied unless the property is set to true; however, if the dialog remains open after the 'Ok' button is clicked, and SaveChanges is set to true, dialog fields will contain whatever values were entered by the end user, regardless of whether they are valid.

Gets/sets whether the should be closed when the Ok button is clicked.

When the contains invalid values in one or more of its fields, this property can assume a default value of false; for example, if AppointmentRecurrence is set to generate occurrences that would begin or end at a time that is outside the range defined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties. Listeners can, however, set the CloseDialog property to a different value to override the default behavior.

Returns a clone of the original object or null if this is a new .

Changes made to the properties if the instance returned by the OriginalRecurrenceare not applied to the recurrence that is associated with the ; it is essentially read-only, used to provide information to event listeners.

Returns a clone of the containing the updated information entered by the user via the .

Unlike the instance returned by the property, changes made to the instance are applied to the recurrence that is associated with the .

Gets/sets the descriptive message that will be displayed to the end user.

The Message property can contain a value by default in some circumstances; for example, if AppointmentRecurrence is set to generate occurrences that would begin or end at a time that is outside the range defined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties. Listeners can set the Message property to an empty string to prevent the message from being displayed to the end user.

The Message property can be set to any non-empty string value, which is then displayed in a MessageBox, regardless of whether any of the 's fields contain invalid values.

Delegate for handling the event. A collection of objects that represent individual occurrences of a recurring that have been modified from the original recurrence. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Serialization constructor for the VariancesCollection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the number of objects in the collection. The collection as an array of objects Returns whether the collection is read-only. The always returns true from this property. Gets the object at the specified index in the collection. Gets the object whose matches the specified date.

Note: This overload will not throw an exception if the specified date does not match the of any of its members.

Only the date component of the specified 'originalStartDate' is used for the search.

Overriden. Returns the initial capacity of the collection. Returns the object which owns this object. This property is read-only. Type-specific enumerator class for enumerating over the objects of the . Returns the current object in the enumerator. A collection of objects.

The AppointmentsCollection contains a reference to all the objects for the object and can be accessed via the property.

The collection can be used to retrieve only the appointments that are currently selected. The appointments associated with a particular time frame may be returned in a object.

Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Creates and adds a new with the specified start date/time and subject and to the collection. The of the new appointment. The of the new appointment Inserts a new into the collection Appointment to insert The inserted appointment Creates and adds a new with the specified start date/time, end date/time and subject and to the collection. The of the new appointment. The of the new appointment. The of the new appointment. Adds an array of objects to the collection Array of objects that should be added to the collection Clears the Gets the root appointment based on the specified recurrence . The id of the appointment recurrence Removes the at the specified index from the collection. Index of the in the collection to remove. A boolean indicating whether the appointment was successfully removed. A return value of false implies that a listener canceled the BeforeAppointmentRemoved event. Removes the specified from the collection. object to remove. A boolean indicating whether the appointment was successfully removed. A return value of false implies that a listener canceled the BeforeAppointmentRemoved event. Removes all of the appointments that were assigned to the owner. The owner of the appointments. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Invoked when a property on one of the objects changes. A structure containing the property change information. Copies the contents of the collection to the specified array starting at the specified index. Array to which the collection contents should be copied. Index at which to start copying Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Suspends internal sorting of the collection until the method is called.

When the contents of the has changed, an internal flag is set which indicates that the contents must be sorted the next time the collection is accessed. In the case where a large number of items are being added, or an has changed (or has been assigned to the property), this can affect performance adversely. The SuspendSort method can be used to prevent this automatic sorting for the period of time during which a potentially expensive operation is being performed, so that sorting is suspended until the method is called.

Note: The method must be called after the SuspendSort method is used so that the contents of the collection are sorted before the collection is accessed; failure to do so can result in unpredictable behavior since the ordinal positions of the objects in the collection will not coincide with their chronological order, which is necessary for the component's correct functionality.

Resumes internal sorting of the collection following a call to the method.

Note: The ResumeSort method must be called after the method is used so that the contents of the collection are sorted before the collection is accessed; failure to do so can result in unpredictable behavior since the ordinal positions of the objects in the collection will not coincide with their chronological order, which is necessary for the component's correct functionality.

Returns the appointment associated with the list object at the specified binding list index or null if not found. The appointment associated with the list object at the specified binding list index or null if not found. Returns the appointment associated with the list object or null if not found. The appointment associated with the list object or null if not found. Returns the component which owns the object. This property is read-only. Gets the object at the specified index in the collection. Overriden. Returns the initial capacity of the collection. Overriden. Indicates whether the collection is read-only. Returns false to indicate that the contents of the collection may be changed. The collection as an array of objects Type-specific enumerator class for enumerating over the objects of the and . Returns the current object in the enumerator. A collection of objects for a particular Year, Month, Week or Day. Removes the at the specified index from the UltraCalendarInfo's Appointments collection.. Removes the specified from the UltraCalendarInfo's Appointments collection. Removes all the items in the from the owning UltraCalendarInfo's Appointments collection. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the contents of the collection to the specified array starting at the specified index. Array to which the collection contents should be copied. Index at which to start copying Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the number of objects in the collection. Gets the object at the specified index in the collection. Overriden. Returns the initial capacity of the collection. Returns the component which owns the object. This property is read-only. Overriden. Indicates whether the collection is read-only. The collection as an array of objects Type-specific enumerator class for enumerating over the objects of the . Returns the current object in the enumerator. Returns the AppearancePropFlags which represent the Appearance properties that relate to the background. Returns the AppearancePropFlags which represent the Appearance properties that relate to the foreground Returns the AppearancePropFlags which represent the Appearance properties that relate to the background image. Returns the AppearancePropFlags which represent the Appearance properties that relate to the foreground image. Returns the AppearancePropFlags which represent the Appearance properties that relate to text. Returns the AppearancePropFlags which represent the Appearance properties that relate to the border. Base role for roles that represent a single . Represents a object. Represents a object which is being displayed in a different month than the one to which it belongs. Represents a object which is being displayed in a different month than the one to which it belongs. Represents the current . Represents a object. Represents a object. Represents the header for a object. Represents the header for the current . Represents the header for a object. Represents the header for a object. Represents the header for a object. Represents an object. Represents the header for an object. Base role for , , and objects. Represents an object. Represents an object whose property is set to true. Represents a object. Represents a object. Represents the indicator that is displayed when more appointments/notes exist for a given day than can be displayed. Represents the up indicator that is displayed when more appointments/notes exist for a given day than can be displayed. Represents the down indicator that is displayed when more appointments/notes exist for a given day than can be displayed. Represents the indicator that is displayed which, when clicked, adds a new appointment and places it in edit mode. Represents the indicator that is displayed which, when clicked, adds a new AllDayEvent and places it in edit mode. Represents the number of constants in this enumeraion. Represents a generic . Represents a which falls within working hours. Represents a which falls within non-working hours. Represents a . Represents the area in which appointments are displayed. Represents the control in the user interface. Represents the control in the user interface. Represents the control in the user interface. The list of month/year pairs that appear when the month header is clicked. The item which represents a month/year pair in the month popup list The base role for the month/year scroll buttons. The buttons which are used to navigate through the months. The buttons which are used to navigate through the months. Represents the number of roles used by this ComponentRole The control area, i.e., the calendar. The buttons that appear in the dropdown which can be clicked to set the control's value to a specific date. The area in which the date buttons are displayed. The area in which the month calendar is displayed. The control area. The dropdown button. Creates a new instance of the WinScheduleRoleInfo class. The constant which identifies this instance. The name of the role. The name of the PLF entity from which the role "derives". Array of RoleState constants which define the possible states for the role. The SupportedRoleProperties value which describes the custom properties supported by this role. Returns the string representation of the specified constant, which is used to define the name of the role. The constant which defines the role. Returns the value of the specified constant cast to an integer. The constant which defines the role. Converts the specified RoleState array into a singular value, i.e., a bitflags value. The RoleState array to convert to a singular value. Returns the constant which identifies this instance. Returns the name of this role. Returns the base name of this role. The base name identifies the PLF entity from which this role "derives". Returns an array of RoleState constants which define the possible states for the role, for example, hot tracking, active, selected, etc. Returns a UIRoleDefinition instance for this WinScheduleRoleInfo. Returns the custom properties supported by the role associated with this WinScheduleRoleInfo instance. Base collection class for the WinScheduleRoleInfo class. Note that deriving classes must override the Populate method, and optionally might want to add a strongly-typed indexer for convenience. Creates a new instance of the WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase class. Returns the WinScheduleRoleInfo instance at the specified ordinal position. Sorts the contents of this collection such that all members are arranged in ascending order of the Value property. Populates the collection with the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances that are defined for WinSchedule. Returns a string array consisting of the role names contained in this collection. Returns a string array consisting of the role definitions instances contained in this collection. Returns a string array containing the names for each role, in the same order as dictated by the WinScheduleApplicationStylingRole enumeration. Returns an array of UIRoleDefinition instances containing the definitions for each role, the same order as dictated by the WinScheduleApplicationStylingRole enumeration. Returns the total number of roles in this collection. Note that the value returned from this property includes both common roles and control-specific roles. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles that are common to all ScheduleBaseControl derived controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. Returns the total number of roles in this collection. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to DayView. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to DayView. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to WeekView. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to WeekView. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to MonthViewSingle. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to MonthViewSingle. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to MonthViewMulti. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to MonthViewMulti. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. Returns an instance of the MonthViewMultiBaseRoleInfoCollection. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to MonthViewMulti. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to MonthViewMulti. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to CalendarCombo. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to CalendarCombo. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. Abstract ComponentRole class for the -derived controls. References the string array which contains the role names. Invoked when the style information for the component has changed. Role class for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The control with which this instance is associated. Used by the associated to determine which instances should be cached. An array of strings containing the names of the role names that should be cached. Returns the associated instance. Role class for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The control with which this instance is associated. Used by the associated to determine which instances should be cached. An array of strings containing the names of the role names that should be cached. Returns the associated instance. Role class for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The control with which this instance is associated. Used by the associated to determine which instances should be cached. An array of strings containing the names of the role names that should be cached. Returns the associated instance. Abstract ComponentRole-derived class for the -derived controls. Creates a new instance of the class. The -derived control with which this instance is associated. The name which identifies this ComponentRole Role class for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The control with which this instance is associated. Used by the associated to determine which instances should be cached. An array of strings containing the names of the role names that should be cached. Returns the associated instance. Role class for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The control with which this instance is associated. Used by the associated to determine which instances should be cached. An array of strings containing the names of the role names that should be cached. Returns the associated instance. Class used by the app styling infrastructure that provides the role and component role defitions used by the assembly.

Note: A parameterless constructor is required for all derived classes.

Returns an array of objects that define the roles provided by an assembly. An array of objects that define the roles. Returns an array of objects that define the component roles provided by anassembly. An array of object that define the component roles. Role class for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The control with which this instance is associated. Used by the associated to determine which instances should be cached. An array of strings containing the names of the role names that should be cached. Returns the associated instance. WinScheduleRoleInfoCollectionBase-derived class specific to TimelineView. Contains the WinScheduleRoleInfo instances which describe the UIRoles specific to TimelineView. Returns the role names that are used by all controls. Returns the role definitions that are used by all controls. Represents a generic . Represents a TimeSlotUIElement which falls within the working hour range. Represents a TimeSlotUIElement which falls within the non-working hour range. Represents the base role for a ColumnHeaderUIElement. Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a TimeInterval whose IntervalUnits property returns 'Minutes' Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a TimeInterval whose IntervalUnits property returns 'Hours' Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a DateInterval whose IntervalUnits property returns 'Days' Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a DateInterval whose IntervalUnits property returns 'Weeks' Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a DateInterval whose IntervalUnits property returns 'Months' Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a DateInterval whose IntervalUnits property returns 'Years' Represents a ColumnHeaderUIElement associated with a DateInterval that is currently assigned to the control's PrimaryInterval property. Represents the DateNavigationButtonUIElement which appears on a column header. Represents the DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement which appears in the area to the left of the column header area. Represents the ActivityScrollButtonUIElement which appears in the activity area, which scrolls activity into view when clicked. Represents the ActivityScrollButtonUIElement which appears in the activity area, which scrolls activity into view when clicked, facing upward. Represents the ActivityScrollButtonUIElement which appears in the activity area, which scrolls activity into view when clicked, facing downward. Represents the control in the user interface. Controls class loading and mandates what class to load. Controls the binding of a serialized object to a type Specifies the Assembly name of the serialized object Specifies the Type name of the serialized object. The type of the object the formatter creates a new instance of. Class for managing the events of an object. It maintains an enabled flag for each event as well as a nested 'in progress' count. Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the CalendarInfoEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. Returns the component which owns the object. This property is read-only. Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events. Array of integer for the CalendarInfoEventIds representing the 'After' events. Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'Before' events. Array of integer for the CalendarInfoEventIds representing the 'Before' events. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after the ActiveDay is changed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before the ActiveDay is changed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs when data has changed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs when a object is created. Delegate for handling the event that occurs when a object is created. Delegate for handling the event that occurs when a object is created. Delegate for handling the event that occurs when a object is created. Delegate for handling the Cancelable event involving a single . Delegate for handling the event that occurs involves an object. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a change occurs to the . Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a change occurs to the . Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a change occurs to the . Delegate for handling the Cancelable event involving a single object. Delegate for handling the Cancelable event involving a single object. Delegate for handling the event involving a single object. Delegate for handling the event involving a single object. Delegate for handling the event that occur before a change to the occurs. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event that occurs involves an object. Delegate for handling the event. Delegate for handling the event. Uniquely identifies each CalendarInfo specific event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event. Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event Event id that identifies the event. Identifies groups of CalendarInfo specific events All events Before events After events Event parameters used for the event. Initializes a new CalendarInfoChangedEventArgs with the specified PropChangeInfo object. A structure containing the property change information. The PropChangeInfo object representing information about the property that changed. This property is read-only. Event parameters used for the event Initializes a new InitializeDayEventArgs object with the specified Day object being initialized. The Day object to initialize. This property is read-only. Event parameters used for the event. Initializes a new instance of the InitializeWeekEventArgs with the specified . Week object being initialized. The Week object to initialize. This property is read-only. Event parameters used for the event. Initializes a new InitializeMonthEventArgs with the specified . The Month object to initialize. This property is read-only. Event parameters used for the event. Initializes a new InitializeYearEventArgs with the specified . The Year object to initialize. This property is read-only. Event parameters used for the event Initializes a new AfterActiveDayChangedEventArgs with the specified . Day object representing the Day that was just activated. The Day object representing the new active day. This property is read-only. Event parameters used for the event. Initializes a new BeforeActiveDayChangedEventArgs with the specified . Day object representing the day that will become active. The Day object representing the new active day. This property is read-only. Event parameters for the event. Initializes a new BeforeSelectedNotesEventArgs with the specified SelectedNotesCollection. New SelectedNotesCollection collection Returns a object containing the Notes that will be selected if the event is not cancelled. The property is read-only.

Since this event is being fired before the selection change has actually taken place, the contents of the collection returned by this property may be compared against the property to see the changes that have occurred.

Event parameters for the event. Initializes a new BeforeSelectedHolidaysEventArgs object with the specified . A new SelectedHolidaysCollection collection containing the Holidays that will be a part of the collection. Returns a object containing the Holidays that will be selected if the event is not cancelled. The property is read-only.

Since this event is being fired before the selection change has actually taken place, the contents of the collection returned by this property may be compared against the property to see the changes that have occurred.

Event parameters for the event. Initializes a new BeforeSelectedAppointmentsEventArgs object with the specified . New SelectedAppointmentsCollection collection Returns a object containing the Appointments that will be selected if the event is not cancelled. The property is read-only.

Since this event is being fired before the selection change has actually taken place, the contents of the collection returned by this property may be compared against the property to see the changes that have occurred.

Event parameters for cancelable events which need to pass a single . Initializes a new CancelableNoteEventArgs with the specified . A note object. Returns the associated with the event. This property is read-only.

Returns a object associated with the event. Note, the value may be null.

Event parameters used for cancelable events involving a single . Initializes a new CancelableHolidayEventArgs with the specified . A holiday object. Returns the associated with the event. This property is read-only.

Returns a object associated with the event. Note, the value may be null.

Event parameters for events which need to pass a single . Initializes a new NoteEventArgs object with the specified . An note object associated with the event. Returns the associated with the event. This property is read-only.

Returns a object associated with the event.

Event parameters for events which need to pass a single . Initializes a new HolidayEventArgs object with the specified . An holiday object associated with the event. Returns the associated with the event. This property is read-only.

Returns a object associated with the event.

Event parameters for the event. Initializes a new BeforeSelectedDateRangeChangeEventArgs with the specified new collection. New SelectedDateRanges collection Boolean indicating if the MaxSelectedDays was exceeded. Boolean indicating if an error dialog will be displayed for exceeding the max selected days. Returns a object containing the date ranges that will be selected if the event is not cancelled. The property is read-only.

Since this event is being fired before the selection change has actually taken place, the contents of the collection returned by this property may be compared to the property to see the changes that have occurred.

Indicates if the max selected items would have been exceeded by the selection change. Returns true if the property was exceeded during the selection operation. Determines if the MaxSelectedDaysError dialog is displayed to the user.

If the property is true and the DisplayMaxSelectedDaysErrorMsg is true, a dialog will be displayed to the end user after the event fires. Setting this property to false will prevent the dialog from being displayed.

The dialog will only be displayed if MaxSelectedDays was exceeded.

Event parameters for the event. Initializes a new DisplayAppointmentDialogEventArgs class with the specified appointment. Appointment object for which the will be displayed. Boolean indicating if is an existing appointment.

If the is false, the Appointment referenced by the is a new object. The properties of the could then be set to initialize the values that are displayed in the appointment dialog.

Initializes a new DisplayAppointmentDialogEventArgs class with the specified appointment. Appointment object for which the will be displayed. Boolean indicating if is an existing appointment. Determines how the is opened for editing; applies only when the is a member of a recurrence, or is itself a recurring appointment root

If the is false, the Appointment referenced by the is a new object. The properties of the could then be set to initialize the values that are displayed in the appointment dialog.

Note: The parameter is only applicable when the is a member of a recurrence, or is itself a recurring appointment root.

Indicates if the is an existing object.

If the IsExistingAppointment returns false, the Appointment referenced by the is a new object.

Gets/sets how the is opened for editing.

Note: This property is only applicable when the is a member of a recurrence, or is itself a recurring appointment root.

Event parameters for the event. Initializes a new ValidateAppointmentEventArgs class with the specified appointment. Cloned object containing the updated appointment information made via the was displayed Original object or null if this is a new . Boolean indicating if the dialog will be closed after the save. Indicates whether the changes should be saved.

When the contains invalid values in one or more of its fields, this property can assume a default value of false; for example, if an appointment's or property is outside the range defined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties. Listeners can, however, set the SaveChanges property to a different value to override the default behavior.

Indicates whether the dialog should be closed.

When the contains invalid values in one or more of its fields, this property can assume a default value of false; for example, if an appointment's or property is outside the range defined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties. Listeners can, however, set the CloseDialog property to a different value to override the default behavior.

Returns the original Appointment object or null if this is a new Appointment. Returns a cloned appointment contained the updated information entered by the user via the AppointmentDialog. Gets/sets the descriptive message that will be displayed to the end user.

The Message property can contain a value by default in some circumstances; for example, if an appointment's or property is outside the range defined by the associated CalendarInfo's and properties. Listeners can set the Message property to an empty string to prevent the message from being displayed to the end user.

The Message property can be set to any non-empty string value, which is then displayed in a MessageBox, regardless of whether any of the 's fields contain invalid values.

Event parameters for the event. Appointment being initialized or reinitialized. Event parameters for the event. Owner being initialized or reinitialized. Base class for the and classes. Determines whether a MessageBox is displayed when a data binding error occurs. Returns the name of the bound field whose value caused the error to occur. Returns the converted value retrieved from the bound field. Gets/sets the message that will be displayed to the end user.

Note: The Message property is not applicable if the property is set to false.

Event parameters for the event. Returns a reference to the whose corresponding data row contains invalid data. Returns the property identifier that describes the property whose data binding returned an invalid value. Event parameters for the event. Returns a reference to the whose corresponding data row contains invalid data. Returns the property identifier that describes the property whose data binding returned an invalid value. Event parameters for the event. Event parameters for the event. Returns a reference to the whose corresponding data row contains invalid data. Returns the property identifier that describes the property whose data binding returned an invalid value. CalendarInfoStreamer provides serialization support for CalendarInfo data that is not exposed via properties and thus not automatically serialized. Constructor Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the CalendarInfoStreamer object The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. CalendarInfoStreamerAllProps provides serialization support for all CalendarInfo data. This class is used by the CalendarInfo Load and Save methods - it is not used for normal persistence. Constructor Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the CalendarInfoStreamerAllProps object The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Class for managing a CalendarLook's events. It maintains an enabled flag for each event as well as a nested 'in progress' count and it exposes events for firing each event. Constructor CalendarLook object associated with the event manager. Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the CalendarLookEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Increments the in progress count Decrements the in progress count Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. The associated CalendarLook Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events delegate for handling event that occurs when CalendarLook data has changed Uniquely identifies each CalendarInfo specific event Event id that identifies the CalendarLookChanged event Identifies groups of CalendarLook specific events All events Before events After events Event parameters used for the CalendarLookChanged event Constructor A structure containing the property change information. The PropChangeInfo object representing information about the property that changed. CalendarLookStreamer provides serialization support for CalendarLook data that is not exposed via properties and thus not automatically serialized. Constructor Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the CalendarInfoStreamer object The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. CalendarInfoStreamerAllProps provides serialization support for all CalendarInfo data. This class is used by the CalendarInfo Load and Save methods - it is not used for normal persistence. Constructor Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the CalendarLookStreamerAllProps object The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Clock object. Return a clock similar to that of Outlook based on the time passed in. Time rendered on the clock image. A resolved AppearanceData struct whose backcolor is used as the face color for AM times and whose forecolor is used for the hands for AM times. If a PM time is passed in, the colors are swapped. Return a clock similar to that of Outlook based on the time passed in. Time rendered on the clock image. A System.Drawing.Image object of the default size Return a clock similar to that of Outlook based on the time passed in. Time rendered on the clock image. Boolean indicating whether the image is selected. If true, the system highlight colors will be used, otherwise the window/windowtext colors are used. A System.Drawing.Image object of the default size using system colors Return a clock similar to that of Outlook based on the time passed in. Time rendered on the clock image. Color used to render the face of an am clock. Also used as the hands for a pm clock. Color used to render the hands for a am clock. Also used to render the face of an pm clock. A System.Drawing.Image object of the default size using the colors specified. Return a clock similar to that of Outlook based on the time passed in. Time rendered on the clock image. Width/Height of the image to be returned. Boolean indicating whether the image is selected. If true, the system highlight colors will be used, otherwise the window/windowtext colors are used. A System.Drawing.Image object of the specified size using system colors Return a clock similar to that of Outlook based on the time passed in. Time rendered on the clock image. Width/Height of the image to be returned. Color used to render the face of an am clock. Also used as the hands for a pm clock. Color used to render the face of an pm clock. Also used as the hands for a am clock. A System.Drawing.Image object of the specified size using the specified colors. UltraScheduleControlBase-derived class from which the schedule controls that display appointments, holidays, or notes derive.

The UltraDayView, UltraWeekView, and UltraMonthViewSingle classes derive from this base class.

UltraScheduleControlBase. Constructor Called when a property has changed on a sub object A structure containing the property change information. Called when a CalendarInfo object is created or set The new CalendarInfo object The previous CalendarInfo object Called when a CalendarLook object is created or set The new CalendarLook object The previous CalendarLook object Called when a property of the instance assigned to this control's property has changed. The instance which contains information about the property change. Called when the value of the property has changed on the instance associated with this control. Note that this method is also called when a new UltraCalendarLook instance is assigned whose ViewStyle property's value is different than the previously assigned instance. The new value of the property. Invokes the control's Paint event. A that contains the event data. Handles invoking the PropertyChanged event when the value of one of the control's properties changes. An that contains the event data. Indicates if the property should be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to null. Indicates if the property should be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to null. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the appearances collection Returns whether the property has been changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Sets the property to its default value. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Called when the associated object's BeforeDisplayAppointmentDialog event fires. DisplayAppointmentDialogEventArgs PerformAction method TBD TBD TBD Returns true if the character should be sent directly to the control and not preprocessed, false otherwise. The character to be evaluated A boolean indicating whether the specified character is used for input by the control Returns whether any day in the specified date range is enabled The date from which to start The last date to check Invoked during the of the control. Invoked during the of the control. Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. The default implementation dirties the ControlUIElement's child elements, so if a derived control wants to dirty cached metrics, it should do so before calling the base class implementation. Called when the cursor leaves over the bounds of the Office2007MoreItemsIndicator. The element that received the mouse leave notification. Called when the cursor hovers over the Office2007MoreItemsIndicator. The element that received the hover notification. Called when the Office2007MoreItemsIndicator is clicked. The element that received the click notification. Sets the properties of the specified ToolTip component based on the specified viewStyle. Returns the tooltip text for the specified Appointment. The Appointment, Holiday or Note whose tooltip text is to be returned. The AppearanceData struct which contains resolved font data to be used for the string measurement. [ref] Upon return, this rectangle's Size property is updated with the size required to display the tooltip. The Location property is left unchanged. Resolves the general control appearance. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the ClickToAddAppointmentUIElement is clicked. The ClickToAddAppointmentUIElement Resolves the Appearance for the specified Appointment The Appointment object whose Appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Specifies whether the appearance is being resolved for the "click to add" indicator. Resolves the appearance for day headers. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The date Indicates wherther the header is hot tracking. The Owner Invokes the control's VisibleChanged event. An that contains the event data. Event handler for the event. Returns the CalendarInfo object. Returns the CalendarLook object. Returns the a collection of user created Appearance objects. Gets/sets whether the -derived control uses its component's property to obtain the list of currently selected days. Returns the event handler that notifies OnSubObjectPropChanged Returns whether the "MS Outlook" font is available. Returns the role which represents the control area Returns a reference to this control's ToolTip component, or null if this control has none. Returns whether a drag or resize operation is currently in progress. Note that this property is only applicable for the UltraDayView and UltraMonthViewSingleBase-derived controls; the default implementation return false. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Raises the AppointmentsDragging event. The EventArgs-derived instance that describes the event. AppointmentsDragging event Raises the AppointmentResizing event. The EventArgs-derived instance that describes the event. AppointmentResizing event Raises the AppointmentsDragDrop event. The EventArgs-derived instance that describes the event. AppointmentsDragDrop event Raises the AppointmentResized event. The EventArgs-derived instance that describes the event. AppointmentResized event Returns the DateTime at the specified point, or null if the hit test did not yield a date/time. The location to test, expressed in client coordinates. Returns the Owner at the specified point, or null if the hit test did not yield an Owner. The location to test, expressed in client coordinates. Determines whether the specified key is an input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. One of the keys values. true if the specified key is an input key; otherwise, false. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets/sets the embeddable editor used for editing Appointments.

By default, the ControlWithActivityBase-derived controls use the EditorWithText embeddable editor to edit appointments. The AppointmentEditorComponent property can be used to assign a different embeddable editor to be used for editing appointments.

The AppointmentEditor property is available only at runtime.

Returns/sets the component that implements the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface for editing Appointments.

By default, the ControlWithActivityBase-derived controls use the EditorWithText embeddable editor to edit appointments. The AppointmentEditorComponent property can be used to assign a different embeddable editor to be used for editing appointments.

The AppointmentEditorComponent property cannot be set to a component that does not implement the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

Event fired when an appointment or group of appointments is dragged by the end user.

The AppointmentsDragging event notifies a listener during all phases of an appointment drag operation. The Phase property identifies whether the drag operation has just been initiated, is continuing because the end user is moving the mouse while the logical left button is pressed, or is about to be committed because the end user released the mouse. The event can be canceled during any phase, in which case the dragged appointment(s) are returned to their pre-drag state. A listener can use this event for the following purposes:

  • Prevent the appointment(s) from being dragged to a different Owner (see AllowOwnerChange)
  • Prevent copies of the the appointment(s) from being made during the drag operation (see AllowCopy)
  • Initiate an external drag/drop operation (for example, drag appointments to a different control) by canceling the event for the 'Beginning' phase and calling the control's DoDragDrop method
  • Specify the cursor to be displayed during the drag operation (see MoveCursor, CopyCursor)
  • Trigger a standard .NET drag/drop operation to (for example) a different control.

If this event is not canceled, the AppointmentsDragDrop event is fired at the end of the drag operation.

Appointments can be dragged to another control by canceling the AppointmentsDragging event, and calling the DoDragDrop method on the schedule control from which the appointments are being dragged. Note that the drop target control must in this case have its AllowDrop property set to true, and the developer must also handle its DragDrop event in order to process the data.

AppointmentsDraggingEventArgs class AppointmentsDragDrop event Appointment class
Event fired when an appointment is resized by the end user.

The AppointmentsResizing event notifies a listener during all phases of an appointment resize operation. The Phase property identifies whether the resize operation has just been initiated, is continuing because the end user is moving the mouse while the logical left button is pressed, or is about to be committed because the end user released the mouse. The event can be canceled during any phase, in which case the resized appointment is returned to its pre-drag state. The SelectionAction property can be used to determine how the existing appointment selection is affected when the resize operation begins, i.e., whether the existing selection is cleared, preserved, or if only the appointment being resized is selected.

If this event is not canceled, the AppointmentResized event is fired at the end of the resize operation.

AppointmentResizingEventArgs class AppointmentResized event Appointment class
Event fired when a drag drop operation on an appointment or group of appointments is completed by the end user.

The AppointmentsDragDrop event notifies a listener than the user has completed a drag operation involving one or more appointments, and that the drag operation was not canceled.

AppointmentsDragDropEventArgs class AppointmentsDragging event Appointment class
Event fired when an appointment is resized by the end user.

The AppointmentResized event notifies a listener than the user has completed an appointment resizing operation, and that the operation was not canceled. The EnterEditMode property can be used to determine whether the resized appointment automatically enters edit mode when the resize operation has been completed.

Appointment class
IComparer and IComparer[ActivityBase] implementor which handles sorting a list that contains Appointments, Holidays, and/or Notes. Delegate for the AppointmentsDragging event. Delegate for the AppointmentResizing event. Delegate for the AppointmentsDragDrop event. Delegate for the AppointmentResized event. Base class which exposes properties relevant to the following events:
  • AppointmentsDragging
  • AppointmentResizing
Creates a new instance of the class. The date over which the cursor was positioned when the operation was initiated. The date closest to the current cursor position. Returns the DateTime over which the cursor was positioned when the operation was initiated. Returns the DateTime closest to the current cursor position.

When the drag operation is initiated, the NewDateTime and InitialDateTime are the same. As the user moves the cursor over areas of the control which represent a different date, the value of the NewDateTime property changes to reflect the date which is used to determine the new date for the appointments.

Contains information about the AppointmentsDragging event. Creates a new instance of the class. Determines the phase of the drag operation that this event firing represents, i.e., whether it is beginning, in progress, or ending. A read-only collection of the appointments on which the drag operation is being performed. The date over which the cursor was positioned when the operation was initiated. The date closest to the current cursor position. The Owner of the at the time the drag operation was initiated. The Owner of the closest to the current cursor position. The state of the keyboard at the time the event was fired. Returns a read-only collection of the appointments that are being dragged.

During the lifetime of the drag operation, the Appointments property returns the same instances as the appointments contained within the SelectedAppointments collection, excluding any appointments therein whose Locked property is set to true.

Note: It is strongly recommended that the appointments contained within this collection not be removed from their owning Appointments collection during the lifetime of the drag operation. Doing so can result in an exception being thrown or other unpredictable behavior.

Returns the phase of the drag operation that this event firing represents, i.e., whether it is beginning, in progress, or ending.

A return value of 'Beginning' indicates that this is the first firing of the event for the associated operation; a value of 'Moving' indicates that the operation is currently underway, and the user has moved the cursor to a different day or TimeSlot since the last time the event was fired. A return value of 'CopyStatusChanging' indicates that the user has pressed or released the Control key, changing the copy status of the drag operation.

Returns or sets whether the appointment(s) can be dragged to a different Owner than the one for which the drag operation was initiated.

To support legacy behavior, the AllowOwnerChange property defaults to true.

Returns or sets whether copies of the appointment(s) can be made during the drag operation.

To support legacy behavior, the AllowCopy property defaults to true.

Returns a boolean indicating whether the drag operation currently contains copied Appointment.

When the AllowCopy property is explicitly set to false, this property returns false as well.

Returns the Owner of the appointment(s) at the time the drag operation was initiated. Returns the new Owner of the appointment(s), based on the current cursor position.

When the drag operation is initiated, the NewOwner and InitialOwner reference the same object. As the user moves the cursor over areas of the control which represent a different owner, the value of the NewOwner property changes to reflect the owner with which the appointments will be associated if the drag operation is not canceled.

Returns or sets the cursor which is displayed during the drag operation when the items are being moved without being copied.

When the MoveCursor property is not explicitly set, the default "drag" cursor is displayed.

Returns or sets the cursor which is displayed during the drag operation when the dragged items are being copied.

When the CopyCursor property is not explicitly set, the default "drag copy" cursor is displayed.

Contains information about the AppointmentResizing event. Creates a new instance of the class. Determines the phase of the resize operation that this event firing represents, i.e., whether it is beginning, in progress, or ending. A reference to the Appointment on which the resize operation is being performed. A AppointmentResizeType constant which describes whether the StartDateTime or EndDateTime of the associated appointment(s) is being modified. The DateTime structure which contains the date and time for which the operation was initiated. The DateTime structure which contains the date and time to which the end user has dragged the edge of the associated element. Returns the Appointment on which the resize operation is being performed. Returns the phase of the resize operation that this event firing represents, i.e., whether it is beginning, in progress, or ending.

A return value of 'Beginning' indicates that this is the first firing of the event for the associated operation; a value of 'Moving' indicates that the operation is currently underway, and the user has moved the cursor to a different day or TimeSlot since the last time the event was fired.

Returns whether the StartDateTime or EndDateTime of the associated appointment is being modified by the resize operation. Returns or sets how the contents of the SelectedAppointments collection is affected when the resize operation is initiated.

This property is only applicable when the Phase property returns 'Beginning'. Setting this property during any other phase has no effect.

To support legacy behavior, this property defaults to 'ClearExistingSelection' for the UltraDayView control, and 'PreserveExistingSelection' for the UltraMonthViewSingle and UltraWeekView controls.

Contains information about the AppointmentsDragging event. Creates a new instance of the class. A read-only collection of the appointments on which the drag operation has been performed. A read-only collection of the appointments that were copied as a result of the user pressing the Control key during the course of the drag operation. Note that these instances represent clones of the being dragged, whose start and end times are the same as that of the original appointments when the drag operation was first initiated. The Owner of the at the time the drag operation was initiated. The Owner of the closest to the current cursor position. Specifies whether the dropped Appointments are copies of the originally selected appointments. Returns a read-only collection of the appointments that were dragged.

The Appointments property returns a read-only collection consisting of the actual appointments that were dragged, with start and end times that reflect the result of the drag operation. The CopiedAppointments property, by contrast, returns clones of the appointments that were dragged. For example, if an appointment is dragged from the current day to the following day, and the control key is pressed before the drag operation is completed, the Appointments property returns the same instance as the appointment that was dragged to the following day, and the CopiedAppointments property returns the one that belongs to the current day. When the drag operation is completed, the SelectedAppointments collection contains the same instances as those returned by the Appointments property.

To support legacy behavior, the SelectedAppointments collection is cleared when the active owner changes. Unless the ClearSelectedAppointments property is explicitly set to false by a listener, the dragged appointments are deselected immediately after this event fires, if the owner on which they are dropped is different than the inital owner.

A read-only collection of the appointments that were copied as a result of the user pressing the Control key during the course of the drag operation, or null if no Appointments were copied during the course of the drag operation.

The CopiedAppointments collection returns a null reference when the HasCopies property returns false, so callers should either check the HasCopies property or check for a null reference before accessing the contents of the CopiedAppointments collection.

When the HasCopies property returns false, this property always returns null.

The CopiedAppointments property returns a read-only collection consisting of clones of the appointments that were dragged, with the same start and end times as the original appointments. The Appointments property, by contrast, returns the actual appointments that were dragged. For example, if an appointment is dragged from the current day to the following day, and the control key is pressed before the drag operation is completed, the Appointments property returns the same instance as the appointment that was dragged to the following day, and the CopiedAppointments property returns the one that belongs to the current day. When the drag operation is completed, the SelectedAppointments collection contains the same instance as the appointment that was dragged to the following day.

Returns the Owner of the appointment(s) at the time the drag operation was initiated. Returns the new Owner of the appointment(s). Returns or sets whether the SelectedAppointments collection will be cleared when the dragged appointments are dropped on a different owner than the one for which the drag operation was initiated.

To support legacy behavior, the SelectedAppointments collection is cleared when the active owner changes; set the ClearSelectedAppointments property to false to prevent this.

Returns a boolean indicating whether the appointments being dragged have been copied during the course of the drag operation.

The HasCopies property basically indicates whether the Control key was pressed at the time the event was fired, and the AllowCopy of the event arguments for the AppointmentsDragging event was set to true. If HasCopies returns true, the CopiedAppointments collection returns a non-null value.

Contains information about the AppointmentResized event. Creates a new instance of the class. A reference to the Appointment on which the resize operation has been performed. Determines whether the StartDateTime or EndDateTime of the associated appointment(s) has been modified by the resize operation. Returns the Appointment on which the resize operation has been performed. Returns whether the StartDateTime or EndDateTime of the associated appointment(s) has been modified by the resize operation. Returns or sets whether an edit mode session should begin on the appointment immediately following the firing of the event.

To support legacy behavior, this property defaults to false for all controls.

Read-only collection class for appointments. Returns the Appointment at the specified ordinal position within this collection. The ordinal position of the appointment to return. Returns the appointment at the specified ordinal position within this collection. The index of the appointment to return. Returns the number of appointments contained within this collection. Returns the contents of this collection as an array. Returns the inital size of this collection. Returns true since this collection cannot be modified externally. Constants which identify events for the ControlWithActivityBase-derived controls. AppointmentsDragging AppointmentResizing AppointmentsDragDrop AppointmentResized Constants which identify the type of resize operation being performed on an Appointment. The left or top edge of the element is being dragged by the end user, causing the value of the StartDateTime property to be adjusted. The right or bottom edge of the element is being dragged by the end user, causing the value of the EndDateTime property to be adjusted. Constants which identify the various phases for the AppointmentsDragging event. The drag operation is beginning. This phase coincides with the user dragging the cursor outside a rectangle whose size is defined by the DragSize property, and whose location is defined by the last point at which the logical left mouse button was pressed. The user is moving the cursor, and the date/time or Owner at the new location is different than the date/time or Owner at the cursor position the last time the event was fired for this phase. The user has pressed or released the Control key, changing the copy status of the drag operation. When the Control key is pressed, the selected appointments are copied; completion of such a drag operation results in the dates and owner of the originally selected appointments to remain intact, while copies of those appointments are added at the drop location. The user has released the logical left mouse button, committing the result of the drag operation. Constants which identify the various phases for the AppointmentResizing event. The resize operation is beginning. This phase coincides with the user pressing the logical left mouse button while the cursor is positioned over the adjustable area of the UIElement which represents the appointment. The user is moving the cursor while holding the logical left mouse button down, causing the value of the StartDateTime or EndDateTime property to be changed. The user has released the logical left mouse button, committing the result of the resize operation. Constants which identify how the SelectedAppointments collection is affected when an appointment resize operation is initiated. The SelectedAppointments collection is cleared immediately following the first firing of the AppointmentResizing event for a given resize operation. Note: This is the default value for the UltraDayView control. The contents of the SelectedAppointments collection remains unchanged. Note: This is the default value for the UltraMonthViewSingle and UltraWeekView controls. The selection is cleared of all appointments except for the one being resized, immediately following the first firing of the AppointmentResizing event for a given resize operation. Base class for scheduler data binding classes. Constructor. The owning UltraCalendarInfo The size Sets the DataSource and DataMember properties in one atomic operation. Indicates the source of data. Indicates a sub-list of the DataSource. Caches property descriptors for all relevant members. Tries to perform synchronization between items and data source. Performs full synchronization between items and data source. The item list. The bound list. Synchronizes data between data source and component. Creator for class-specific property descriptor. The type The name Indicates whether the object needs to be persisted. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Resets all properties of the object to their default values Called when the data source has been removed. Should be overridden in derived classes to perform any necessary cleanup (i.e., clear collections) Gets/sets the source of the data for binding. Gets/sets a sub-list of the DataSource to bind to. Gets control used for binding context. Gets/sets binding context. Returns whether the 'SyncListObjects' method is currently in progress, which implies that the Appointments/Owners/Notes collection is being populated from a data source. List associated with the currency manager. Binding list. Underlying list of items. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Base class for the and classes. Constructor. The owning UltraCalendarInfo The size Not implemented. Not implemented. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. True when the contents of the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns whether any properties have been set to non-default values. Resets all proeprties of theis instance to their default values. Gets/sets the serialization mode for the DateTime members. Gets/sets the deserialization mode for the DateTime members. Gets/sets the serialization mode for the AllPropertiesMember. Gets/sets the serialization mode for the DateTime members. Gets/sets the serialization mode for the DateTime members. Class that handles data binding for the component's collection.

The NAS2004 Volume 3 release of UltraWinSchedule includes support for data binding the UltraCalendarInfo component's Notes collection. The Notes collection can be populated from the contents of any IList implementor, for example, a DataTable. To identify the names of the members that contain the property values for each Note object, the and the properties must be set. The contents of the fields that correspond to these members supply the values for the Note object's and properties, respectively. Each item in the list (for example, the individual rows in a DataTable) represents a member of the Notes collection. As property values of the Note object change, the new value is written to the corresponding member of the data source.

(Internal) Creates a new instance of the class. The component whose collection is to be bound. Creator for class-specific property descriptor. The type The name Creats a new instance of the Note object The value for the BindingListIndex property of the Note to be created. The value for the BindingListObject property of the Note to be created. On return, specifies whether the Note was successfully created. Returns the property name that corresponds to the specified NotesDataBindingPropertyId. The NotesDataBindingPropertyId whose property name is to be returned. Sets the property name that corresponds to the specified NotesDataBindingPropertyId. The property name to be returned. The NotesDataBindingPropertyId whose property name is to be returned. Returns whether the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Resets all properties of the object to their default values Called when the data source has been removed. Returns the NotesAdapter instance associated with this NotesDataBinding instance. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the 's property when data bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the 's property when data bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the 's property when data bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the 's property when data bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the from serialized data. Gets/sets the format string used for DateTime serialization. Gets/sets the IFormatProvider implementor used for DateTime serialization. Gets/sets the date serialization mode for the . Date serialization mode for the property. Creates a new instance of the NotesAdapter class. A reference to the Notes collection for which this instance provides data. Overridden; called in response to the ListChanged event. Boolean specifying whether every member of the Notes collection is to be dirtied. Overridden; called when the Notes collection is to be cleared. Overridden; called when a new member is to be added to the Notes collection. Overridden; removes the member of the Notes collection whose ordinal position corresponds to the specified index. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Overridden; returns the count of the Notes collection Overridden; returns the member of the Notes collection whose ordinal position corresponds to the specified index. Scheduler data bindings for appointments. Creator for class-specific property descriptor. The type The name Indicates whether the object needs to be persisted. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Resets all properties of the object to their default values Called when the data source has been removed. Underlying list of items. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s start date when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s end date when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s subject property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s description property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s AllDayEvent property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s reminder when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the reminder’s DisplayInterval property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the reminder’s DisplayIntervalUnits property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s owner property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s DataKey property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s Recurrence property to new AppointmentRecurrence. Appointment variances don’t make use of this as they only contain reference to ‘root’ recurrence. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s Recurrence property to existing AppointmentRecurrence in Root Appointment. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment’s OriginalStartDateTime property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the appointment from serialized data. Specifies format string used for DateTime serialization. Gets/sets the IFormatProvider implementor used for DateTime serialization. Date serialization mode for . Also used for . Date serialization mode for all date members (, and ). IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Scheduler data bindings for owners. Creator for class-specific property descriptor. The type The name Performs full synchronization between items and data source. The item list. The bound list. Indicates whether the object needs to be persisted. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Resets all properties of the object to their default values Called when the data source has been removed. Underlying list of items. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the owner’s Key property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the owner’s Name property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the owner’s EmailAddress property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the owner’s Visible property when bound. Gets/sets the field to use to initialize the owner from serialized data. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Values that uniquely identify each bindable property of the object. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. Values that uniquely identify each data binding related property of the object. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. Values that uniquely identify each bindable property of the object. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. Specifies whether dates will be serialized to the data source as local or UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) times. Dates are serialized as local time; no conversion is performed when deserialized. Dates are serialized in UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) format; dates are converted to local time when deserialized. Specifies how dates are to be de-serialized. The actual deserialization mode is determined solely by the value of the property. The method is called on the deserialized date to remove a potentially inaccurate value from its property.

Because of a confirmed bug in the class whereby a DateTime's status as either a local or universal time is not preserved during the serialization process, the property cannot always properly honor the 'SerializeDatesAsUniversalTime' setting. Dates that were serialized in the UTC format would appear in the resulting XML as local times, and thus when deserialized would be interpreted as such. Since the WinSchedule data binding layer converts dates that were serialized as universal times into the local time for the current time zone, dates would appear incorrectly, since the method has no effect on a DateTIme whose Kind property returns 'Local'.

If, for example, the DateMemberSerializationMode property is set to 'SerializeDatesAsUniversalTime', and an that occurs at 8AM EST is serialized to an XML file, the WinSchedule data binding layer will convert the date to its UTC equivalent, resulting in a time of 1PM. The resulting string in the XML file, however, appears with the time zone-specific "-05:00" suffix, which causes the DateTime parser to interpret the date as being expressed in local time, which in turn causes the date to incorrectly appear as 1PM EST when it is deserialized from the XML file.

By setting the property to 'IgnoreDateTimeKind', the WinSchedule data binding layer is instructed to remove the DateTimeKind information from the deserialized date, effectively clearing its status as a local time, so that the DateTime's ToLocalTime method performs as expected.

Note that the exists as a convenience to the end developer to provide a solution to the specific problem created by the above mentioned limitation in the SoapFormatter class, and should only be used in scenarios where it is known conclusively that the DateTime data being deserialized contains corretc date and time information, but an incorrect or undefined value for the Kind property.

A DataGridViewColumn which displays a DropDown Calendar. Initializes a new Initializes a new Factory method for creating an editor Called after the creation of the editor to allow initializion such as hooking events or setting default properties Factory method for creating the editor's Owner Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Used to copy the settings of the specified The column whose properties should be copied Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Fires the AfterCloseUp event. An that contains the event data. Fires the AfterDropDown event. An that contains the event data. Fires the BeforeDropDown event. An that contains the event data. Determines the borderstyle used for the dropdown portion of the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved borderstyle used for the dropdown portion of the control.

When the property is set to Default, the control's default setting, Raised, will be used.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the Date Buttons. Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the . Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the object used when dropdown and calendar portion of the control. Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines the unit of change applied to the value when the pressing the spin buttons.

The SpinButtonIncrement determines the units of change applied to the value when a spin button is pressed. The units can be days, weeks, months, and year. The number of these increments that are applied to the value is determined by the .

Note: The Value may still be incremented by the value even when the spin buttons are not visible since by default the up and down arrow keys are interpretted as an increment using the spin buttons when the control is not dropped down.

Determines the number of units applied to the value when pressing the spin buttons.

When clicking the up spin arrow or using the up arrow key, a positive number of the SpinButtonIncrementValues are applied. When clicking the down spin button or using the down arrow key when the control is not dropped down will apply a negative amount of those units.

Determines whether the spin buttons are displayed. Fired after the dropdown list is displayed Fired after the dropdown list closes Fired before the dropdown list is displayed

The BeforeDropDown event can be canceled; when this happens, the dropdown list is not displayed, and the event does not fire.

Column Owner ColumnOwner Constructor An UltraDataGridViewColumn DateRange object. Constructor for the DateRange object. Clears the Days collection so that it can be recreated the next time it is requested. Day object corresponding to the first day in the range. Day object corresponding to the last day in the range. Returns the DateTime representing the end of the date range. Returns the DateTime representing the start of the date range. Returns the collection of Selected Day objects from this range. Return our reference to the CalendarInfo that owns this object. Represents a range of time that is specific to a particular date.

The TimeRange class encapsulates a range of time through two simple properties, StartTime and EndTime, both of which are of type TimeSpan. This class makes it possible to define a range of time as a working hour range, or specify an appearance that applies to a given range of time.

The TimeSlot class enacapsulates a range of time as it pertains to the UltraDayView control, with the number of time slots displayed by the control being dependent on the value of the TimeSlotInterval property. The main purpose of the TimeRange class is to simplify syntax when defining a range of working hours or applying an appearance to time slots; rather than creating an object for each TimeSlot to be affected, a TimeRange object can be used to represent multiple TimeSlots with a single object.

The IsInRange method can be used to determine whether a TimeSlot falls within the range defined by this instance.

TimeSlot class DateRange class WorkingHours collection TimeRangeAppearances collection OwnerTimeSlotSettings class
Represents the maximum allowable value for the EndTime property (24 hours). Represents the minimum allowable value for the StartTime property (TimeSpan.Zero). Create a new instance of the TimeRange class. The TimeSpan structure which defines the beginning of the time range, inclusively. The TimeSpan structure which defines the end of the time range, exclusively. A TimeSpan that coincides exactly with this value is interpreted as outside the range. Thrown if either parameter is negative, or exceeds a value of 24 hours.

The value of the parameter is treated as an exclusive value when a TimeSlot is compared to this instance to determine whether it is within range. For example, if a TimeRange instance is created with a StartTime of 09:00, and an EndTime of 12:00, a TimeSlot whose StartTime is exactly equal to 12:00 is considered to be outside the range defined by that instance.

Returns whether the specified TimeSlot is within the range defined by this instance. The TimeSlot to test. A boolean indicating whether the TimeSlot is considered within the range defined by this instance.

Because the value of the EndTime property is treated as an exclusive value, a TimeSlot whose StartTime time component is exactly equal to the value of the EndTime property of this instance is considered to be outside the range defined by this instance.

Thrown if the value of the parameter contains a null reference.
Returns the string representation of this TimeRange instance.

When formatting the start and end times for display, the current culture's LongTimePattern is used to derive the pattern; the "s" components are then removed to eliminate the seconds component from the displayed string.

Returns the string representation of this TimeRange instance, optionally adjusting the string representation of the end time Specifies whether the end time is depicted as one minute later than its actual value. For example, if the actual span is from 09:00 through 16:59, specifying true will result in a return value of "9AM - 5PM". Returns a boolean indicating whether the specified TimeRange instance is logically the same as this instance. The TimeRange to test.

Given two different TimeRange instances, one named "a" and the other named "b", each with the same values for their StartTime and EndTime properties, the expression, "a == b" will evaluate to false, i.e., the TimeRange object maintains reference identity. The IsSameAs method makes it possible to determine whether two different TimeRange instances are logically the same.

Returns a TimeRange instance whose start and end time is obtained from the specified TimeSlot, optionally adjusting the end time. The TimeSlot instance from which the times are obtained. Specifies whether the end time is adjusted by one minute later than the value obtained from the TimeSlot. For example, if the TimeSlot spans from 08:00 through 08:14, specifying true will result in a return value of "8AM - 8:15AM".

The end time of a TimeSlot object returns a value that is one minute earlier than the start time of the next TimeSlot. This is to avoid intersection between adjacent TimeSlots. The provides an easy way to create a TimeRange instance that can be used in a WorkingHours or TimeRangeAppearances collection.

Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new TimeRange instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns a memberwise copy of this TimeRange instance. A TimeRange instance with the same property values as this instance. Returns a memberwise copy of this instance. Returns the beginning of the range. EndTime TimeSlot class Returns the end of the range.

The value of the EndTime property is considered to be exclusive, meaning that the time range does not include that actual value, but rather all points in time from the StartTime through the minute preceding the actual value of the EndTime property. For example, if the Start property is set to 09:00 hours, and the End property is set to 17:00 hours, the resulting time range as it applies to working hours or time range appearances would be from 9AM through 4:59:59 PM, i.e., up to but not including 5PM. This is in keeping with the time range model used by the UltraDayView control, where the end time for each TimeSlot coincides with the minute preceding the next slot in chronological order. This method is also employed to simplify coding when programmatically adding members to a TimeRangesCollection.

StartTime TimeSlot class
Enables customization of workdays, working hours, and time range appearances for an Owner.

The OwnerTimeSlotSettings class is the base class from which the OwnerDateSettings, DayOfWeekSettings, and OwnerRecurringDateSettings classes derive. Through the functionality inherited from this base class, each of these classes provide the ability to:

  • Designate a date, day of the week, or set of dates (as defined by a recurring pattern) as a "workday"
  • Designate multiple, arbitrary ranges of time as "working hours"
  • Assign an appearance, to be applied to any arbitrary range of time

The IsWorkDay property can be set explicitly to false to override any previously defined working hours, or explicitly set to true to override more general settings such as the value of a DayOfWeek object's IsWorkDay property. When left at its default value, the next object in the property resolution hierarchy is evaluated.

The WorkingHours collection provides a repository for TimeRange objects. The collection provides a way to define any number of contiguous or discontiguous ranges of time to be considered as working hours for the date or day of the week to which they belong. This provides an extension of the functionality provided by the existing WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties of the DayOfWeek object; where those properties only provide the ability to define one single, contiguous range of time as the working hours for the day, the WorkingHours collection allows a way to define "breaks" in the working day.

The TimeRangeAppearances collection provides a repository for TimeRangeAppearance objects. The collection provides a way to define an appearance for a given range of time, using the same syntax as that used to add members to the WorkingHours collection.

DayOfWeekSettings class OwnerDateSettings class OwnerRecurringDateSettings class DayOfWeekSettings collection (Owner class) DateSettings collection (Owner class) RecurringDateSettings collection (Owner class) TimeRange class
Called when the value of a property on a sub-object has changed. The PropChangeInfo instances which contains information about the change. Called when this instance is disposed of. Returns whether this instance requires serialization. Resets all property values of this instance to their respective defaults. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new OwnerTimeSlotSettings instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns or sets whether the date associated with this instance is considered to be a work day.

When the IsWorkDay property is explicitly set to a value other than 'Default', that setting takes precedence over the value of the DayOfWeek object's IsWorkDay property.

When the IsWorkDay property is explicitly set to false, the contents of the WorkingHours collection is not applicable, i.e., the entire day is considered to consist of non-working hours.

Since the IsWorkday property is exposed by several different classes, it is possible to define workdays at various different levels, i.e., for a specific date, a day of the week, or based on a recurring date pattern. The following table details order of precedence in the property resolution process for the IsWorkDay property:

Order of precedence Resolved value
1) OwnerDateSettings If the Owner's DateSettings collection contains an entry for the date to be resolved, that entry is evaluated. If it does not, the resolution process proceeds to the next level. If IsWorkDay is explicitly set, that value takes precedence over all other levels of the property resolution hierarchy. A TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding date will exhibit the non-working hour appearance if the property is set to false, or the working hour appearance if the property is set to true and the TimeSlot is determined to fall within working hours.
2) OwnerRecurringDateSettings If the Owner's RecurringDateSettings collection contains one or more members, each one is examined to determine whether the date to be resolved coincides with the recurrence pattern defined by the Recurrence property. If it does not, the resolution process proceeds to the next level. If IsWorkDay is explicitly set, that value takes precedence over the remaining levels of the property resolution hierarchy. A TimeSlot displayed for a date on which there is an occurrence will exhibit the non-working hour appearance if the property is set to false, or the working hour appearance if the property is set to true and the TimeSlot is determined to fall within working hours.

Note that in the case where more than one recurrence generates an occurrence for the same date, precedence for that date is given to the instance closest to the beginning of the collection. For this reason it is recommended that when using multiple recurrences to define workdays, the recurrence that generates occurrences at the lowest frequency should be positioned closest to the beginning of the collection. For example, consider two recurrences, one (monthly) that occurs on "the first Monday of each month" whose IsWorkDay property is set to false, and another (daily) that occurs "every weekday" whose IsWorkDay property is set to true. The one that occurs monthly should be inserted at the beginning of the collection, and the daily one after it, otherwise (since the first Monday of the month is also a weekday) the first Monday of the month will resolve through the daily recurrence, and IsWorkDay will resolve to true, where the intent was to resolve it to false.

3) DayOfWeekSettings The member of the DayOfWeekSettings collection which corresponds to the date to be resolved is referenced; if the IsWorkDay property is explicitly set, that value takes precedence over the remaining levels of the property resolution hierarchy. A TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding day of the week will exhibit the non-working hour appearance if the property is set to false, or the working hour appearance if the property is set to true and the TimeSlot is determined to fall within working hours.
4) DayOfWeek (UltraCalendarInfo) This is the final level of the property resolution hierarchy. If no other player in the resolution chain had a specific setting, this value makes the final determination. By default, all days except Saturday and Sunday are considered to be workdays. This setting applies to all owners. A TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding day of the week will exhibit the non-working hour appearance if the property is set to false, or the working hour appearance if the property is set to true and the TimeSlot is determined to fall within working hours.

WorkingHours IsWorkDay
Returns a collection of objects, each of which represents a range of time that is considered to be a continuous block of working hours.

The WorkingHours property makes it possible to designate multiple, discontiguous ranges of time as working hours for a particular date. For example, adding 2 TimeRange instances to the list, one for 9AM to 12PM, and another for 1PM to 5PM, would define the working hours for that date such that 12PM to 1PM would remain in the non-working hour range.

When the WorkingHours collection is non-empty, its contents fully describe the working hours for the associated date/day of the week and Owner, i.e., the WorkingHours collection takes precedence over any other properties that define working hours, namely the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties of the DayOfWeekSettings and DayOfWeek classes. Furthermore, as soon as one TimeRange is added to the collection, that TimeRange represents the only working hours, and replaces all other criteria. For example, consider a day which was previously considered a workday, with its working hours spanning 8AM to 5PM. If a TimeRange of 9AM to 12PM is added to the WorkingHours collection for the associated day of the week, the working hour range immediately becomes 9AM - 12PM, and no longer includes the hours which were previously considered part of the workday. As soon as working hours are defined in this manner, the developer assumes responsibility for fully defining the working hours.

It should be noted that no Appearance object is specifically defined by this class for working hours or non-working hours. The UltraDayView control and the Owner object both expose such appearances, and those appearances provide the mechanism through which the visual attributes of a TimeSlot can be customized. The WorkingHours property extends more fine-grained control over which hours should be considered "working" hours, thus limiting or expanding the set of time ranges to which these existing appearances are applied. A specific appearance can be applied to any arbitrary range of time, without regard to whether it falls within working hours, using the TimeRangeAppearances collection.

Since the WorkingHours collection is exposed by several different classes, it is possible to define working hours at various different levels, i.e., for a specific date, a day of the week, or based on a recurring date pattern. The following table details order of precedence in the property resolution process for the WorkingHours collection:

Order of precedence Resolved value
1) OwnerDateSettings If the Owner's DateSettings collection contains an entry for the date to be resolved, that entry is evaluated. If it does not, the resolution process proceeds to the next level. If explicitly populated, the contents of this collection takes precedence over all other levels of the property resolution hierarchy. If the WorkingHours collection contains one or more TimeRanges, a TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding date will exhibit the working hour appearance if the TimeSlot intersects with any of those TimeRanges, and will exhibit the non-working hour appearance otherwise.
2) OwnerRecurringDateSettings If the Owner's RecurringDateSettings collection contains one or more members, each is examined to determine whether the date to be resolved coincides with the recurrence pattern defined by the Recurrence property. If it does not, the resolution process proceeds to the next level. If explicitly populated, the contents of this collection takes precedence over remaining levels of the property resolution hierarchy. If the WorkingHours collection contains one or more TimeRanges, a TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding date will exhibit the working hour appearance if the TimeSlot intersects with any of those TimeRanges, and will exhibit the non-working hour appearance otherwise.

Note that in the case where more than one recurrence generates an occurrence for the same date, precedence for that date is given to the instance closest to the beginning of the collection. For this reason it is recommended that when using multiple recurrences to define working hours, the recurrence that generates occurrences at the lowest frequency should be positioned closest to the beginning of the collection. For example, consider two recurrences, one (monthly) that occurs on "the first Monday of each month" whose working hours are defined as 10AM - 2PM, and another (daily) that occurs "every weekday" whose working hours are defined as 9AM - 3PM. The one that occurs monthly should be inserted at the beginning of the collection, and the daily one after it, otherwise (since the first Monday of the month is also a weekday) the first Monday of the month will resolve through the daily recurrence, and the working hours will resolve as 9AM - 3PM, where the intent was to resolve them as 10AM - 2PM.

3) DayOfWeekSettings

The member of the DayOfWeekSettings collection which corresponds to the date to be resolved is referenced; if the WorkingHours collection is explicitly populated, its contents take precedence over all other levels of the property resolution hierarchy. A TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding date will exhibit the working hour appearance if the TimeSlot intersects with any of those TimeRanges, and will exhibit the non-working hour appearance otherwise.

If the WorkingHours collection is empty, the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties are evaluated to determine whether they have been explicitly set. If they have, a TimeSlot displayed for the corresponding date will exhibit the working hour appearance if the TimeSlot intersects with the range of time defined by the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties.

4) DayOfWeek (UltraCalendarInfo) This is the final level of the property resolution hierarchy. If no other player in the resolution chain had a specific setting, this object makes the final determination. A TimeSlot displayed for this day of the week will exhibit the working hour appearance if the TimeSlot intersects with the range of time defined by the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties.

WorkDayStartTime property (DayOfWeekSettings class) WorkDayEndTime property (DayOfWeekSettings class) IsWorkDay property (DayOfWeekSettings class) WorkingHours collection (DayOfWeekSettings class) WorkDayStartTime property (DayOfWeek class) WorkDayEndTime property (DayOfWeek class) IsWorkDay property (DayOfWeek class) TimeRange class TimeSlot class UltraDayView control
Returns a collection of TimeRangeAppearance objects, which makes it possible to associate an Appearance object with one or more TimeSlots.

Appearance properties are exposed by the UltraDayView control and the Owner class which allow customization of the visual attributes of TimeSlots displayed for working and non-working hours. These appearances, however, apply to all days; the TimeRangeAppearances property provides a mechanism through which these visual attributes can be customized for any arbitrarily selected date and range of time.

A TimeRangeAppearance object overrides all working-hour criteria when a TimeSlot's appearance is resolved.

Since the TimeRangeAppearances collection is exposed by several different classes, it is possible to define appearances at various different levels, i.e., for a specific date, a day of the week, or based on a recurring date pattern. The following table details order of precedence in the property resolution process for the TimeRangeAppearances collection:

Order of precedence Resolved value
1) OwnerDateSettings If the Owner's DateSettings collection contains an entry for the date to be resolved, that entry is evaluated. If it does not, the resolution process proceeds to the next level. If the TimeRangeAppearances collection is non-empty, and a member exists whose time range intersects with that of the TimeSlot whose appearance is to be resolved, the TimeSlot resolves its appearance through that member. Note that any properties that are not explicitly set on its appearance are left available to be resolved by the next player in the resolution chain.
2) OwnerRecurringDateSettings If the Owner's RecurringDateSettings collection contains one or more members, each is examined to determine whether the date to be resolved coincides with the recurrence pattern defined by the Recurrence property. If it does not, the resolution process proceeds to the next level. If the TimeRangeAppearances collection is non-empty, and a member exists whose time range intersects with that of the TimeSlot whose appearance is to be resolved, the TimeSlot resolves its appearance through that member. Note that any properties that are not explicitly set on its appearance are left available to be resolved by the next player in the resolution chain.

Note that in the case where more than one recurrence generates an occurrence for the same date, precedence for that date is given to the instance closest to the beginning of the collection. For this reason it is recommended that when using multiple recurrences to define working hours, the recurrence that generates occurrences at the lowest frequency should be positioned closest to the beginning of the collection.

3) DayOfWeekSettings This is the final level of the property resolution hierarchy. The member of the DayOfWeekSettings collection which corresponds to the date to be resolved is referenced; if the TimeRangeAppearances collection is non-empty, and a member exists whose time range intersects with that of the TimeSlot whose appearance is to be resolved, the TimeSlot resolves its appearance through that member. Note that any properties that are not explicitly set on its appearance are left available to be resolved by the next player in the resolution chain.

TimeRangeAppearance class TimeRange class Appearance class TimeSlot class UltraDayView control
Enables customization of workdays, working hours, and time range appearances for a specific date as displayed for a specific Owner. Creates a new instance of the OwnerDateSettings class. The date for which the new instance applies Returns the string representation of this OwnerDateSettings instance. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new OwnerDateSettings instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the date with which this instance is associated. Enables customization of workdays, working hours, and time range appearances for a recurring pattern of dates as displayed for a specific Owner.

The OwnerRecurringDateSettings class makes it possible to specify workdays, working hours, and time range appearances, for a regularly recurring pattern of dates. It uses the same recurrence engine as that which controls Appointment recurrences. The OwnerRecurringDateSettings class inherits a WorkingHours and TimeRangeAppearances collection, as well as an IsWorkDay property, from the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class, and exposes one additional property, Recurrence. The Recurrence property is of type DateRecurrence (from which the AppointmentRecurrence class derives), which provides a general mechanism through which a date pattern can be defined. With this combination of properties, time-slot settings can be controlled for a recurring pattern of dates, allowing the developer to define, for example, working hours for "Monday, Wednesday, and Friday of every other week", "the second Tuesday of November", or "the first weekday of every month".

Create a new instance of the OwnerRecurringDateSettings class. The DateRecurrence object which defines the date pattern. Called when this instance is disposed of. Called when the value of a property on a sub-object has changed. The PropChangeInfo instances which contains information about the change. Returns the string representation of this OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the DateRecurrence instance which defines the recurrence pattern for this instance. Provides a repository for TimeRange instances.

When a TimeRange is added to this collection, the range is checked against existing instances; if a range is found with which the new range intersects, the two are effectively merged together, resulting in modification of the exsiting instance to include the new range. In this case, the instance passed to the Add method is not added to the collection, and the existing instance is returned.

The contents of this collection are always maintained in chronological order, i.e., when a new instance is added, the collection is sorted by the value of the TimeRange's StartTime property.

Adds a new TimeRange instance to this collection with the specified and . The start time for the new instance The end time for the new instance The resulting TimeRange instance.

If the values of the and parameters define a range of time which intersects with an existing member of this collection, the existing member is modified to incorporate the new range, but no new member is added, and the existing instance is returned.

Thrown if either parameter is negative, or exceeds a value of 24 hours.
Adds the specified to this collection. The TimeRange instance to add.

If the being added defines a range of time which intersects with an existing member of this collection, the existing member is modified to incorporate the new range, but the specified instance is not added.

Removes the specified from this collection. The TimeRange instance to remove. Removes the element at the specified ordinal position from this collection. The ordinal position of the TimeRange instance to remove. Removes all elements from this collection. Returns the instance at the specified ordinal position. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new TimeRangesCollection instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the number of elements in this collection. Returns the TimeRange instance at the specified ordinal position. Returns the contents of this collection as an array. Returns the inital size of this collection. Returns false since this collection can be modified. Provides a repository for OwnerDateSettings instances.

The members of this collection are stored in a generic dictionary. It supports iteration via a generic IEnumerable implementation for OwnerDateSettings instances, but its members have no notion of an ordinal position within the collection.

Adds a new OwnerDateSettings instance to this collection with the specified and . The date with which this instance is associated. The resulting OwnerDateSettings instance. Thrown if a member with the specified already exists in the collection. Adds the specified instance to this collection. The OwnerDateSettings instance to add. Thrown if a member with the same date as the specified already exists in the collection. Thrown if the specified contains a null reference. Removes the specified from this collection. The date of the OwnerDateSettings instance to remove. Thrown if no member exists in the collection for the specified . Removes all elements from this collection. Called when the value of a property on a sub-object has changed. The PropChangeInfo instances which contains information about the change. Releases any resources used by this object Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new OwnerDateSettingsCollection instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the number of elements in this collection. Returns the OwnerDateSettings instance associated with the specified , or null if no entry exists for that date.

Specifying a for which no corresponding member exists will not cause an exception to be thrown. This indexer can also be used to determine whether an instance exists for a given date; when null is returned, no existing instance exists.

Returns the contents of this collection as an array. Returns the inital size of this collection. Returns false since this collection can be modified. Provides a repository for OwnerRecurringDateSettings instances. Adds a new OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance to this collection. The DateRecurrence instance with which the new instance will be associated. The resulting OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance. Adds the specified instance to this collection. The OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance to add. Inserts a new OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance at the specified ordinal position within this collection. The ordinal position for the new instance. Specify zero to insert the new instance at the beginning of the collection. The DateRecurrence instance with which the new instance will be associated. The resulting OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance. Inserts the specified instance at the specified ordinal position within this collection. The ordinal position for the new instance. Specify zero to insert the new instance at the beginning of the collection. The OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance to add. Removes the specified OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance from this collection. The OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance to remove. Removes the instance at the specified ordinal position from this collection. The index of the OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance to remove. Removes all elements from this collection. Called when the value of a property on a sub-object has changed. The PropChangeInfo instances which contains information about the change. Releases any resources used by this object Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new OwnerRecurringDateSettingsCollection instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the number of elements in this collection. Returns the OwnerRecurringDateSettings instance at the specified ordinal position within this collection. Returns the contents of this collection as an array. Returns the inital size of this collection. Returns false since this collection can be modified. Provides a repository for TimeRange instances.

The contents of this collection are always maintained in chronological order, i.e., when a new instance is added, the collection is sorted by the value of the associated TimeRange's StartTime property.

Unlike the TimeRangesCollection class, this class supports overlapping time ranges, i.e., instances whose time ranges intersect are allowed to coexist in the collection. In the case where a TimeSlot intersects with more than one of the members of this collection, the one which occurs chronologically earlier takes precedence. For example, if two members are added to this collection, one for 9AM - 10AM and another for 9:30AM to 10:30AM, the 9:30AM TimeSlot will resolve its appearance through the 9AM - 10AM instance first. If, for example, the BackColor property was set on both appearances, the BackColor for the second instance would not be applied, since the first instance had already resolved it.

Adds the specified and instances to this collection. The TimeRange instance which defines the range of time over which the specified will be applied. The Appearance instance which defines the visual attributes of the TimeSlots which fall within the specified range. A reference to the TimeRangeAppearance instance that was added to the collection.. Removes the entry corresponding to the specified from this collection. The TimeRange instance to remove. Removes the element at the specified ordinal position from this collection. The ordinal position of the TimeRange instance to remove. Removes all elements from this collection. Releases any resources used by this object. Called when the value of a property on a sub-object has changed. The PropChangeInfo instances which contains information about the change. Returns the instance at the specified ordinal position. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new TimeRangeAppearancesCollection instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the number of elements in this collection. Returns the Appearance object at the specified ordinal position within this collection. Returns the TimeRangeAppearance instance associated with the specified TimeRange or null if no object coinciding with the specified TimeRange exists in this collection. Returns the Appearance object associated with the specified TimeSlot or null if the specified TimeSlot does not intersect with any of the member of this collection. Returns the contents of this collection as an array. Returns the inital size of this collection. Returns false since this collection can be modified. Associates an Appearance object with a TimeRange for the purpose of defining a custom appearance for one or more TimeSlot objects as displayed for a given Owner. Returns the string representation of this TimeRangeAppearance instance. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new TimeRangeAppearance instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. The associated TimeRange. The associated Appearance. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new OwnerTimeSlotSettingsSerializer instance with de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Day object. Constructor. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the object Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets Enabled to its default Returns true if this Day object's date is within the range defined by the CalendarInfo object's MinDate/MaxDate properties Boolean indicating whether this Day object is in the MinDate/MaxDate range Overrides the ToString method A string representation of the Day object. Returns whether this object is selected in the specified -derived control. The UltraScheduleControlBase-derived control for which this Day object is to be evaluated A boolean specifying whether this Day object is selected in the specified control. Returns the day number for the day represented by the object. Returns the date for the day represented by the object. Returns the day of week for the day represented by the object. Returns the day of year for the day represented by the object. Returns the Month object that represents the month that this day belongs to. Returns the Week object that represents the week that this day belongs to. Returns the appointments collection for this day Returns the holidays collection for this day Returns the notes collection for this day Returns the enabled status of the object. Returns whether the Day has any appointments, holidays or notes defined. Returns the owning CalendarInfo object. Determines if the Day is enabled by checking if all objects that contain the date are enabled (e.g. Month, MonthOfYear, DaysOfMonth collections). Get: Returns true if this object exists in the associated UltraCalendarInfo component's collection. Set: Adds/removes this object to/from the associated UltraCalendarInfo component's collection. Get: Returns true if this object exists in the associated UltraCalendarInfo component's collection. Set: Adds/removes this object to/from the associated UltraCalendarInfo component's collection. Property: Returns true only if activated Property: Returns true only if selectable Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Property: Returns true only if Draggable Returns the instance associated with this object, cast as an ISelectableItem implementor. Provides an ISelectableItem implementation for the object which uses the collection. Returns the object with which this instance is associated. Returns whether the item is selectable Returns whether the item can be navigated to via the TAB key Returns whether the item is draggable Returns whether the item is currently selected DayLook object. Constructor DayNumber Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Resets property to its default Reset the properties of this object to their default values Checks if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Pass along notifications made by sub objects. PropChangeInfo object containing information about the property change. Return the string representation of this object. Returns the CalendarLook object that owns this object. Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

HeaderAppearance for the day Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Returns true if a header appearance object has been created. Day number associated with this DayLook object. TypeConverter for an UltraWinSchedule DayLook. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. DayOfMonth object. Constructor dayNumber Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns the HashCode for this object. Determine if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determine if the Enabled property needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Enabled property to its default value. String representing the object. Return the CalendarInfo object which owns the WeekOfYear object. Returns the day number associated with this object. Determines the enabled state of this object. You can use the Enabled property to selectively activate or deactivate an object. When an object is disabled, its appearance changes (based on the system disabled colors) and it becomes unavailable to the user. Certain properties or methods of the object may also be unavailable through code when it is disabled. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule DayOfMonth. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. DayOfWeek object. Constructor Day of week. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns true if any property on this object contains data that needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the object. Indicates if the LongDescription property needs to be serialized. Indicates if the LongDescription property needs to be serialized. Resets property to its default Indicates if the ShortDescription property needs to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the ShortDescription property needs to be serialized. Resets the ShortDescription to its default value. Indicates if the Enabled property needs to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the enabled property needs to be serialized. Reset the enabled property to its default value. Indicates if the Visible property needs to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the visible property needs to be serialized. Resets the visible property to its default value. Indicates if the IsWorkDay property needs to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the IsWorkDay property to its default value. String representing the object. A string representation of the DayOfWeek object. Indicates if the WorkDayStartTime needs to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the WorkDayStartTime to its default value. Indicates if the WorkDayEndTime needs to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the WorkDayEndTime to its default value. Return the CalendarInfo object which owns the DayOfWeek object. Long Description for a DayOfWeek Returns the resolved long description for the DayOfWeek. If the LongDescription is an empty string, the long description used will be based on the system locale settings. Short Description for a DayOfWeek Returns the resolved short description for the DayOfWeek. If the ShortDescription is an empty string, the short description used will be based on the system locale settings. Returns the DayOfWeekEnum associated with this DayOfWeek object. Determines if the day of the week is enabled. /// You can use the Enabled property to selectively activate or deactivate an object. When an object is disabled, its appearance changes (based on the system disabled colors) and it becomes unavailable to the user. Certain properties or methods of the object may also be unavailable through code when it is disabled. Determines the visibility of this day of the week. Boolean indicating if the day of week is part of the work week. Specifies the start time for a work day.

Note: When the and properties are set to non-default values, the end developer is permitted to set the WorkDayStartTime property to a value that occurs later than that of the property. This is so that a logical work day can be specified which spans across more than one day. For example, if the LogicalDayOffset property is set such that the logical day begins at 8PM on the previous day, setting the WorkDayStartTime property to 10PM and the property to 4AM will result in a logical work day which begins at 10PM on the previous day and ends at 4AM on the current day.



Also note that setting the value of the WorkDayStartTime property to a value that is outside the range defined by the logical day properties will result in the value being forced to coincide with the beginning of the logical day.

Specifies the end time for a work day.

Note: When the and properties are set to non-default values, the end developer is permitted to set the WorkDayEndTime property to a value that is earlier than that of the property. This is so that a logical work day can be specified which spans across more than one day. For example, if the LogicalDayOffset property is set such that the logical day begins at 8PM on the previous day, setting the property to 10PM and the WorkDayEndTime property to 4AM will result in a logical work day which begins at 10PM on the previous day and ends at 4AM on the current day.



Also note that setting the value of the WorkDayEndTime property to a value that is outside the range defined by the logical day properties will result in the value being forced to coincide with the end of the logical day.

TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule DayOfWeek. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. Object which exposes properties for settings that apply to a particular day of the week for a particular .

The component extends the ability to specify whether a particular day of the week is a working day, as well as when the working day begins and ends. This functionality is realized though the object; the collection returns one of these objects for each day of the week. The DayOfWeekSettings object extends the ability to specify whether a particular day of the week is a working day, as well as when the working day begins and ends, for the to which the instance is associated. When a property of the DayOfWeekSettings object is set, that value is used for that day of the week; in the absence of a specific setting on the DayOfWeekSettings object, the value from the object (in the UltraCalendarInfo's collection) for that particular day of the week is used.

A DayOfWeekSettings object for each of the seven days of the week can be obtained from the object's collection.

Creates a new instance of the class. The day of the week this instance represents. Returns whether the property is set to a non-default value. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Returns whether the property is set to a non-default value. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Returns whether any property of this instance is set to a non-default value. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Resets all properties of this instance to their default values. Returns the string representation of this instance. Deserialization constructor for the class. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serializes this instance. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the instance with which this instance is associated. Returns the instance with which this instance is associated. Returns the constant which defines the day of the week this instance represents. Gets/sets the time at which a working day begins.

When the and properties are set to non-default values, the end developer is permitted to set the WorkDayStartTime property to a value that occurs later than that of the property. This is so that a logical work day can be specified which spans across more than one day. For example, if the LogicalDayOffset property is set such that the logical day begins at 8PM on the previous day, setting the WorkDayStartTime property to 10PM and the property to 4AM will result in a logical work day which begins at 10PM on the previous day and ends at 4AM on the current day.



Also note that setting the value of the WorkDayStartTime property to a value that is outside the range defined by the logical day properties will result in the value being forced to coincide with the beginning of the logical day.

Note: The date components of the WorkDayStartTime property are not applicable, as the property defines a time of day that is independent of any particular date.

The WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties, while not obsolete, have been enhanced by the addition of the WorkingHours collection property, which makes it possible to define multiple, discontiguous ranges of time as working hours. When the WorkingHours collection is populated, the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties are not applicable.

Note: For a detailed explanation of the order of precedence used when resolving working hours and time slot appearances, refer to the IsWorkDay, WorkingHours, and TimeRangeAppearances properties of the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

WorkingHours IsWorkDay property
Gets/sets the time at which a working day begins.

When the and properties are set to non-default values, the end developer is permitted to set the WorkDayEndTime property to a value that is earlier than that of the property. This is so that a logical work day can be specified which spans across more than one day. For example, if the LogicalDayOffset property is set such that the logical day begins at 8PM on the previous day, setting the property to 10PM and the WorkDayEndTime property to 4AM will result in a logical work day which begins at 10PM on the previous day and ends at 4AM on the current day.



Also note that setting the value of the WorkDayEndTime property to a value that is outside the range defined by the logical day properties will result in the value being forced to coincide with the end of the logical day.

Note: The date components of the WorkDayEndTime property are not applicable, as the property defines a time of day that is independent of any particular date.

The WorkDayEndTime and WorkDayStartTime properties, while not obsolete, have been enhanced by the addition of the WorkingHours collection property, which makes it possible to define multiple, discontiguous ranges of time as working hours. When the WorkingHours collection is populated, the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties are not applicable.

Note: For a detailed explanation of the order of precedence used when resolving working hours and time slot appearances, refer to the IsWorkDay, WorkingHours, and TimeRangeAppearances properties of the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

WorkingHours IsWorkDay OwnerTimeSlotSettings class
Type converter class for instances. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. DayOfWeekLook object. Constructor Day of week Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Reset the properties of this object to their default values Checks if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Pass along notifications made by sub objects. PropChangeInfo object containing information about the property change. Return the string representation of this object. The string representation of this object. Returns the CalendarLook object that owns this object. Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Default appearance for the day of week header. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Day of the week associated with this DayOfWeekLook object. TypeConverter for an UltraWinSchedule DayOfWeekLook. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. DayOfYear Object. Constructor Day Number Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns the HashCode for this object. Determine if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determine if the Enabled property needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Enabled property to its default value. String representing the object. Return the CalendarInfo object which owns the DayOfYear object. Returns the day number associated with this object. Determines the enabled state of this object. /// You can use the Enabled property to selectively activate or deactivate an object. When an object is disabled, its appearance changes (based on the system disabled colors) and it becomes unavailable to the user. Certain properties or methods of the object may also be unavailable through code when it is disabled. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule DayOfYear. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. A collection of Day objects. Constructor for the DaysCollection IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Required abstract method override. Indicates the read-only state of the collection. Returns the day object at the specified index. Enumerator class for the DaysCollection Type-safe version of Current A collection of DaysOfMonth objects. UltraScheduleInfoArray. Base array class for objects which derive from SubObjectBase. Return subobject at specified index. Index specified as a zero based value. Retreives an item from the item - optionally creating the object. Integer specifying the index from which to retreive the object. Note, this value is not necessarily the position in the array but is based on the ArrayBase value. Boolean indicating whether the object should be created if it does not exist. Null if the object does not exist and create was false. Otherwise an object is returned. Reset the items in the array to null and unhook from the notifications. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the properties and collection. Called at the end of the GetObjectData call to get any additional info to be serialized. Note, this will only be invoked if the ShouldSerializeDerived returns true. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Overridable method for creating a new subobject. Integer indicating the index of the object to be created. An object that derives from SubObjectBase Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. Invoked when a subobject has been added or removed from the collection. The subobject should have a Reset method which should be invoked by the derived class. SubObject from the collection to reset. Indicates if the collection is being used in design mode. Boolean Initialize the sub object when added to the collection. subObject Constructor used during deserialization. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determine if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Adds a new item to the collection. SubObjectBase IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Return the read-only status of the array. Returns the initial capacity used by the array. Returns the members of the collection in an object array. The base number for the array. For the UltraCalendar classes, this will probably be 1. Returns the base index for the collection. This is called from the ShouldSerialize of the SubObjectsArrayBase to determine if the derived class has anything that needs to be serialized. Class for enumerating over the serializable objects in the collection. Constructor Returns the at the current position in the enumerator Constructor CalendarInfo to which this object belongs. Dimensions of the array Constructor used during deserialization. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Overridable method for initializing a subobject. The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Used when deserializing the array. Indicates if the collection is being used in design mode. Boolean Initialize the sub object. subObject Returns the owning CalendarInfo object. Constructor for the MonthsOfYear object. Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new DayOfMonth object. Integer indicating the index of the object to be created. An object that derives from SubObjectBase Initialize the DayOfMonth object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Notify listeners of changes to properties. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a DayOfMonth object based on the enum. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor Returns the current object A collection of DayLook objects. UltraScheduleLookArray. Constructor CalendarLook to which this object belongs. Dimensions of the array Constructor used during deserialization. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Overridable method for initializing a subobject. The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarLook object. Used when deserializing the array. Indicates if the collection is being used in design mode. Boolean Initialize the sub object. subObject Returns the owning CalendarInfo object. Constructor Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Internal method for accessing the object if it exists. Otherwise a null is returned. Index of the object in the collection. Boolean indicating whether to create the object if it does not already exist. Handles the creation of a new DayLook object. Index of the object being created. A new object for that position in the array. Initialize the DayLook object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarLook object. Notify listeners of changes to properties. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a DayLook object Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor DaysOfMonthLookCollection to iterate over. Constructor DaysOfYearLookCollection to iterate over. Returns the current object A collection of DaysOfWeek objects. Constructor for the DaysOfWeek Collection Constructor used when de-serializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new DayOfWeek object. Index of the object in the collection to create A new DayOfWeek object Initialize the MonthOfYear object. The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Notify listeners of any changes. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Returns the first visible DayOfWeek object based on the FirstDayOfWeek property of the UltraCalendarInfo object it is attached to. DayOfWeek object corresponding to the next visible day. Returns null if the object is not attached to a CalendarInfo object or there are no visible days. Return the next visible DayOfWeek object following the day of the week specified. Enum member indicating which day of the week to start the search. DayOfWeek object corresponding to the next visible day. Returns null if the object is not attached to a CalendarInfo object or there are no visible days. Return the previous visible DayOfWeek object before the day of the week specified. Enum member indicating which day of the week to start the search. DayOfWeek object corresponding to the next visible day. Returns null if the object is not attached to a CalendarInfo object or there are no visible days. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a DayOfWeek object based on the enum. Returns a DayOfWeek object based on the enum. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor for the DayOfWeek Enumerator. Returns the current object Collection class which contains instances of objects. Creates a new instance of the object. The instance with which this collection is associated. Constructor used when de-serializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new object. Index of the object in the collection to create A new DayOfWeek object Initializes the specified subObject with the specified owningCalendarInfo. The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Notify listeners of any changes. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Releases any resources used by this object. Returns the object which represents the day of the week corresponding to the specified index. Returns the object which represents the day of the week corresponding to the specified index. Returns the instance with which this collection is associated. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor for the DayOfWeek Enumerator. Returns the current object A collection of DaysOfWeekLook objects. Constructor Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new DayOfWeekLook object. Index of the object being created. A new object for that position in the array. Initialize the DayOfWeekLook object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarLook object. Notify listeners of changes to properties. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a DayOfWeekLook object Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor Returns the current object A collection of DayOfYear objects. Constructor for the DaysOfYearCollection. Constructor called when de-serializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determines if a particular day of the year has been created. Month number Day number A boolean indicating if the object has been created. Handles the creation of a new DayOfYear object. Integer indicating the index of the object to be created. An object that derives from SubObjectBase Initialize the DayOfYear object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Notify listeners that a property has changed. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a DayOfYear object based on the enum. Returns a DayOfYear object based on a particular month and day. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Returns the current object A collection of DayLook objects. Constructor Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determines if a particular day of the year has been created. Month number Day number A boolean indicating if the object has been created. Internal method for accessing the object if it exists. Otherwise a null is returned. Index of the object in the collection. Boolean indicating whether to create the object if it does not already exist. Handles the creation of a new DayLook object. Index of the object being created. A new object for that position in the array. Initialize the DayLook object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarLook object. Notify listeners of changes to properties. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a DayLook object Returns a DayLook object for a particular month and day. Returns a DayLook object for a particular month and day. Generic Collection TypeConverter Constructor for CollectionConverter Indicates that this object returns properties. Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. An that provides a format context. An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. An array of type that is used as a filter. A with the properties that are exposed for this data type, or null if there are no properties. Provides a description of the DayOfWeek object. Constructor for the PropertyDescriptor SubObjectBase Property Name SubObjectsArrayBase Returns whether resetting an object changes its value. The component to test for reset capability. true if resetting the component changes its value; otherwise, false. Gets the current value of the property on a component. The component with the property for which to retrieve the value. The value of a property for a given component. Called when the property is to be reset. Sets the value of the component to a different value. The component with the property value that is to be set. The new value. Indicates whether the property needs to be persisted. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Gets the name of the category to which the member belongs. The type of component the property is bound to. Indicates if the property is read-only. The type of the property. Creates a new instance of the class. The implementor of the IEmbeddableEditorOwner interface to which this class is associated. Returns the owner's control. The context that was passed into the method. The owner's control. This is used e.g. to re-parent the edit control. Returns the value that should be rendered. The context that was passed into the method. Returns whether the text should be wrapped if it doesn't fit. The context that was passed into the method. A boolean indicating whether the text should be wrapped The default implementation calls the IsMultiLine method and returns its value Returns whether the value can be set to null. The context that was passed into the method. True if the value can be set to null. Resolves the appearance for an element. The context that was passed into the method. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Enumeration describing the area of the embeddable element to which the appearance will be applied Boolean indicating whether the owner should apply its 'HotTrackingAppearance' A string that denotes which appearance to resolve. Applicable only when the 'area' parameter is set to Custom. True if the owner recognizes and supports the named appearance. Determines if a focus rect should be drawn. The context that was passed into the method. Returns true if a focus rect should be drawn. Returns whether the text is multiline. The context that was passed into the method. A boolean indicating whether the text is multiline Returns true is the value is read-only The context that was passed into the method. A boolean indicating whether the text is read only Returns the border style to be used by the embeddable editor element The context that was passed into the method. The border style to be used by the embeddable editor element Returns whether the editor should use its default cursor The context that was passed into the method. A boolean indicating whether the editor should use its default cursor. If true is returned, the editor will enter edit mode on either MouseDown or MouseUp, depending on the nature of the editor The owner context The default implemenation returns true Called when focus is leaving the editor. The editor whose is losing focus. Called when an embeddable element gets a mouse down. An that contains the event data. Called when an embeddable element gets a DoubleClick. An that contains the event data. Determines whether the ampersand character is interpreted as an accelerator (hotkey prefix). The owner context; can be an item or a group. A boolean indicating whether the ampersand character is interpreted as a hotkey prefix. Called by an embeddable editor to determine whether the specified key should be handled by the owner The EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived element If the owner returns true, the editor should not perform its default keyboard processing Gets the editor context that was set with SetEditorContext method. Sets the editor context for the passed in ownerContext. Called before edit mode has been entered. The editor about to enter edit mode. The element entering edit mode. False to cancel the operation. Called to get a graphics object suitable for doing metrics calculations only. A graphics object suitable for doing metrics calculations only. This graphics object shouldn't be rendered on. The owner context which will be used to get the Control this owner is associated with.

Do NOT call the Dispose method on the graphics object returned from this method.

Instead, each call to this method should be paired with a call to .

During graphics caching calls to will return a single cached graphics object and calls to will be ignored.

Called to release a graphics object that was returned from a prior call to . The graphics object to release.

Do NOT call the Dispose method on the graphics object returned from . Use this method instead.

During graphics caching calls to will return a single cached graphics object and calls to will be ignored.

Returns the to be used by the scrollbars displayed by the embeddable editor. Context used to identify the object to reference A instance. Gets the spell checker A component that implements the interface or null. Returns the display style. The Appointment, Note or Holiday. Returns the editor associated with this EmbeddableEditorOwnerBase-derived class Returns the embeddable uielement associated with a particular object or null if none is available. Context used to identify the object to reference The embeddable uielement representing the specified owner context. Returns true if in design mode, false otherwise. Determines the units used for the Reminder DisplayInterval property The DisplayInterval will be expressed in minutes. The DisplayInterval will be expressed in hours. The DisplayInterval will be expressed in days. The DisplayInterval will be expressed in months. Determines which day of the week is considered the first day. The first day of the week is Sunday. The first day of the week is Monday. The first day of the week is Tuesday. The first day of the week is Wednesday. The first day of the week is Thursday. The first day of the week is Friday. The first day of the week is Saturday. The first day of the week is the system default value. Determines the day of the week. The day of the week is Sunday. The day of the week is Monday. The day of the week is Tuesday. The day of the week is Wednesday. The day of the week is Thursday. The day of the week is Friday. The day of the week is Saturday. Determines which activities (Appointments, Notes, or Holidays) are displayed No activities are displayed Appointments are displayed Notes are displayed Holidays are displayed All activities (Appointments, Notes, and Holidays) are displayed For internal use only Defines the activity entities (appointments, notes, holidays) Appointment Holiday Note Determines how s or headers will display their content The date's formatting is dependent on the amount of space available in which to display it s: The property of the associated object is displayed in all days.

headers: The property of the associated object is displayed in all headers.
s: The property of the associated object is displayed in all days.

headers: The property of the associated object is displayed in all headers.
s: Only the number of the day in its associated is displayed in all days.

headers: Only the first character of the property of the associated object is displayed in all headers.
Determines how the individual s will display the portion of their content The year is displayed in the first day of the year (only for January 1 of each year) The year is displayed in the first day of each month The year is never displayed in the day area Determines how the and of an object will be displayed. Time is displayed in 12-hour (h:mm AM/PM) format Time is displayed in 24-hour (hh:mm) format Time is displayed as a clock image, with the time represented by the hands of the clock. Time is not displayed Time is displayed using applicable portions of the system's LongTimePattern setting Determines how weekend days will be displayed The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Weekend days (Saturday and Sunday) are displayed in separate columns. Weekend days (Saturday and Sunday) are displayed in the same column. Determines the month of the year. January February March April May June July August September October November December Determines what type of action to take Execute program. LinkToURL Determines the type of selection None. Single Extended ExtendedAutoDrag SingleAutoDrag Determines the units used for the Reminder SnoozeInterval property The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in minutes. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in hours. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in days. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in months. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in minutes. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in hours. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in days. The SnoozeInterval will be expressed in months. Determines the display style used for the MultiMonth's DayOfWeek Header area. The Day Of Week Headers display above each month. The Day of Week Headers display above the top most row of months only. The Day of Week headers will not be displayed above any month. Determines the order in which the months are displayed. The months will be placed from left to right and then on to the next row of months. The months will be placed from top to bottom and then on to the next column of months. Determines how the control is sized. Control resizes itself based on how much space is needed to display the months. The control displays only as many months as can completely fit in the visible area. The value determines the number of months shown and the size of the control does not impact the number of months displayed. If there is not enough room to display the months, they are clipped. Determines the time interval used to display Time Slots in the DayView control. Five Minutes. Six Minutes. Ten Minutes. Fifteen Minutes. Thirty Minutes. Sixty Minutes. One Minute. Two Minutes. Three Minutes. Four Minutes. Twelve Minutes. Twenty Minutes. Determines how the scroll button border will be displayed. The border for the scroll button is never displayed. The border style will appear like standard buttons but will appear with a less raised or inset appearance. The border style will appear like standard buttons. Flat button style. Determines the text used for the Day Of Week captions. Only the first letter of the Day of Week long description is displayed. The first two letters of the Day of Week long description are displayed. The Day Of Week's ShortDescription is used. The Day Of Week's LongDescription is used. Used to specify the direction of a search. The closest item at or before the specified value. The closest item at or after the specified value. The closest item (not including the item) to the value will be returned. The current item is checked. Any item from the current item or before is checked. Any item from the current item and after is checked. The closest item will be returned. Determines the information displayed in a day's tooltip. No tooltip is displayed. The appointments associated with the day are displayed. The holidays associated with the day are displayed. The appointments and holiday information is displayed. The notes associated with the day are displayed. The notes and appointments information is displayed. The notes and holiday information is displayed. All activity information is displayed. The tooltip event will be fired even if there is no activity for the day object. All activity information is displayed (Appointments, Notes and Holidays) For internal use only. Determines whether tooltips will be displayed for and/or objects. Tooltips are not displayed for or objects. Tooltips are displayed for objects. Tooltips are displayed for objects. Tooltips are displayed for objects. Tooltips are displayed for both and objects. For internal use only Enumeration of the date specific look object types. YearLook objects MonthLook objects DayLook objects WeekLook objects Categories for use when saving and loading the properties of the UltraCalendarInfo No customization options are allowed. Note, this is a flagged enumeratior so None is only honored when not combined with other values from the enumeration. All component level properties The appearances collection The appointments collection The holidays collection The notes collection The DaysOfWeek collection The DaysOfMonth collection The DaysOfYear collection The MonthsOfYear collection The WeeksOfYear collection All date related collections (e.g. DaysOfWeek, WeeksOfYear, etc.) All date specific objects The Owners collection For internal use only All properties Categories for use when saving and loading the properties of the UltraCalendarLook No customization options are allowed. Note, this is a flagged enumeratior so None is only honored when not combined with other values from the enumeration. All component level properties The appearances collection The DaysOfWeekLook collection The DaysOfMonthLook collection The DaysOfYearLook collection The MonthsOfYearLook collection The WeeksOfYearLook collection The Date related collections (e.g. DaysOfWeekLook, MonthsOfYearLook, etc.) All date specific objects (DayLook, YearLook, etc.) All properties and collections Determines what is displayed in a day object. Only display the day number. Display the image if there is one for a day. Display the image and day number. Determines what is used for the month header caption. Use the short description Use the long description Used to determine what will be stored in the edit portion of the calendar combo. The date of the first selected day The date of the last selected day Determines the date activated when the calendar button is clicked. Today's date The ActiveDay's date MinDate MaxDate No date User defined date Determines the action taken when the date button is pressed. Clears the clears the current selection, activates and selects the day. Activates the date. Activates and adds the date to the selected dates. Date validation error reasons. Error while attempting to parse the value. Date value is earlier than the MinDate. Date value is after the MaxDate. Date value is null but AllowNull is false. The property of the object corresponding to the date value has been set to false. Used to determine the increment used when pressing the spin buttons in the CalendarCombo. Days Weeks Months Years DaySizeAndPositionInfo DayUIElement is normal size DayUIElement is half height, located at the top of its row DayUIElement is half height, located at the bottom of its row Determines whether an editor's buttons will be displayed. The buttons are displayed only when the Appointment / Note is in edit mode. The buttons are displayed at all times. Determines the view style for controls that are attached to this instance of the component. Controls will appear as they did in previous versions. Note that the 'Default' setting is logically equivalent to 'Standard' Controls will emulate the appearance of their respective counterparts in Outlook2003. Controls will assume an appearance consistent with the look of VisualStudio2005. Controls will appear as they did in previous versions. Controls will emulate the appearance of their respective counterparts in Outlook2007. Determines the UI displayed for scrolling between columns and groups. Selects suitable approach based on # of groups and # of columns within groups. No UI for scrolling either columns or groups A horizontal scrollbar at bottom of group to scroll columns within the group but no UI to scroll between groups. A horizontal scrollbar at bottom of dayview to scroll over all logical columns. A horizontal scrollbar at bottom of group to scroll columns within the group and scroll buttons in group headers to scroll between groups. A horizontal scrollbar at bottom of dayview which scrolls between groups. Scroll buttons in group headers to scroll between groups. Determines how owners and dates are grouped. Appointments for all owners are displayed together. Date headers are shown above owner headers. Owner headers are shown above date headers. Specifies the type of scroll operation Time slots are scrolling vertically. Columns are scrolling horizontally. Groups are scrolling horizontally. Describes how owner appointments are displayed. Appointments for all owners are displayed together. Appointments for each owner are displayed separately from those of other owners. Describes the type of user interface that is presented to the end user with which to navigate between owners. A dropdown list appears on each owner's header from which a different owner can be selected. A horizontal scrollbar is displayed that controls which owners appear in the control's viewable area. Both a dropdown list and a horizontal scrollbar are displayed. Horizontal scroll buttons are displayed on the first and last in-view owner's headers. No user interface elements are presented to the end user for controlling owner navigation. Determines the frequency at which a recurrence occurs for an . Recurs daily. Recurs weekly. Recurs monthly. Recurs yearly. Determines the day(s) of the week on which an occurrence falls for an . No specific value; the actual value is obtained from the Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Weekend days (Saturday and Sunday) All days of the week except for Saturday and Sunday All days of the week Determines which occurrence of the day in its respective month a recurrence is to occur for an . No specific value; the actual value is obtained from the The first occurrence of the specified day in its month. The second occurrence of the specified day in its month. The third occurrence of the specified day in its month. The fourth occurrence of the specified day in its month. The last occurrence of the specified day in its month. Determines the limiting factor of a recurrence range for an . No limit to the number of occurrences in the recurrence. The recurrence is limited to a specific number of occurrences. The recurrence is restricted by an ending date. Determines whether the recurrence pattern for an is set to occur on a specific day of the month and/or month of the year, or calculated based on other criteria. The recurrence pattern is determined using a specific day of the month and/or month of the year. The recurrence pattern is calculated and does not occur on a specific day of the month and/or month of the year. No specific property The AllDayEvent property The BarColor property The DataKey property The Description property The EndDateTime property The Location property The Locked property The StartDateTime property The Subject property The Visible property The associated AppointmentAction's Command property The associated AppointmentAction's Enabled property The associated AppointmentAction's Parameters property The associated AppointmentAction's Type property The associated Reminder's Enabled property The associated Reminder's DisplayInterval property The associated Reminder's DisplayIntervalUnits property The Owner property The OwnerKey property The OriginalStartDateTime property The Tag property The Recurrence property The RecurrenceId property The Appearance property The Reminder properties that are related to "snoozing" (Snoozed, SnoozeInterval, SnoozeIntervalUnits, SnoozeTime) All properties No specific property The Date property The Description property The OwnerKey property The OwnerKey property All properties Determines whether the entire series or only one occurrence is affected when editing or deleting an . The is displayed, which prompts the end user as to whether the entire series or only the individual occurrence should be affected. The entire series is affected. Only the individual occurrence is affected. Determines the result of a session. The user closed the dialog via the Cancel button. The user selected the 'Series' option, and closed the dialog via the Ok button. The user selected the 'Occurrence' option, and closed the dialog via the Ok button. Determines whether the is opened for editing or deleting a recurrence/occurrence. The dialog prompts for editing the recurrence/occurrence. The dialog prompts for deleting the recurrence/occurrence. Determines how the was closed. The was closed as a result of the 'Ok' button being clicked. The was closed as a result of the 'Cancel' button being clicked. The was closed as a result of the 'Remove Recurrence' button being clicked. Determines how often the Time Slot Descriptor labels are displayed. Default. Show labels only on the hour. Show labels on the hour and for every timeslot. Show labels on the hour and for every other timeslot. Enumerations of print styles for the Prints one or more days in an style layout Prints one or more weeks in an style Prints one or more weeks in an style Prints one or more months in an style Prints 3 sections on a single page. Each section is one of the values. Prints the details of all the activities in the specified date range. Prints the details of the selected activities. Prints one or more days in an style layout Enumeration of the sections available for a TriFold style . A single day is rendered in a section using an style layout A single week is rendered in a section. The arrangement of the section is based on the of the A single month is rendered in a section. An entire year is rendered in a section using an style layout. A blank section for entering notes. A lined section for entering notes. A section including the of the associated .

The notes included will be limited to that of the most specific date related trifold section. For example, if a daily section and a monthly section is included, only the notes for the day that is rendered on the page are included in the CalendarInfoNotesArea section.

Enumeration used to indicate the source for the dates that are printed. The of the associated determines the dates printed for all print styles except Memo. For a Memo , the determines the items that will be printed. The and are used to determine the dates that are printed. For a Memo , all appointments that intersect the date range will be printed. The of the associated determines the dates printed for all print styles except Memo. For a Memo , the determines the items that will be printed. Enumeration of the various layouts available for a Weekly style . The dates are arranged from left to right with the activity arranged in their respective time slots. The appointments rendered are limited to those within the and . The dates are arranged as they would appear in the control; assuming all days are visible, the first three days appear in the first column and the last four in the second column arrange from top to bottom within each column. The dates are arranged as they would appear in a single week of the - arranged from left to right with the activity arranged in order from top to bottom. Enumeration used by the to determine when a page break should be inserted when printing a CalendarDetails style Activities may be rendered together regardless of when they occur. The page will only break when there is no more room to render the remainder of the activity. A page break will be inserted when a new day is encountered. A page break will be inserted when a new week is encountered. A page break will be inserted when a new month is encountered. A page break will be inserted when a new year is encountered. Enumeration used by the to determine how a Monthly style is rendered. This is the default monthly layout style. 5 weeks are rendered on each page starting with the week containing the start date for the print operation. When this option is used, each printed page will include all the weeks of a specific month. This is similar to the “Print Exactly One Month Per Page” option used in outlook’s Monthly print style. When this option is used, each printed page will include all the weeks of a specific month and not display the days or activity of any leading or trailing days. Enumeration used by the to determine what caption is rendered in the date header area. The caption is automatically calculated based on the print style and what dates are being printed in the page. Includes the date information for the primary date information for the section. E.g. For monthly style, it would be the month that includes the most displayed days in the calendar on the page. Includes the start and end date of the range printed on the page. Enumeration used by the property to determine when a page break should be inserted when printing a Memo style No page breaks are inserted. A page break is only inserted when there is no more room to render the rest of the item. Item are rendered on the same page until there isn't enough room to print the entirety of the next item. A page will have at least one item printed. Each item in a Memo is rendered on a separate page. Enumeration indicating how the information in a TriFold should be printed. All owner information is rendered on a single page for each date. A separate page is printed for each owner for each date to be printed. No specific property The Key property The Name property The EmailAddress property The Visible property All properties Determines the type of value being used in the control. The data is owner data: the data set on the control's property. The data is display data: the data set on the control's property. Enumeration which contains constants which determine how week headers are displayed by the control. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Week headers are not displayed. The number of the week in its respective year is displayed, with the text oriented horizonatlly. The range of dates spanned by the week is displayed. The text is oriented vertically. Month scroll button. Year scroll button. Determines the method of navigation when the user presses the tab key. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Pressing the tab key navigates to the next control in the tab order, or the previous control when pressed in conjunction with the shift key. Note that this is handled by the container; UltraTimelineView simply returns false from IsInputKey method under this setting. Pressing the tab key navigates to the next visible activity following the currently selected one, or the previous one when pressed in conjunction with the shift key. When the last visible activity is selected, this action navigates to the first visible one, i.e., the focus "wraps around" to the beginning. When the first visible activity is selected, and the shift key is also pressed, this action navigates to the last visible one, i.e., the focus "wraps around" to the end. Pressing the tab key navigates to the next visible activity, and navigates to the next control in the tab order when the last visible activity is selected. When the shift key is also pressed, navigation behavior is similar, but in the opposite direction. Dialog frmAppointment. Used to schedule appointments. Constructor used to display/edit an existing Appointment. Owning object. Appointment to show the dialog. Boolean indicating if this is an existing object. False if the appointment object specifies default values for the dialog. Disposes of the resources (other than memory) used by the . True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Listen in to objects being disposed. Object being disposed Called when a property has changed on a sub object A structure containing the property change information. Gets/sets the component that will perform spell checking on the description field of the appointment. Gets/sets the component that will perform spell checking on the subject field of the appointment. Returns or sets the name of the styleset in the that should be used by the dialog. Returns or sets whether the control should use application styling. Returns or sets the name of the style library that should be used to obtain the style information for use by the dialog. Returns the event handler that notifies OnSubObjectPropChanged Dialog used to modify the properties of a DateRecurrence object.

Note: The RecurrenceDialog was originally designed to provide a front end through which properties of an AppointmentRecurrence instance could be modified. It has been modified to also support editing of a DateRecurrence instance.

AppointmentRecurrence DateRecurrence
Creates a new instance of the class. The appointment on which the specified recurrence is to be based. The instance the dialog is editing. Determines whether the 'No End Date' RadioButton is enabled. When this parameter is false, the end user is effectively prevented from creating recurrences that have no finite number of occurrences. Determines whether the 'Remove Recurrence' Button is enabled. Determines whether the specified recurrence should be treated as if it has Variances. Specifies whether the referenced by the 'recurrence' parameter is is an existing recurrence. Creates a new instance of the class. The appointment on which the specified recurrence is to be based. The instance the dialog is editing. Determines whether the 'No End Date' RadioButton is enabled. When this parameter is false, the end user is effectively prevented from creating recurrences that have no finite number of occurrences. Determines whether the 'Remove Recurrence' Button is enabled. Determines whether the specified recurrence should be treated as if it has Variances. Assists in the creation of a new instance of the class. The appointment on which the specified recurrence is to be based. The instance the dialog is editing. Determines whether the 'No End Date' RadioButton is enabled. When this parameter is false, the end user is effectively prevented from creating recurrences that have no finite number of occurrences. Determines whether the 'Remove Recurrence' Button is enabled. Determines whether the specified recurrence should be treated as if it has Variances. Specifies whether the referenced by the 'recurrence' parameter is is an existing recurrence. Creates a new instance of the class. The instance to be edited.

An instance of this dialog that was created with this overload does not trigger the BeforeDisplayAppointmentRecurrenceDialog or AfterCloseAppointmentRecurrenceDialog events when it opens or closes.

Disposes of the resources (other than memory) used by the . True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Called when the form is loaded Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Returns an AppointmentRecurrence instance which reflects the values entered by the end user during this dialog session.

This property is only valid when the dialog was created with an AppointmentRecurrence instance, i.e., not when created with a DateRecurrence instance. When the dialog was created with a DateRecurrence instance, this property always returns null.

(Read-only) Returns an instance that reflects the values entered by the end user during this dialog session.

Note: This property is only valid when the dialog has been closed and the dialog session was not canceled.

Returns the DateRecurrence instance that was produced by this dialog session.

When this dialog was created with an AppointmentRecurrence instance, this property returns a downcasted reference, i.e., only properties exposed by the base DateRecurrence class are available. Use the AppointmentRecurrence property when this dialog is used to edit an appointment recurrence.

Returns the result of the dialog's last user session. Returns or sets the name of the styleset in the that should be used by the dialog. Returns or sets whether the control should use application styling. Returns or sets the name of the style library that should be used to obtain the style information for use by the dialog. Simple dialog used to prompt end users for whether they want to open/delete one member of a recurrence or the entire series.

Note: The RecurrenceEditTypeDialog is displayed for members of a recurrence when the property is set to 'UserSelect' when the event returns, provided that the event has not been canceled.

Creates a new instance of the class. The for which this dialog is being displayed. Specifies whether the dialog is opened to prompt for editing or deleting.

Note: The specified must be non-null and belong to a recurrence, or an exception will be thrown.

Disposes of the resources (other than memory) used by the . True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Called when the form is loaded Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Returns the result of this dialog's current session. Returns or sets the name of the styleset in the that should be used by the dialog. Returns or sets whether the control should use application styling. Returns or sets the name of the style library that should be used to obtain the style information for use by the dialog. Dialog frmReminder. Used to display reminders. Constructor for the Reminder dialog. CalendarInfo that owns this dialog. Disposes of the resources (other than memory) used by the . True to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Called when an appointment needs to be updated/added to the reminder window. Appointment whose reminder needs to be displayed. Listen in to objects being disposed. Object being disposed Returns or sets the name of the styleset in the that should be used by the dialog. Returns or sets whether the control should use application styling. Returns or sets the name of the style library that should be used to obtain the style information for use by the dialog. Holiday object. Constructor Start DateTime for the holiday. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns true if any property on this object contains data that needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the day of the Holiday object. Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default. Notification that a sub object's properties have changed A structure containing the property change information. Adjusts the startdate for the holiday by the specified time span. Note, only day increment changes are honored. TimeSpan indicating how much to offset the start date of the holiday. Invoked during the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns the appearance for this Holiday Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Returns the name of the holiday. Returns the Day object for the start date of this Holiday Returns the start date of the holiday. Returns the number of days for the holiday. The control that the Holiday is owned by (read-only) Returns whether the Holiday is selected. Returns whether the Holiday is visible in the UI. Get: Returns true if this object exists in the Selected* collection Set: Adds/Removes this object from the Selected* collection Property: Returns true only if selectable Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Property: Returns true only if Draggable Returns null unconditionally to indicate that this Holiday is not associated with any particular Owner. Returns the value of the StartDate property. Returns a value that is one second earlier than the value of the date obtained by adding the value of the NumberOfDays property to the value of the StartDate property. Returns the value of the Name property. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule Holiday. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. The Accessible object for a group. Constructor The Holiday. The index. The control to be used when marhsalling notifications. The parent AccessibleObject. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. The accessible name for the data area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the Holiday's Subject A collection of Holiday objects. Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns a null string Creates a new holiday and adds it to the collection The name of the new holiday. The starting date of the new holiday. The newly-created holiday. Creates a new holiday and adds it to the collection The name of the new holiday. The number of days for the new holiday to span. The starting date of the new holiday. The newly-created holiday. Should not be called outside of collection or streamer classes Clears the collection Removes the Holiday from the colection Removes a Holiday from the collection IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called when a property is changed on one of the Holidays A structure containing the property change information. Copies the contents of the collection to the specified array starting at the specified index. Array to which the collection contents should be copied. Index at which to start copying Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. indexer Abstract property that specifies the initial capacity of the collection The CalendarInfo object that owns this Holidays collection (read-only). Returns true if this collection is read only. The collection as an array of objects Enumerator for the HolidaysCollection Type-safe version of Current A collection of Holiday objects for a particular Year, Month, Week or Day. Removes the Holiday from the collection Removes an Holiday from the collection Returns a null string Clears the collection IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the contents of the collection to the specified array starting at the specified index. Array to which the collection contents should be copied. Index at which to start copying Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the number of items in the collection indexer Abstract property that specifies the initial capacity of the collection The CalendarInfo object that owns this Holidays collection (read-only). Returns true if this collection is read only. The collection as an array of objects Enumerator for the HolidaysSubsetCollection Type-safe version of Current A logical column that is currently in view on an control. This represents an owner's appointments for a single day or if is set to NoGrouping then it represents appointments for all owners on a specific day. Determines if the column is in the same logical group. The column to compare. If is NoGrouping then true is returned. Returns whether the column is in the same group based on the setting. Determines if the column is in the same logical group. The date to compare. The owner to compare.

If is NoGrouping then true is returned.

Otherwise, either the date or owner is compared.

Returns whether the column is in the same group based on the setting.
Returns the date currently associated with this column. Note: this value changes as the user scrolls through the columns. Returns the currently associated with this column. Note: this value changes as the user scrolls through the columns. The control that the parent is owned by (read-only) Gets the zero-based index of this column in the collection. Gets the zero-based index of this column in the overall set of logical columns. Returns the currently associated with this column. Note: this value changes as the user scrolls through the columns. The collection of logical columns that are currently in view on an control. Returns the owner at the specified index The index of the owner to retrieve. The owner at the specified index. Determines if the date/owner is in the collection. The specific date. The specific owner True if the date/owner is in the collection. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Returns the zero-based index of the day/owner into the collection. The specific date. The specific owner A zero-based index or -1 if the day/owner is not in the collection. Returns the number of items in the collection. Returns the initial capacity for this collection. Returns true The control that the is owned by (read-only) Returns the InViewColumn object at the requested index. Returns the InViewColumn object at the requested index. Enumerator class for the . Returns the Owner object at the current location. Infragistics schedule control which presents appointments along a horizontal time line, optionally grouped by their respective owners.

The UltraTimelineView control derives from ControlWithActivityBase and supports the display of appointments and holidays along a horizontal timeline. Display of multiple owners is also supported, with each Owner presented much like a row in a grid. Each division of time is presented much like a column in a grid; each column represents a unit of time whose duration is defined by the PrimaryInterval. Any number of additional date or time intervals can be displayed above the primary interval by adding members to the AdditionalIntervals collection. This collection provides the ability to group the primary intervals, and also to navigate along the timeline by clicking scroll buttons. The number of owners that can be displayed in the viewable area of the control can be changed via the MaximumOwnersInView property, and whether the user can change this value can be controlled via the OwnerSizing property. The number of columns that can be displayed in the viewable area of the control can be changed via the ColumnWidth property, and whether the user can change this value can be controlled via the ColumnSizing property. Text on the headers which represent owners and date/time intervals can be displayed at any orientation using the DateTimeInterval's HeaderTextOrientation property and the control's OwnerHeaderTextOrientation property. Whether appointments are displayed is controlled by the AppointmentVisibility property, and whether holidays are displayed is controlled by the HolidayVisibility property. Whether tooltips are displayed for appointments and holidays can be controlled via the AppointmentToolTipVisibility and HolidayToolTipVisibility properties; tooltips can contain bolded titles, images, and even formatted text, as they are displayed using the Infragistics UltraToolTipManager component. Keyboard behavior is fully customizable via the familiar Infragistics KeyActionMappings paradigm. Events which notify of something that is "about to happen" are cancelable; the firing of any event exposed by the control can be suppressed using the control's EventManager.

Interface implemented by the UltraTimelineView control which allows the developer receive notifications for all user interface activity. Notifies listeners that a column is in the process of being resized. Notifies listeners that the value of the ColumnWidth property has changed by the completion of a column resizing operation. Notifies listeners that a column is in the process of being auto-sized. Notifies listeners that a column has been auto-sized. Notifies listeners that a keyboard action is about to be performed. Notifies listeners that a keyboard action has been performed. Notifies listeners that a row is in the process of being resized. Notifies listeners that the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property has changed by the completion of a row resizing operation. Notifies listeners that a scrollbar element has been manipulated. Returns the vertical scroll position. Returns the text to display/edit for the specified activity. Necessary because different controls display an activity's text differently. Note that the implementor is responsible for returning the appropriate value based on whether or not the specified activity is in edit mode. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) whose text is to be returned. The string to display/edit for the specified activity. Resolves the appearance to apply to the embeddable element. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) whose appearance is to be resolved. A boolean indicating whether the A reference to the AppearanceData struct that contains the appearance information. A reference to the AppearancePropFlags struct that describes which properties are being requested. Exits edit mode on any activity that the implementor has brought into edit mode. Determines if the cancel should be ignored. Determines whether changes made during the edit mode session will be applied. A boolean indicating whether edit mode was successfully exited. Enters edit mode on the specified embeddableElement. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) that will be brought into edit mode. The EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived that will be brought into edit mode. Returns whether the specified activity's text is multiline. Necessary because different controls display an activity's text differently. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) to be evaluated. A boolean indicating whether the activity's text is multiline. Returns whether the specified activity is currently in edit mode on the implementor. Since an activity is not associated with a particular control, it can be in edit mode for one control but not some other control; this method returns true only if the activity was brought into edit mode by the instance of the control that implements this interface. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) to be tested. A boolean indicating whether the activity is currently in edit mode on the control that implements this interface. Returns the editor to use for rendering and editing the specified activity in the UI. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) to be evaluated. An instance of an EmbeddableEditorBase-derived class that will be used to render and edit the specified activity. Returns whether the implementor has an action defined for the specified key. The key data to evaluate. A boolean indicating whether the key is mapped. Called right before the editor enters edit mode The editor that is going into edit mode The IEditableActivity implementor that is going into edit mode. Called when an activity's embeddable element receives a DoubleClick. Returns whether the specified activity's text should be wrapped. Necessary because different controls display an activity's text differently. The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) to be evaluated. A boolean indicating whether the activity's text should be wrapped. Returns the spell checker for the activity The IEditableActivity implementor (i.e., Appointment or Note) to be evaluated. An instance of an object that implements the IUltraSpellChecker interface. Returns whether the implementor currently has an activity in edit mode. Unlike the IsActivityInEditMode method, this method returns true if the implementing control has any activity in edit mode. Returns the activity (Appointment or Note) that is currently in edit mode, or null if no activity is in edit mode. UltraTimelineView.Appearance UltraTimelineView.ColumnHeaderAppearance UltraTimelineView.OwnerHeaderAppearance UltraTimelineView.NonWorkingHourAppearance UltraTimelineView.SelectedDateTimeRangeAppearance UltraTimelineView.WorkingHourAppearance UltraTimelineView.ActiveOwnerHeaderAppearance Creates a new accessibility object for the UltraTimelineView control. A new for the control. Returns the defualt size for images (16 x 16). Returns the padding applied around the owner header text (1 x 1). Returns the padding applied around the column header text (1 x 1). Returns the padding applied around the header images (1 x 1). Returns the defualt size for images (16 x 16). Returns the padding applied around the activity text (1 x 1). Creates a new instance of the UltraTimelineView control. Returns whether the ActiveOwnerHeaderAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ActiveOwnerHeaderAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the AdditionalIntervals requires serialization. Resets the value of the AdditionalIntervals property. Returns whether the AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval property requires serialization. Restores the value of the AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval property to its default setting. Returns whether the Appearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the Appearance to their default values. Returns whether the ActivityHeight requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ActivityHeight to their default values. Returns whether the AllowAppointmentResize requires serialization. Resets the properties of the AllowAppointmentResize to their default values. Returns whether the AppointmentDragMode requires serialization. Resets the properties of the AppointmentDragMode to their default values. Returns whether the AppointmentDisplaySettings requires serialization. Resets the properties of the AppointmentDisplaySettings to their default values. Returns whether the AppointmentToolTipVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the AppointmentToolTipVisibility to their default values. Returns whether the AppointmentVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the AppointmentVisibility to their default values. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns whether the ColumnAutoSizing requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnAutoSizing to their default values. Returns whether the ColumnHeaderAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnHeaderAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the ColumnHeaderImageSize requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnHeaderImageSize to their default values. Returns whether the ColumnHeaderImageVisible requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnHeaderImageVisible to their default values. Returns whether the ColumnScrollBarVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnScrollBarVisibility to their default values. Returns whether the ColumnSizing requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnSizing to their default values. Returns whether the ColumnWidth requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ColumnWidth to their default values. Returns whether the HolidayToolTipVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the HolidayToolTipVisibility to their default values. Returns whether the HolidayVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the HolidayVisibility to their default values. Returns whether the HorizontalScrollSettings requires serialization. Resets the properties of the HorizontalScrollSettings to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerGroupingStyle requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerGroupingStyle to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerHeaderAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerHeaderAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerHeaderImageSize requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerHeaderImageSize to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerHeaderImageVisible requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerHeaderImageVisible to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerHeadersVisible requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerHeadersVisible to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerHeaderTextOrientation requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerHeaderTextOrientation to their default values. Returns whether the MaximumOwnersInView requires serialization. Resets the properties of the MaximumOwnersInView to their default values. Returns whether the MinimumActivityDuration requires serialization. Resets the properties of the MinimumActivityDuration to their default values. Returns whether the MinimumAppointmentResizeDuration requires serialization. Resets the properties of the MinimumAppointmentResizeDuration to their default values. Returns whether the MinimumColumnResizeWidth requires serialization. Resets the properties of the MinimumColumnResizeWidth to their default values. Returns whether the MinimumRowResizeHeight requires serialization. Resets the properties of the MinimumRowResizeHeight to their default values. Returns whether the NonWorkingHourAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the NonWorkingHourAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerScrollBarVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerScrollBarVisibility to their default values. Returns whether the OwnerSizing requires serialization. Resets the properties of the OwnerSizing to their default values. Returns whether the SelectedDateTimeRangeAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the SelectedDateTimeRangeAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the SynchronizeWithActiveDay requires serialization. Resets the properties of the SynchronizeWithActiveDay to their default values. Returns whether the WorkingHourAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the WorkingHourAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the ActivityScrollButtonVisibility requires serialization. Resets the properties of the ActivityScrollButtonVisibility to their default values. Returns whether the TabNavigation requires serialization. Resets the properties of the TabNavigation to their default values. Releases resources used by this UltraTimelineView instance. Specifies whether to release managed resources. Called when the mousewheel is rotated. Brings the column which represents the specified date and time into the viewable area of the control, making it appear in the first column. The DateTime structure which defines the date and time to be brought into view. A boolean which specifies whether the operation was successful. Brings the column which represents the specified date and time into the viewable area of the control, optionally making it appear in the first column. The DateTime structure which defines the date and time to be brought into view. Boolean which specifies whether to make the associated column appear as the first column. A boolean which specifies whether the operation was successful. Brings the specified Owner into the viewable area of the control, making it appear on the first row. The Owner to be brought into view. A boolean which specifies whether the operation was successful. Thrown if contains a null reference. Thown if is not associated with the same UltraCalendarInfoas this UltraTimelineView instance. Brings the specified Owner into the viewable area of the control, optionally making it appear on the first row. The Owner to be brought into view. Boolean which specifies whether to make the owner appear on the top row. Boolean which specifies whether to make the owner the ActiveOwner. A boolean which specifies whether the operation was successful. Thrown if contains a null reference. Thown if does not belong to the VisibleOwners collection of the associated UltraCalendarInfo. Selects the range of time defined by the specified and . The date and time of the beginning of the range. The date and time of the end of the range. A boolean indicating whether the operation was successful; a return value of true signifies success. Selects the specified range of time for the specified Owner. The Owner that will be activated prior to applying the selection. Can be null, in which case the selection is changed for the currently active owner. The date and time of the beginning of the range. The date and time of the end of the range. A boolean indicating whether the operation was successful; a return value of true signifies success, or that nothing has changed.

Specifying null for the value of the parameter leaves the current value of the ActiveOwner property unchanged.

Clears the current date/time selection.

When the selected date/time range is cleared, the SelectedDateTimeRange property will subsequently return null, until a range is set.

A boolean indicating whether the operation was successful; a return value of true signifies success, or that nothing has changed.
OnCalendarInfoAttach OnCalendarLookAttach Notifies of a change in a property of a sub-object Performs the specified action. The action to perform. A boolean value indicating whether the operation was performed successfully. KeyActionMappings UltraTimelineViewAction enumeration Performs the specified action. The action to perform. Specifies whether to perform the action as if the shift key was pressed. Specifies whether to perform the action as if the control key was pressed. A boolean indicating whether the action was performed successfully. KeyActionMappings UltraTimelineViewAction enumeration Sets the value of the ColumnWidth property to the ideal width for the PrimaryInterval. Sets the value of the ColumnWidth property to the ideal width for the PrimaryInterval. The TimelineViewColumnAutoSizing constant which describes how the columns will be auto-sized. Raises the MouseDown event. Returns the Appointment at the specified point, or null if no Appointment exists at the specified point. The point to test, expressed in client coordinates. A Appointment or null. Called when the value of the property has changed on the instance associated with this control. Note that this method is also called when a new UltraCalendarLook instance is assigned whose ViewStyle property's value is different than the previously assigned instance. The new value of the property. Brings the specified Appointment into the viewable area of the control. The Appointment to be brought into view. A boolean value indicating whether the operation was successful. Brings the specified Appointment into the viewable area of the control. The Appointment to be brought into view. [out] Upon return, contains a reference to the AppointmentUIElement that represents the appointment in the user interface, or null if the operation failed. A boolean value indicating whether the operation was successful. Brings the specified Holiday into the viewable area of the control. The Holiday to be brought into view. A boolean value indicating whether the operation was successful. Brings the specified Holiday into the viewable area of the control. The Holiday to be brought into view. [out] Upon return, contains a reference to the HolidayUIElement that represents the holiday in the user interface, or null if the operation failed. A boolean value indicating whether the operation was successful. Initiates an edit mode session on the specified Appointment The Appointment on which to begin the edit mode session. A boolean value indicating whether the operation was successful. Returns the date/time at the specified , or null if the specified point lies within an area of the control that is not definitively associated with a date/time. The point to test, expressed in client coordinates. [out] Upon return, contains the TimeSlotUIElement whose bounding rectangle contains the specified point, or null if the specified point does not intersect with a TimeSlotUIElement. A DateTime struct or null. Returns the date/time at the specified , or null if the specified point lies within an area of the control that is not definitively associated with a date/time. The point to test, expressed in client coordinates. [out] Upon return, contains the ColumnHeaderUIElement whose bounding rectangle contains the specified point, or null if the specified point does not intersect with a ColumnHeaderUIElement. A DateTime struct or null. Determines whether the specified key is an input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. One of the keys values. true if the specified key is an input key; otherwise, false. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Raises the event. A instance. Factory method used to create the component role that provides the style information for the control. The created. UltraTimelineViewUIElement Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. Displays the About dialog for the control. Return the license we cached inside the constructor Returns the UIElement which represents the UltraTimelineView control in the user interface. UltraTimelineViewUIElement Returns the role which represents the control area. UltraTimelineViewUIElement class Returns or sets the active Owner.

The ActiveOwner property determines which owner has the input focus. Clicking on an OwnerHeaderUIElement activates the corresponding Owner.

The ActiveOwner property is available only at runtime.

ActiveOwnerChanging event ActiveOwnerChanged event OwnerGroupingStyle Owner class OwnerHeaderUIElement class ActiveOwner property (UltraDayView)
Returns or sets the appearance for the ActiveOwner's. header. ActiveOwner Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the ActiveOwnerHeaderAppearance property. Returns a collection of DateTimeInterval-derived instances which define the date or time intervals that appear above the PrimaryInterval.

The PrimaryInterval defines the time scale for the area in which activities are displayed. The AdditionalIntervals collection can be populated to define additional intervals of any length of time, one minute or greater in duration, that essentially group intervals of shorter duration. Scroll buttons can be made to appear on the header which represents an additional date/time interval, which provide a means by which to navigate forward and backward along the timeline by that interval.

When one or more members exist in the AdditionalIntervals collection, multiple date/time intervals are displayed. They appear from top to bottom in order of descending duration, i.e., the time intervals with longer durations appear above those whose duration is shorter. When two or more DateTimeIntervals are identical in duration, their ordinal position within the collection determines their placement (a smaller index places a TimeInterval closer to the bottom).

Note: DateTimeIntervals that generate cycles which are shorter in duration that those generated by the PrimaryInterval are not displayed. The control compares the duration of the cycles generated by DateTimeIntervals by comparing the length of time spanned by the each one's NormalSpan property. DateTimeIntervals whose cycles are identical in duration to that of the PrimaryInterval can be displayed, but those whose cycles are shorter cannot.

An simple example of the usage of the AdditionalIntervals collection would be the case where the PrimaryInterval defines a cycle that is one day in duration, and the developer wants to group the days in monthly intervals. To achieve this, a DateInterval instance would be added to the AdditionalIntervals collection, with a value of 'Monthly' specified for its IntervalUnits property. This would cause an additional row of column headers to appear above the row that represents the PrimaryInterval; each header in this additional row would correspond to a month in the year, and would span across 28, 30, or 31 of the primary time interval headers ( which represent days), depending on the particular month and year with which that header was associated.

A collection of the members of the AdditionalIntervals collection that are actually displayed, along with the PrimaryInterval, is available via the VisibleIntervals collection. The order in which the members of this collection occur correspond to the order in which they appear in the control, with the topmost interval as the first member of the collection, and the PrimaryInterval as the last.

PrimaryInterval VisibleIntervals collection DateTimeIntervalsCollection class DateTimeInterval class
Returns or sets a value indicating whether the left and right edges of the ActivityUIElementBase derived elements are aligned with the beginning and end of the cycles generated by the PrimaryInterval.

By default, the left edge of the activity UIElement is offset from the beginning of the date/time slot with which the associated activity's start date/time intersects, by an amount that is proportional to the difference between the start date/time and the time of the beginning of that cycle. The right edge is offset from the end of the date/time slot in the same manner, based on the difference between the end date/time and the end of the cycle. The AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval property prevents this, causing the left and right edges of the activity UIElements to be aligned with the edges of the date/time slots with which they intersect.

Returns the resolved value of the AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval property. Returns or sets the general appearance for the UltraTimelineView control. Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the Appearance property. Returns or sets the height of the elements which represent appointments and holidays in the user interface.

When the ActivityHeight property is not explicitly set, the height is automatically determined based on the height of the font obtained by resolving the AppointmentAppearance.

ActivityHeightResolved AppointmentDisplaySettings AppointmentVisibility HolidayVisibility
Returns the resolved value of the ActivityHeight property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether AppointmentUIElements can be resized by the user.

Note: An appointment on which the Locked property is set to true cannot be resized, dragged, or edited.

AppointmentResizing AppointmentResized AppointmentDragMode AppointmentUIElement
Returns or sets a value indicating whether AppointmentUIElements can be dragged by the user, and whether they can be dragged to a different Owner.

By default, appointments can be dragged from one owner to another. To allow dragging of appointments within the same owner, set the AppointmentDragMode property to 'WithinSameOwner'; to disallow appointment dragging altogether, set it to 'NotAllowed'.

Whether an appointment can be dragged to a particular owner can also be controlled by handling the AppointmentsDragging event and setting the value of the event arguments' AllowOwnerChange property accordingly. At the time the event is fired, the value of this property reflects the resolved value of the AppointmentDragMode property, but this can be changed by a listener of the event and in that case, overrides the value of AppointmentDragMode.

Note: An appointment on which the Locked property is set to true cannot be resized, dragged, or edited.

AppointmentsDragging AppointmentsDragDrop AllowAppointmentResize AppointmentUIElement
Returns the resolved value of the AppointmentDragMode property. Returns an object which controls the display settings for the AppointmentUIElements displayed by the UltraTimelineView control. AppointmentUIElement AppointmentDisplaySettings ActivityHeight Returns or sets a value indicating whether tooltips are displayed for appointments.

By default, an appointment's subject is displayed in a simple tooltip when it is is not fully visible. The AppointmentToolTipVisibility property can be used to suppress tooltips or make them appear unconditionally, and also to change the text and image that is displayed in the tooltip.

AppointmentToolTipDisplaying AppointmentVisibility AppointmentHeight
Returns the resolved value of the AppointmentToolTipVisibility property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether appointments are displayed in the user interface.

When appointments are displayed, the placement of each appointment is determined by its ownership in conjunction with the value of the OwnerGroupingStyle property.

Note: When the associated UltraCalendarInfo's AllowAllDayEvents property returns false, the AppointmentVisibility property resolves to 'HideAllDayEvents' when not explicitly set; if the AllowAllDayEvents property returns true, it resolves to 'Show'.

AppointmentToolTipVisibility AppointmentHeight HolidayVisibility MinimumActivityDuration
Returns the resolved value of the AppointmentVisibility property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether a new Appointment is automatically created and placed into edit mode when the SelectedDateTimeRange is non-empty and the user presses the enter key or space bar.

The AutoAppointmentCreate is realized though an entry in the KeyActionMappings collection, which is mapped to the Enter and Space keys, and perform the AutoCreateAppointment action. Removing or replacing this action can interfere with the functionality extended by this property.

Returns or sets a value indicating whether the AppointmentDialog is automatically displayed when the user double-clicks on an AppointmentUIElement TimeSlotUIElement. Returns or sets a value indicating whether the value of the ColumnWidth property is set to the ideal width for the PrimaryInterval when the user double-clicks the adjustable area of the header.

Note: The ColumnAutoSizing property is not applicable when the ColumnSizing property is set to 'None' or 'Column'; header sizing must be enabled in order for the user to be able to auto-size the columns.

ColumnWidth ColumnSizing
Returns the resolved value of the ColumnAutoSizing property. Gets/sets the appearance for the headers which represent the PrimaryInterval and the members of the AdditionalIntervals collection.

A HeaderAppearance is exposed by the DateTimeInterval class, so that a different appearance can be set for each interval displayed by the control. All headers displayed by that interval, however, share this appearance.

The event arguments used for the ColumnHeaderInitializing event provide a way to customize the appearance for individual headers, via the AppearanceData property of the event arguments. This structure exposes properties, such as BackColor and ForeColor, which are applied to the header for which the event was fired. Note that it is recommended that use of this approach be as conservative as possible since the number of headers generated during the lifetime of the application can be large. In cases where multiple headers share the same appearance, it is recommended that one instance of this structure be shared amongst them, to reduce the memory footprint. It is also recommended that an images that are assigned in this manner are disposed of appropriately.

Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the ColumnHeaderAppearance property. Returns or sets the size at which images are displayed within the headers which represent a DateTimeInterval in the user interface.

The default value for the ColumnHeaderImageSize property is Size.Empty, which resolves to a size of (16 x 16).

ColumnHeaderImageVisible ColumnHeaderAppearance HeaderAppearance ColumnHeaderUIElement class DateTimeInterval class
Returns the resolved value of the ColumnHeaderImageSize property.

In the absence of an explicit setting, column header images are displayed at a size of (16W x 16H).

Returns or sets whether images are displayed within the headers which represent a DateTimeInterval in the user interface. ColumnHeaderImageSize ColumnHeaderAppearance HeaderAppearance ColumnHeaderUIElement class DateTimeInterval class Returns or sets a value indicating whether the control displays a horizontal scrollbar.

When the horizontal scrollbar is visible, it can be used to navigate along the timeline. The control's HorizontalScrollSettings property returns an object which provides a way to customize the small and large increments on the horizontal scrollbar.

The horizontal scrollbar reflects and controls the first visible date and time displayed by the control. Navigational buttons can be made to appear on the headers generated by the additional intervals, but not the PrimaryInterval, i.e., the horizontal scrollbar provides the navigational functionality for the primary interval.

HorizontalScrollSettings property HorizontalScrollSettings class OwnerScrollBarVisibility
Returns or sets a value indicating whether the user can change the value of the ColumnWidth property by dragging the right edge of a PrimaryInterval column header.

The UltraTimelineView control can be configured to display various different time intervals nested within one another, but only the columns whose headers reside in the bottom row provide resizing capability. The ColumnSizing property determines whether the width of these columns can be changed via the user interface, and whether the user can initiate this change from the headers, time slot borders, or both.

ColumnWidth
Returns or sets the width, in pixels, of the ColumnHeaderUIElements for the PrimaryInterval, and the TimeSlotUIElements.

The UltraTimelineView control can be configured to display various different time intervals nested within one another, but the ColumnWidth property only applies to the headers that are generated by the PrimaryInterval. The ColumnWidth property determines the width of these columns, expressed in pixels.

The headers generated by the PrimaryInterval are always the width specified by this property. The width of the headers generated by the members of the AdditionalIntervals collection are dependent on this width. For example, if the primary interval generates headers that span a duration of fifteen minutes, and there exists a one hour interval in the AdditionalIntervals collection, each header generated by that one hour interval is four times as wide as those generated by the primary interval.

ColumnSizing
Returns the resolved value of the ColumnWidth property. Returns the current state of this UltraTimelineView instance.

The CurrentState property is used when a keystroke is processed through the KeyActionMappings collection, and also by the PerformAction method.

KeyActionMappings PerformAction UltraTimelineViewState enumeration
Returns the Rectangle which represents the area of the control that does not include borders or scrollbars. Contains the TimelineViewEventManager instance which controls event firings for the control. Returns or sets a value indicating whether tooltips are displayed for holidays.

By default, a holiday's name and the range of dtaes over which it spans is displayed in a simple tooltip when it is is not fully visible. The HolidayToolTipVisibility property can be used to suppress tooltips or make them appear unconditionally, and also to change the text and/or image that is displayed in the tooltip.

HolidayVisibility HolidayToolTipDisplaying AppointmentToolTipVisibility
Returns the resolved value of the HolidayToolTipVisibility property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether holidays are displayed, and whether they are displayed for all Owners or only the UnassignedOwner.

By default, holidays are only displayed for the UnassignedOwner, since holidays have no concept of ownership and displaying them for all owners can be redundant. The HolidayVisibility property can be used to change how holidays are displayed.

AppointmentVisibility HolidayToolTipVisibility
Returns the HorizontalScrollSettings object, which defines the small and large increments for the horizontal scrollbar.

Because the UltraTimelineView control supports a variable graphical width for the time slots which represent the time intervals, the number of pixels to which each unit of time is equal can be a non-integral quantity. For this reason, scroll units are presented to the end developer as TimeSpans, so that the developer has control over the precise amount of time by which the viewport is shifted when the user scrolls the control.

By default, the control scrolls by one cycle of the primary interval with each click of the scroll buttons, and by one logical page with each click of the scroll track. The properties of the HorizontalScrollSettings object can be used to change this. For example, given a primary interval that generates fifteen-minute cycles, setting the SmallChange property to a 5-minute TimeSpan will cause the control to require three clicks on the scroll button in order to scroll to the next cycle.

HorizontalScrollSettings class
Returns a collection of UltraTimelineViewKeyActionMapping objects which define the keyboard behavior for the UltraTimelineView control.

The following table lists the default key mappings for the UltraTimelineView control:

KeyCode ActionCode StateRequired StateDisallowed SpecialKeysRequired SpecialKeysDisallowed
HomeFirstVisibleOwnerMultipleOwnersAppointmentEditingCtrlAltShift
EndLastVisibleOwnerMultipleOwnersAppointmentEditingCtrlAltShift
UpPreviousVisibleOwnerMultipleOwnersAppointmentEditing0All
DownNextVisibleOwnerMultipleOwnersAppointmentEditing0All
NextPageDownNonVisibleOwnersAppointmentEditing0All
PageUpPageUpNonVisibleOwnersAppointmentEditing0All
HomeSelectDateTimeRangeFirstNoneActivitySelected0All
EndSelectDateTimeRangeLastNoneActivitySelected0All
LeftSelectDateTimeRangePreviousDateTimeRangeSelectedActivitySelected0All
LeftSelectDateTimeRangePreviousFromActivityActivitySelectedAppointmentEditing, DateTimeRangeSelected0All
RightSelectDateTimeRangeNextFromActivityActivitySelectedAppointmentEditing, DateTimeRangeSelected0All
RightSelectDateTimeRangeNextDateTimeRangeSelectedActivitySelected0All
LeftExtendSelectedDateTimeRangeBackwardDateTimeRangeSelectedActivitySelectedShiftAltCtrl
RightExtendSelectedDateTimeRangeForwardDateTimeRangeSelectedActivitySelectedShiftAltCtrl
ReturnAutoCreateAppointmentDateTimeRangeSelected, AutoAppointmentCreateActivitySelected, ActiveOwnerLocked0All
SpaceAutoCreateAppointmentDateTimeRangeSelected, AutoAppointmentCreateActivitySelected, ActiveOwnerLocked0All
F2EnterEditModeSingleAppointmentSelectedAppointmentEditing, ActiveOwnerLocked0All
ReturnExitEditModeSaveAppointmentEditingNone0All
F2ExitEditModeSaveAppointmentEditingNone0All
EscapeExitEditModeCancelAppointmentEditingNone0All
DeleteDeleteSelectedAppointmentsOnlyAppointmentsSelectedAppointmentEditing0All
TabSelectNextActivityTabKeyNavigatesNextAppointmentEditing0All
TabSelectPreviousActivityTabKeyNavigatesPreviousAppointmentEditingShiftAltCtrl
TabSelectFirstActivityTabKeyNavigatesNextAppointmentEditing, ActivitySelected0All
TabSelectLastActivityTabKeyNavigatesPreviousAppointmentEditing, ActivitySelectedShiftAltCtrl
RightScrollHorizontalForwardNoneAppointmentEditingCtrlAltShift
LeftScrollHorizontalBackwardNoneAppointmentEditingCtrlAltShift
UpScrollVerticalUpNoneAppointmentEditingCtrlAltShift
DownScrollVerticalDownNoneAppointmentEditingCtrlAltShift

Most of the actions listed herein can be performed programmatically using the PerformAction method. Note, however, that the control must meet the same state conditions as those listed for the corresponding key actions.

UltraTimelineViewAction enumeration UltraTimelineViewState enumeration PerformAction method UltraTimelineViewKeyActionMapping class
Returns or sets a value indicating whether Owners are presented as separate rows in the user interface, and whether appointments are segregated by ownership.

When the VisibleOwners collection (of the UltraCalendarInfo with which this control is associated) contains more than one member, the OwnerGroupingStyle property defaults to 'Separate', and appointments are segregated by ownership. The OwnerGroupingStyle property can be set explicitly to prevent this; note, however, that setting the OwnerGroupingStyle property to 'Separate' when the VisibleOwners collection contains only one member will not have any effect, since the control can only display multiple owners when there are multiple owners present.

ActiveOwner Owner class GroupingStyle (UltraDayView)
Returns the resolved value of the OwnerGroupingStyle property.

As a convenience to the developer, the OwnerGroupingStyle property resolves to 'Separate' when the associated UltraCalendarInfo's VisibleOwners collection contains more than one member.

Returns or sets the appearance for the headers which represent Owners.

A HeaderAppearance is exposed by the Owner class, so that a different appearance can be set for each Owner displayed by the control.

Under the Office2007 ViewStyle, Each owner's appearance is automatically resolved using a color scheme that can be reserved exclusively for that owner. The OwnerHeaderAppearance overrides these automatic settings as they are applied to the associated OwnerHeaderUIElement.

Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the OwnerHeaderAppearance property. Returns or sets the size at which images are displayed within the owner headers.

The default value for the OwnerHeaderImageSize property is Size.Empty, which resolves to a size of (16 x 16).

OwnerHeaderUIElement class OwnerHeadersVisible Owner class
Returns the resolved value of the OwnerHeaderImageSize property.

In the absence of an explicit setting, owner header images are displayed at a size of (16W x 16H).

Returns or sets a value that determines whether images are displayed within the owner headers. OwnerHeaderImageSize OwnerHeaderUIElement class Owner class Returns or sets a value that determines whether headers are displayed for each Owner displayed in the user interface.

By default, owner headers are displayed when the OwnerGroupingStyle property resolves to 'Separate'. However, it is possible to display a header for the UnassignedOwner under the 'Merged' setting for OwnerGroupingStyle by explicitly setting OwnerHeadersVisible to true.

OwnerGroupingStyle OwnerHeaderUIElement class Owner class
Returns the resolved value of the OwnerHeadersVisible property. Returns or sets the orientation of the text for the owner headers.

The text displayed on an Owner's header can be oriented horizontally, vertically, or diagonally using the same TextOrientationInfo object that is utilized by UltraGrid column headers.

OwnerHeaderUIElement class OwnerHeaderImageSize Owner class TextOrientationInfo class
Returns the resolved value of the OwnerHeaderTextOrientation property.

In the absence of an explicit setting, owner header text is displayed with a vertical orientation, with the left edge of the characters facing down, and the bottom edge facing left.

Returns or sets the maximum number of Owners that will be displayed in the viewable area of the control.

When the OwnerSizing property is set to allow resizing the rows which represent each individual owner, the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property can be changed via the user interface by dragging the bottom edge of the header or row area. Decreasing the height of a row potentially increases the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property.

The MaximumOwnersInView property determines the number of owners that will be displayed, thus determining the amount of vertical space available in which to display each Owner's activities.

When not explicitly set, the MaximumOwnersInView property resolves to two, or less if there are less than two visible owners to be displayed. This resolved value is returned by the OwnersInView property.

OwnersInView OwnerGroupingStyle MinimumRowResizeHeight Owner class Thrown if the value is less than zero.
Returns or sets a value that determines the minimum amount of time that an appointment or holiday must span in order to be displayed by the control.

In situations where the cycles generated by the PrimaryInterval are relatively long in duration as compared to the duration of the activities being displayed, it may be desirable to hide activities with short durations from the user; the MinimumActivityDuration property makes this possible. If, for example, the property is set to a value of 30 minutes, appointments whose duration is shorter than 30 minutes do not appear, providing more space in which to display the appointments whose duration is greater than or equal to 30 minutes.

Note: The Seconds and Milliseconds components of the specified value, if any are present, are stripped out at the time of assignment. UltraTimelineView does not recognize units of time that span less than one minute in duration.

Thrown when the value is negative, i.e., less than TimeSpan.Zero.
Returns the resolved value of the MinimumActivityDuration property.

When the MinimumActivityDuration property is left at its default value of TimeSpan.Zero, that value is returned; this value should be interpreted by callers as infinite, i.e., no minimum constraint is in effect.

Returns or sets a value that determines the minimum amount of time to which an appointment's duration can be changed during a resize operation.

The MinimumAppointmentResizeDuration property provides a way for the developer to prevent the user from resizing an Appointment to a duration of less than some predetermined value. This prevents the need to handle the AppointmentResizing event for simple scenarios such as generally restricting the minimum appointment duration.

Note: The Seconds and Milliseconds components of the specified value, if any are present, are stripped out at the time of assignment.

Thrown when the value is negative, i.e., less than TimeSpan.Zero.
Returns the resolved value of the MinimumAppointmentResizeDuration property.

When the MinimumAppointmentResizeDuration property is left at its default value, the span of time defined by the PrimaryInterval's NormalSpan property is used.

Returns or sets the minimum value to which the ColumnWidth property can be changed during a resize operation.

The MinimumColumnResizeWidth provides a way for the end developer to prevent the column headers (and by extension, the time slots) from being sized any smaller than some predetermined value. For example, the property could be set to the value of the ColumnWidthResolved property after calling the PerformColumnAutoResize property in order to prevent the columns from being resized to any smaller than their ideal size.

ColumnWidth ColumnSizing MinimumRowResizeHeight Thrown if the value is less than zero.
Returns the resolved value of the MinimumColumnResizeWidth property. Returns or sets the minimum height to which the user can resize the row which represents an Owner in the user interface.

As the control is resized by the user, more or less vertical space becomes available in which to display the owner rows. The MinimumRowResizeHeight property does not affect this, i.e., the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property is not negotiated to enforce the value of the MinimumRowResizeHeight property. The MinimumRowResizeHeight is only used during a user resize operation, to prevent the rows from being resized smaller than a given value, in essence preventing the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property from becoming so large that each owner does not have a reasonable amount of vertical space.

MaximumOwnersInView OwnersInView MinimumColumnResizeWidth Thrown if the value is less than zero.
Returns the resolved value of the MinimumRowResizeHeight property. Returns the actual number of owners currently being displayed within the viewable area of the control.

To change the number of owners displayed within the viewable area of the control, use the MaximumOwnersInView property.

Returns or sets the appearance for TimeSlotUIElements which appear in the non-working hour range.

Under the Office2007 ViewStyle, Each owner's appearance is automatically resolved using a color scheme that can be reserved exclusively for that owner. The NonWorkingHourAppearance overrides these automatic settings as they are applied to the TimeSlotUIElements which fall outside the working hour range.

WorkingHourAppearance WorkDayStartTime property WorkDayEndTime property DayOfWeekSettings (Owner class) DateSettings (Owner class) RecurringDateSettings (Owner class) IsInWorkingHours (Owner class)
Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the NonWorkingHourAppearance property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether a vertical scrollbar is displayed by the control.

Note: Hiding the owner scrollbar does not prevent the user from navigating amongst the visible owners, it only prevents the scrollbar from appearing.

OwnerGroupingStyle Owner class OwnerSizing ColumnScrollBarVisibility
Returns or sets a value indicating whether the user can change the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property by dragging the row/header border.

Owners are presented as rows in the UltraTimelineView control; The MaximumOwnersInView property determines the maximum number of rows that the control is permitted to display. When OwnerSizing is set to a value other than 'None', the user can drag the bottom edge of the header and/or row area upward or downward, which changes the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property. Dragging in an upward direction increases the value of the property, which causes more owners to be displayed, each with less vertical space available than previously; dragging downward decreases the value, effectively reducing the number of owners displayed, thus increasing the amount of vertical space available for each in which to display appointments or holidays.

OwnerGroupingStyle Owner class OwnerScrollBarVisibility ColumnSizing
Returns or sets the DateTimeInterval-derived instance which is represented in the bottom row of column headers, and which defines the smallest time interval in effect for the control.

The PrimaryInterval property defines the interval for the areas of the control in which activities are displayed. It is always displayed on the bottom row of column headers. The amount of time spanned by each time slot displayed by the control is determined by the PrimaryInterval.

While any of the members of the AdditionalIntervals collection can be hidden from the user interface, the headers generated by the PrimaryInterval are displayed at all times.

The PrimaryInterval property can be set to null, but the property will never return a null value, i.e., a default instance is maintained to ensure that at least one time interval is defined for the control at all times. This instance is of type TimeInterval, which generates cycles of fifteen minutes in duration.

When the PrimaryInterval property is assigned a new value, or the Interval (or IntervalUnits) property's value has changed, the PrimaryIntervalChanged event is fired, to give listeners an opportunity to react to the change. This can be used to, for example, synchronize the TimeSlotInterval property for an UltraDayView control that is associated with the same UltraCalendarInfo.

AdditionalIntervals DateTimeInterval class TimeInterval class DateInterval class
Returns an object which represents the currently selected range of time, or null if there is no date/time selection.

Non-contiguous selection of dates and times is not supported; as such, no property exists through which the developer can change the selection strategy used for date/time selection.

Since non-contiguous selection of dates and times is not supported, a single object can fully represent the current selection. The SelectedDateTimeRange property returns the start and end of the range, which can span across multiple days.

The date/time selection can be programmatically changed by calling the SelectDateTimeRange method, and cleared by calling the ClearSelectedDateTimeRange method.

Note: When the SelectedDateTimeRange is cleared, this property will subsequently return null, until a range is explicitly set. The date/time selection can be cleared programmatically by calling the ClearSelectedDateTimeRange method; it is also cleared when the user selects an Appointment or Holiday, or activates an Owner by clicking on its header.

The SelectedDateTimeRange property is available only at runtime. Its default value is null; no date/time selection is depicted until the user selects a range or the value is programmatically set.

DateTimeRange class SelectedDateTimeRangeChanging event SelectedDateTimeRangeChanged event
Gets/sets the general appearance for the TimeSlotUIElements which fall within the SelectedDateTimeRange.

Under the Office2007 ViewStyle, Each owner's appearance is automatically resolved using a color scheme that can be reserved exclusively for that owner. The SelectedDateTimeRangeAppearance overrides these automatic settings as they are applied to the TimeSlotUIElements which are currently selected.

Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the SelectedDateTimeRangeAppearance property. Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the control automatically scrolls the date of the associated UltraCalendarInfo's ActiveDay into the viewable area when the ActiveDay changes.

By default, the UltraTimelineView control will navigate to the date of the ActiveDay whenever it changes, synchronizing the view with that of the other WinSchedule controls. This behavior can be prevented by setting the SynchronizeWithActiveDay property explicitly to false.

ActiveDay property (UltraCalendarInfo class) BeforeActiveDayChanged event (UltraCalendarInfo class) AfterActiveDayChanged event (UltraCalendarInfo class) Day class
Returns the resolved value of the SynchronizeWithActiveDay property. Returns the UltraTimelineViewUIElement which represents this control in the user interface.

The UIElement property returns the UltraTimelineViewUIElement which encapsulates the control's physical representation. All elements that comprise the UltraTimelineView control appear as descendants of this main UIElement.

TimeSlotUIElement ColumnHeaderUIElement DateNavigationButtonUIElement OwnerHeaderUIElement AppointmentUIElement HolidayUIElement ActivityScrollButtonUIElement ElementFromPoint method GetDescendant method GetContext method
Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control.

The range of time displayed by the control is determined in part by the ColumnWidth property and the width of the control. To change the first date/time displayed within the viewable area of the control, use the EnsureDateTimeVisible method.

Gets/sets the general appearance for the TimeSlotUIElements which appear in the working hour range.

Under the Office2007 ViewStyle, Each owner's appearance is automatically resolved using a color scheme that can be reserved exclusively for that owner. The WorkingHourAppearance overrides these automatic settings as they are applied to the TimeSlotUIElements which fall within the working hour range.

Working hours can be defined differently for each Owner, in continguous or discontiguous blocks, on various different levels; this concept is explored in detail in the documentation for the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

WorkingHourAppearance WorkDayStartTime property WorkDayEndTime property DayOfWeekSettings (Owner class) DateSettings (Owner class) RecurringDateSettings (Owner class) IsInWorkingHours (Owner class)
Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the WorkingHourAppearance property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether scroll buttons are displayed within the ActivityAreaUIElement which allow the user to scroll activities which are not currently within the viewable area into view.

When the amount of vertical space available in which to display appointments and holidays is less than that required to display all of the visible activity for the currently visible date/time range, up/down facing triangular buttons appear within the ActivityAreaUIElement. These buttons provide a way for the user to scroll non-visible activity into the viewable area.

The size of the buttons defaults to (12 x 12). This can be changed for all UltraTimelineView instances by directly setting the static ElementSize member.

Returns or sets the text associated with this control. Gets the default size of the control. Determines the method of navigation when the user presses the tab key.

The tab key navigation functionality is realized through entries that exist by default in the KeyActionMappings collection; changing or removing these actions can result in unpredictable behavior, so any actions present in the collection that use the tab key should not be removed unless the developer wants to iverride the tab key behavior as defined by this property.

Returns the resolved value of the TabNavigation property. This property is not supported by the UltraTimelineView control. This property is not supported by the UltraTimelineView control. This property is not supported by the UltraTimelineView control. Returns the DateTimeInterval instances that are currently being displayed by the control, in the same order in which they are displayed by the control. This collection always includes the PrimaryInterval, and also includes any members of the AdditionalIntervals, collection whose duration is greater than or equal to that of the the PrimaryInterval, and are not explicitly hidden. Fired before the date range returned by the SelectedDateTimeRange is changed. SelectedDateTimeRangeChangingEventArgs SelectedDateTimeRangeChanged Fired after the date range returned by the SelectedDateTimeRange has changed. SelectedDateTimeRangeChangedEventArgs SelectedDateTimeRangeChanging Fired before a tooltip is displayed for an appointment.

To make it easier for the end developer to customize the tooltip behavior, the AppointmentToolTipDisplaying fires whenever the user hovers over an AppointmentUIElement. The event fires regardless of the value of the AppointmentToolTipVisibility property; the ToolTipText property of the ToolTipInfo structure exposed by the event arguments is empty when no tooltip will be displayed by default, but if the end developer changes the value to a non-empty string, the tooltip will be displayed with that string. Conversely, if the ToolTipText property is set to an empty string, the displaying of the tooltip is effectively canceled.

The ToolTipInfo structure exposed by the event arguments also makes it possible to display images, formatted text, or a bolded title. The style of the tooltip can also be modified on a per-display basis; for example, a balloon tip can be displayed conditionally for certain appointments, by changing the appropriate property value of the ToolTipInfo structure.

AppointmentToolTipDisplayingEventArgs
Fired before a tooltip is displayed for a holiday.

To make it easier for the end developer to customize the tooltip behavior, the HolidayToolTipDisplaying fires whenever the user hovers over an HolidayUIElement. The event fires regardless of the value of the HolidayToolTipVisibility property; the ToolTipText property of the ToolTipInfo structure exposed by the event arguments is empty when no tooltip will be displayed by default, but if the end developer changes the value to a non-empty string, the tooltip will be displayed with that string. Conversely, if the ToolTipText property is set to an empty string, the displaying of the tooltip is effectively canceled.

The ToolTipInfo structure exposed by the event arguments also makes it possible to display images, formatted text, or a bolded title. The style of the tooltip can also be modified on a per-display basis; for example, a balloon tip can be displayed conditionally for certain appointments, by changing the appropriate property value of the ToolTipInfo structure.

HolidayToolTipDisplayingEventArgs
Fired immediately before the child elements are initialized for a ColumnHeaderUIElement, giving listeners the opportunity to change the text and/or image that is displayed. ColumnHeaderInitializingEventArgs ColumnHeaderUIElement Fired when a DateNavigationButtonUIElement is clicked, giving listeners the opportunity to change the action that is taken. DateNavigationButtonClickedEventArgs DateNavigationButtonUIElement DateNavigationButtonAction DateNavigationButtonVisibility Fired immediately before the ActiveOwner is changed, giving listeners to opportunity to cancel the operation. ActiveOwnerChangingEventArgs ActiveOwnerChanged ActiveOwner Owner Fired after the ActiveOwner has changed. ActiveOwnerChangedEventArgs ActiveOwnerChanging ActiveOwner Owner Fired when the PrimaryInterval has changed.

The PrimaryIntervalChanged event fires when a DateTimeInterval PrimaryInterval property, and also when the value of the Interval or IntervalUnits property has changed for the instance currently assigned to the PrimaryInterval property.

PrimaryInterval
Fired before a tooltip is displayed for a DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement. DateTimeInterval class LabelToolTipText LabelText Fired before a tooltip is displayed for a ColumnHeaderUIElement. ColumnHeaderUIElement HeaderTextFormat HeaderTextFormatStyle DefaultHeaderTextFormat FormatDateRange Fired before a tooltip is displayed for a OwnerHeaderUIElement. OwnerHeaderUIElement Owner Fired before a tooltip is displayed for an ActivityScrollButtonUIElement. ActivityScrollButtonUIElement ActivityScrollButtonVisibility Fired when an ActivityScrollButtonUIElement. is clicked by the user. ActivityScrollButtonUIElement ActivityScrollButtonVisibility Fired immediately before an edit mode session begins for an Appointment. AppointmentEnteringEditModeEventArgs AppointmentEditModeEntered Fired immediately before an edit mode session ends for an Appointment. AppointmentExitingEditModeEventArgs AppointmentEditModeExited Fired immediately after an edit mode session begins for an Appointment. AppointmentEditModeEnteredEventArgs AppointmentEnteringEditMode Fired immediately after an edit mode session ends for an Appointment. AppointmentEditModeExitedEventArgs AppointmentExitingEditMode Fired immediately before an edit mode session begins on an Appointment. SelectedAppointmentsDeleting SelectedAppointmentsDeleted Fired immediately before an edit mode session begins on an Appointment. SelectedAppointmentsDeleted SelectedAppointmentsDeleting The Accessible object for an UltraTimelineView control. Constructor Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the accessible object name. Returns the description for the accessible object. Returns the associated timeLineView control. Base class for the AppointmentUIElement and HolidayUIElement classes. Returns the rounding radius for the corners when the control's ViewStyle = Office2007. Returns the amount of space the horizontal dimension must be reduced by when the control's ViewStyle = Office2007 and the corresponding edge is rounded. Returns the amount of space the horizontal dimension must be reduced by when the control's ViewStyle = Office2007 and the corresponding edge is not rounded. Returns the width of the grab handle displayed for selected activities, by which the user can resize them. Creates a new instance of the class. Reinitializes this instance. Positions child elements. Overridden by derived classes to position child elements. The base class implementation of this method should not be called. A reference to the owning UltraTimelineView control; guaranteed to be non-null. A reference to the owning UltraTimelineView control's metrics helper class; guaranteed to be non-null A reference to the last UIElementsCollection collection, from which elements can be extracted for recycling. The bounds of this element, excluding its borders. Draws the borders for this element. UIElementDrawParams Draws the borders for this element. UIElementDrawParams Returns the UltraTimelineView control associated with this element. Returns the date/time at which this activity begins. Returns the date/time at which this activity ends. Returns a boolean indicating whether the starting date/time for this activity is currently within the viewable area of the control. Returns a boolean indicating whether the ending date/time for this activity is currently within the viewable area of the control. Returns the region of this element. Returns whether all drawing of this element is explicitly clipped to its Region. Returns which border sides are drawn for this element. Returns the BorderStyle for this element Returns whether the associated ActivityBase is selected. Returns the ActivityBase-derived instance associated with this element. Returns the rectangle after adjusting for any borders. Returns the accessible object which realizes section 508 functionality for this element. The Accessible object for a column. Returns a reference to the associated -derived instance. Constructor The ActivityUIElementBase Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the values. An Accessible object relative to this object. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Represents an Appointment in the user interface.

The AppointmentUIElement class encapsulates an appointment's physical representation for the UltraTimelineView control.

The appointment's Subject is presented using an embeddable editor, so that "in-place" editing of the value is supported. A reference to the UIElement which represents the subject in the user interface is returned from the EmbeddableElement property.

The height of the AppointmentUIElement is determined by the ActivityHeight property.

Whether an AppointmentUIElement displays a color bar is determined by the BarColorIndicatorVisibility property, when color bars are displayed, Appointments whose BarColor property is explicitly set show this color along the top edge of the element. The height of the color bar is determined by the BarColorIndicatorHeight property.

Appointment AppointmentDisplaySettings EnsureAppointmentVisible AppointmentLocationUIElement DateTimeContinuationUIElement ReminderIndicatorUIElement RecurrenceIndicatorUIElement AppointmentGrabHandleUIElement UltraTimelineViewUIElement
Creates a new instance of the class. The ActivityAreaUIElement which contains this element. The associated Appointment. Determines whether the start time is visible. Determines whether the end time is visible. Reinitializes this instance. Draws the borders for this element. UIElementDrawParams Initializes the AppearanceData struct for this element. Called when the mouse is double-clicked on this element. Returns the area at the specified . The point to test, expressed in client coordinates. An AppointmentHitTestArea constant describing the area at the specified point. Called when a mousedown is received and a resize operation is started. Called after the resize operation has been completed. Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation Called when the horizontal delta has changed. The change in the horizontal direction, expressed in pixels. Called after a resize operation Returns the range limits for adjusting the element in either or both dimensions. It also returns the initial rects for the vertical and horizontal bars that will need to be inverted during the mouse drag operation. The cursor location, expressed in client coordinates. Returned limits Returns the Appointment associated with this element. Returns whether the associated ActivityBase is selected. Returns the Appointment associated with this element. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The application styling role name for the AppointmentUIElement is ScheduleAppointment. Appointments whose AllDayEvent property is set to true can also be styled using the ScheduleAllDayEvent role. A style can be applied to both appointments and holidays alike using the ScheduleActivity role.

Returns the EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived element which handles the rendering and editing of the associated appointment's Subject. Returns true if this element can be moved or resized by the mouse. Returns whether this elements supports horizontal adjustment from the left border. Returns whether this elements supports horizontal adjustment from the right border. The Accessible object for a column. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the header. The accessible description for the header. Returns the column's description Gets the state of this accessible object. Represents a Holiday in the user interface.

The AppointmentUIElement class encapsulates a holiday's physical representation for the UltraTimelineView control.

Holiday UltraTimelineViewUIElement HolidayNameUIElement HolidayDateUIElement
Creates a new instance of the class. The ActivityAreaUIElement which contains this element. The associated Holiday. Determines whether the start time is visible. Determines whether the end time is visible. Reinitializes this instance. Initializes the AppearanceData struct for this element. Returns the area at the specified . The point to test, expressed in client coordinates. An HolidayHitTestArea constant describing the area at the specified point. Returns the Holiday associated with this element. Returns whether the associated ActivityBase is selected. Returns the Holiday associated with this element. Returns true if this element can be moved or resized by the mouse Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The application styling role name for the HolidayUIElement is ScheduleHoliday. A style can be applied to both appointments and holidays alike using the ScheduleActivity role.

The Accessible object for a column. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the header. The accessible description for the header. Gets the state of this accessible object. Displays the value of the Name property. Holiday Name property (Holiday class) Base class for the AppointmentUIElement. HolidayNameUIElement classes. Creates a new instance of the class. Initializes this element for reuse. Creates a new instance of the class. Initializes the AppearanceData struct for this element. Displays the start and end dates for a Holiday property. Holiday StartDate property (Holiday class) NumberOfDays property (Holiday class) Creates a new instance of the class. Initializes this instance for reuse. Initializes the AppearanceData struct for this element. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Base class for appointment indicator elements. Appointment Base class for appointment/holiday indicator elements. Appointment HOliday The padding that is applied to elements that derive from this class (1w x 1h) Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the color maps for this element. Returns the image this element displays. Returns the size at which this element is displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Displays text for the AppointmentUIElement. Creates a new instance of the class. Initializes the AppearanceData struct for this element. Displays the value of the Location property.

Whether this element appears is determined by the DisplayLocation property; when set to true, the appointment's location is displayed for any appointments whose Location property is set to a non-empty value.

Appointment class Location property DisplayLocation (AppointmentDisplaySettings class) HitTest AppointmentUIElement
Creates a new instance of the class. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Displays the value of the StartDateTime and EndDateTime properties for an AppointmentUIElement. TimeVisibility Appointment HitTest AppointmentUIElement Creates a new instance of the class. The which contains this element. The text that is displayed. Boolean indicating whether this element depicts the start time for the activity. Boolean indicating whether this element depicts the end time for the activity. Initializes this element for reuse. The text this element displays Indicates whether this element displays the start date/time Indicates whether this element displays the end date/time Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Returns the string representation of this object. Draws an arrow which indicates that an activity extends to a date/time that is not currently within the viewable area of the control. DateTimeContinuationIndicatorVisibility Appointment StartTimeVisible EndTimeVisible HitTest AppointmentUIElement Returns the size of this element (9w x 9h) Creates a new instance of the class. Initializes this element for reuse. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Returns the string representation of this object. Returns the image displayed by this element. Returns the size of this element. Indicates that the associated Appointment has an enabled Reminder. Reminder class Reminder property (Appointment class) ReminderIndicatorVisibility Appointment HitTest AppointmentUIElement Returns the size of this element (16w x 13h) Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the color maps for this element. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Returns the string representation of this object. Returns the image displayed by this element. Returns the size of this element. Indicates that the associated Appointment is a member of a recurrence. AppointmentRecurrence class Recurrence property (Appointment class) RecurringAppointmentRoot property (Appointment class) RecurrenceIndicatorVisibility Appointment HitTest AppointmentUIElement Returns the size of this element (14w x 13h) Creates a new instance of the class. Initializes this element for reuse. Returns the color maps for this element. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Returns the string representation of this object. Returns the image displayed by this element. Returns the size of this element. Displays a square on the left and/or right side of a selected AppointmentUIElement to indicate that it responds to user interface actions.

Locked appointments do not display the ActivityGrabHandleUIElement.

Selected property (Appointment class) AllowAppointmentResize AppointmentDragMode AppointmentUIElement
Creates a new instance of the class. Reinitializes this instance for reuse. Initializes the appearance for this element. Returns the border style for this element. Encapsulates the buttons that are displayed when not all activities can be displayed within the ActivityAreaUIElement.

The ActivityScrollButtonUIElement is displayed when the height of the ActivityAreaUIElement is less than the amount of space required to display all visible activity. When the clicked by the user, the activities are scrolled by one logical row, and the ActivityScrollButtonClicked event is raised.

ActivityScrollButtonVisibility ActivityScrollButtonClicked
Defines the size for all instances of this element. Defines the padding for all instances of this element. Creates a new instance. Initializes this instance for reuse. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Handles positioning of child elements. Called when the button is clicked. Called when the mouse enters this element Called when the mouse leaves this element Invoked when the state of the button changes. Invoked when the foreground for the element should be rendered. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the style for this button. Returns the direction in which the button scrolls, i.e., up or down. Returns the Owner associated with the button, or null if the button is not associated with an Owner. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The base application styling role name for the ActivityScrollButtonUIElement is TimelineViewActivityScrollButtonBase. Up-facing buttons can be styled separately using the TimelineViewActivityScrollButtonUp role; Down-facing buttons can be styled separately using the TimelineViewActivityScrollButtonDown role.

Returns the accessible object which realizes section 508 functionality for this DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement. The Accessible object for a column. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the values. An Accessible object relative to this object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the button. The accessible description for the button. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the button's description Gets the parent of an accessible object. Starts a drag operation by initializing variables. Reference to the SelectedAppointments collection that contains the appointments to be dragged. Reference to the Owner of the selected appointments. The date/time from which the operation was initiated. A boolean indicating whether the operation should be allowed to continue. Ends the resize operation currently in progress. Specifies whether the operation has been canceled. Handles the control's KeyDown event. Handles the control's KeyUp event. Processes each phase of an appointment resize operation. Describes whether this is the beginning, in progress, or ending phase of the operation. Describes the user inteface action that triggered this phase of the operation. The new value for the StartDateTime or EndDateTime property. The new value for the Owner property. A boolean indicating whether the operation should be allowed to continue. Returns whether a resize operation is currently in progress. Provides a front end for modification of the AdditionalIntervals collection. Creates a new instance of the class Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. EditMode appearance is merged in. Pressed appearance is merged in. HotTracking appearance is merged in. Active appearance is merged in. Selected appearance is merged in. The general, i.e., stateless appearance, exposed by the object or owning control, is merged in. Also includes CalendarLook. The control's appearance is merged in. Ultimate default values are merged in for the remaining unresolved properties. Exposes properties which control the manner in which the constituent elements of the AppointmentUIElement are displayed. Returns the default height of the BarColor indicator (2). The default value for the BarColorIndicatorVisibility property (ShowOnTop). The default value for the ReminderIndicatorVisibility property (None). The default value for the RecurrenceIndicatorVisibility property (Right). The default value for the DateTimeContinuationIndicatorVisibility property (Both). The default value for the TimeVisibility property (None). Returns the size at which the appearance image is displayed (16 x 16). Returns the size at which the reminder indicator is displayed (16 x 13). Returns the size at which the recurrence indicator is displayed (14 x 13). Returns the size at which the DateTimeContinuation indicator is displayed (9 x 9). Creates a new instance of the AppointmentDisplaySettings class. Returns whether the BarColorIndicatorHeight property requires serialization. Restores the value of the BarColorIndicatorHeight property to its default setting. Returns whether the BarColorIndicatorVisibility property requires serialization. Restores the value of the BarColorIndicatorVisibility property to its default setting. Returns whether the ReminderIndicatorVisibility property requires serialization. Restores the value of the ReminderIndicatorVisibility property to its default setting. Returns whether the RecurrenceIndicatorVisibility property requires serialization. Restores the value of the RecurrenceIndicatorVisibility property to its default setting. Returns whether the DateTimeContinuationIndicatorVisibility property requires serialization. Restores the value of the DateTimeContinuationIndicatorVisibility property to its default setting. Returns whether the DisplayAppearanceImage property requires serialization. Restores the value of the DisplayAppearanceImage property to its default setting. Returns whether the DisplaySubject property requires serialization. Restores the value of the DisplaySubject property to its default setting. Returns whether the DisplayLocation property requires serialization. Restores the value of the DisplayLocation property to its default setting. Returns whether the TimeVisibility property requires serialization. Restores the value of the TimeVisibility property to its default setting. Returns a boolean indicating whether this object requires serialization. Restores all properties of this object to their respective default values. Deserialization constructor. Returns or sets the height of the area in which the BarColor is displayed.

When the BarColorIndicatorVisibility property is set to a value that causes the color bar to be shown, the BarColorIndicatorHeight property can be used to control the height of the color bar. The value is expressed in pixels.

Appointment.BarColor BarColorIndicatorVisibility AppointmentUIElement
Returns the resolved value of the BarColorIndicatorHeight property. Returns or sets a value indicating whether a color bar is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement.

When the AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval property is set to true, the left and right edges of the UIElements which represent appointments and holidays are aligned with the borders of the TimeSlotUIElements which intersect with their start and end times. In this case, the color bar graphically depicts the start time and duration of the activity as relative to the amount of time spanned by the slots with which it intersects. When AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval is set to false, the color bar extends across the entire element, since the element's width itself depicts the activity's duration.

Appointment.BarColor BarColorIndicatorHeight AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval AppointmentUIElement
Returns or sets a value indicating whether the Reminder indicator is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement. ReminderIndicatorUIElement AppointmentUIElement Returns or sets a value indicating whether the Recurrence indicator is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement. RecurrenceIndicatorUIElement AppointmentUIElement Returns or sets a value indicating whether to/from arrow indicators are displayed within the AppointmentUIElement when the start/end time coincide with a time that is currently not within the viewable area of the control. DateTimeContinuationUIElement AppointmentUIElement Returns or sets a value indicating whether the Image from the resolved appearance for the appointment is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement. Returns or sets a value indicating whether the appointment's Subject is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement. AppointmentUIElement Returns or sets a value indicating whether the appointment's Location is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement.

The appointment Location is displayed by default.

AppointmentLocationUIElement AppointmentUIElement
Returns or sets a value indicating whether the value of the StartDateTime and/or EndDateTime properties are displayed within the AppointmentUIElement. AppointmentTimeUIElement AppointmentUIElement Starts a resize operation by initializing variables. The AppointmentUIElement from which the operation is being initated. The initial value for the StartDateTime or EndDateTime property, depending on the Specifies whether the start or end time is being adjusted. A boolean indicating whether the operation should be allowed to continue. Ends the resize operation currently in progress. Specifies whether the operation has been canceled. Processes each phase of an appointment resize operation. The AppointmentUIElement being resized. Describes whether this is the beginning, in progress, or ending phase of the operation. Describes the user inteface action that triggered this phase of the operation. The new value for the StartDateTime or EndDateTime property. A boolean indicating whether the operation should be allowed to continue. Returns whether a resize operation is currently in progress. Returns the Appointment currently being resized. Area in which time slots, appointments, and/or holidays are displayed.

The ActivityAreaUIElement contains the following child elements:

  • One or more TimeSlotUIElements
  • Zero or more AppointmentUIElements, depending on the value of the AppointmentVisibility property.
  • Zero or more HolidayUIElements, depending on the value of the HolidayVisibility property.

Creates a new instance of the ActivityAreaUIElement class. The owning UIElement Handles positioning of child elements. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Returns whether this element supports resizing in the vertical direction. Called when a mousedown is received and a resize operation is started. Called after the resize operation has been completed. Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation Called when the vertical delta has changed. The change in the vertical direction, expressed in pixels. Called after a resize operation Returns the range limits for adjusting the element in either or both dimensions. It also returns the initial rects for the vertical and horizontal bars that will need to be inverted during the mouse drag operation. The cursor location, expressed in client coordinates. Returned limits Returns the UltraTimelineView control associated with this element. Returns the Owner associated with this element, or null if this element is not associated with an Owner. Returns which border sides are drawn for this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns whether this element currently supports resizing via the mouse. True if this element supports up and down adjustments by grabbing the top border. Area in which the OwnerHeaderUIElement and ActivityAreaUIElement is displayed.

The OwnerUIElement represents an Owner in the user interface. In the case where the OwnerGroupingStyle property resolves to 'Merged', and Owners are not displayed, this element represents the UnassignedOwner.

The OwnerUIElement contains the following child elements:

  • Zero or more OwnerHeaderUIElement, depending on the value of the OwnerHeadersVisible property.
  • One ActivityAreaUIElement.

The Application Styling role for this element is named ScheduleOwner.

Base class for elements that do not draw anything onto the control. Creates a new instance of the ContainerUIElementBase class. The containing UIElement. Overridden to do nothing; this element has no appearance to initialize. Overridden to do nothing; this element does not draw a background. Overridden to do nothing; this element does not draw a background image. Handles positioning of child elements. Overridden by derived classes to position child elements. The base class implementation of this method should not be called. A reference to the owning UltraTimelineView control; guaranteed to be non-null. A reference to the owning UltraTimelineView control's metrics helper class; guaranteed to be non-null A reference to the last UIElementsCollection collection, from which elements can be extracted for recycling. The bounds of this element, excluding its borders. Returns zero as this element has no borders. Returns UIElementBorderStyle.None as this element has no borders Returns null since this element has no associated UIRole. Creates a new instance of the OwnerUIElement class. The associated Owner. The containing ClientAreaUIElement. Initializes this instance for use with a different Owner. The Owner with which this element is to be associated. Handles positioning of child elements for this element. Returns the Owner associated with this element. Returns the ISelectableItem implementor associated with this element. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The application styling role name for the OwnerUIElement is ScheduleOwner. As the element is primarily a container for other elements, only background-related properties are applicable.

Represents the client area of the UltraTimelineView, which is the area inside the borders and scrollbars. Creates a new ClientAreaUIElement. The owning UltraTimelineViewUIElement Initializes the appearance structure for this element. Handles positioning of child elements. OnMousePanVertical OnMousePanHorizontal We support vertical mouse panning, so return true We support horizontal mouse panning, so return true Area in which the ColumnHeaderUIElements are displayed.

This element contains the following child elements:

  • One or more ColumnHeaderUIElements, depending on the PrimaryInterval, and the number of elements in the AdditionalIntervals collection.

There is no Application Styling role defined for this element; it has no visual UI presence.

Creates an instance of the ColumnHeaderAreaUIElement class. The containing ClientAreaUIElement. Handles positioning of child elements for this element. Returns true so as to clip out of view column headers Area in which the ColumnHeaderUIElements are displayed.

This element contains the following child elements:

  • One or more ColumnHeaderUIElements, depending on the PrimaryInterval, and the number of elements in the AdditionalIntervals collection.

There is no Application Styling role defined for this element; it has no visual UI presence.

Creates an instance of the DateTimeIntervalLabelAreaUIElement class. The containing ClientAreaUIElement. Handles positioning of child elements for this element. Immutable class which represents a range of time that can span across multiple days in the UltraTimelineView control. Returns the string used to separate the start and end times when building the string representation of a date/time range. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns a boolean indicating whether the specified date and time falls completely within the range of time defined by this instance. The date/time to test. Returns a boolean indicating whether the range defined by the specified date and time falls completely within the range of time defined by this instance. The start time of the range to test. The end time of the range to test. Returns a boolean indicating whether the specified range falls completely within the range of time defined by this instance. The DateTimeRange instance to test. Returns a boolean indicating whether any part of the specified range falls within the range defined by this instance. DateTimeRange Returns a boolean indicating whether any part of the range defined by the specified and date/time falls within the range defined by this instance. The start date of the range to test. The end date of the range to test. Returns the string representation of this DateTimeRange instance.

By default, the start and end dates are separated by a dash ("-") character, with a space character before and after it. To change the separator characters, use the ToString(string) overload.

Returns the string representation of this DateTimeRange instance, with the start and end dates separated by the specified . The string to be used to separate the start and end dates of the range. Returns the string representation of this DateTimeRange instance, with the start and end dates separated by the specified . Specifies whether the end time is adjusted up to the nearest whole minute. For example, if the EndDateTime of the range is 11:59:59 PM, specifying true will result in a displayed value of "12AM". Returns the string representation of this DateTimeRange instance, with the start and end dates separated by the specified . The string to be used to separate the start and end dates of the range. Specifies whether the end time is adjusted up to the nearest whole minute. For example, if the EndDateTime of the range is 11:59:59 PM, specifying true will result in a displayed value of "12AM". Formats the specified date/time range for display. The date and time of the beginning of the range to format. The date and time of the end of the range to format. The character(s) to be used to separate the and date/time. Specifies whether the end time is adjusted up to the nearest whole minute. For example, if the EndDateTime of the range is 11:59:59 PM, specifying true will result in a displayed value of "12AM". The string representation of the specified date range. Formats the specified date/time range for display. The date and time of the beginning of the range to format. The date and time of the end of the range to format. The format string to be applied to the and date/time. The character(s) to be used to separate the and date/time. Specifies whether the end time is adjusted up to the nearest whole minute. For example, if the EndDateTime of the range is 11:59:59 PM, specifying true will result in a displayed value of "12AM". The string representation of the specified date range. Returns the range of time spanned by this instance. Returns a DateTime structure which defines the date and time of the beginning of the range. Returns a DateTime structure which defines the date and time of the end of the range.

For the developer's convenience, the value of the EndDateTime property actually represents the exclusive end of the range, i.e., the range is defined as all points in time that are greater than or equal to the value of the StartDateTime property, and less than the value of the EndDateTime property.

The associated DateTimeInterval instance. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns whether the Interval property requires serialization. Resets the Interval property. Returns whether the HeaderAppearance property requires serialization. Resets the HeaderAppearance property. Returns whether the HeaderHotTrackingAppearance property requires serialization. Resets the HeaderHotTrackingAppearance property. Returns whether the HeaderTextFormat property requires serialization. Resets the HeaderTextFormat property. Returns whether the HeaderTextFormatStyle property requires serialization. Resets the HeaderTextFormatStyle property. Returns whether the HeaderTextOrientation property requires serialization. Resets the HeaderTextOrientation property. Returns whether the LabelAppearance property requires serialization. Resets the LabelAppearance property. Returns whether the LabelText property requires serialization. Resets the LabelText property. Returns whether the LabelToolTipText property requires serialization. Resets the LabelToolTipText property. Returns or sets the time interval for this instance which, in conjunction with the IntervalUnits property, determines the length of time represented by a cycle generated by this instance. Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the column headers. Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the column headers when the cursor is positioned within its bounds. Returns or sets the date/time format used to derive the text for the column headers. Returns or sets the manner in which the HeaderTextFormat is applied to the dates displayed on the column headers. Returns or sets the orientation of the header text, i.e., whether it is displayed vertically, horizontally, or diagonally. Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the label which appears above the topmost Owner header element. Returns or sets the text that is displayed in the area to the left of the column headers. Returns or sets the text that is displayed in the tooltip that is displayed when the cursor is moved over the label. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns whether the SynchronizingDate property requires serialization. Resets the SynchronizingDate property. Returns the associated DateInterval instance. Returns or sets the DateTime structure which defines the starting point for cycles generated by this instance. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the associated TimeInterval instance. UITypeEditor-derived class which provides designer support for the PrimaryInterval property. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. TypeConverter for the PrimaryInterval property. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. UITypeEditor-derived class which provides designer support for the AdditionalIntervals property. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. TypeConverter for the AdditionalIntervals property. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. Class to show dropdown from which to select date/time formats. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. Creates a new instance of the TimeZoneListBox class Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Returns the value selected by the user. Class to show dropdown from which to set TimeSpans Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. TypeConverter for the PrimaryInterval property. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Indicates which types the class can be cast from. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. The converted object. Provides a front end by which to edit a TimeSpan. Creates a new instance of the class. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Returns the value that resulted from this dialog session. Returns the result of this dialog session. Designer class for the UltraTimelineView control. Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the . Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with Infragistics scheduling controls. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Gets/sets whether an ActionItem for the Dock property will be included in the Smart Tag panel. This property is false by default. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Creates an instance of the class. The associated . Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Gets the . Gets/sets the . Gets/sets the . Returns true if any activity is in edit mode. Returns true if the specified activity is in edit mode. Returns whether the specified activity should be allowed to enter edit mode. Enters edit mode on the specified activity. The IEditableActivity implementor, i.e., Appointment. The EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived element that renders the editable text. Specifies whether to enter edit mode immediately, or after a timer elapses. The UIAction constant describing the user interface action that triggered the edit mode session. Enters edit mode on the specified activity. The IEditableActivity implementor, i.e., Appointment. The EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived element that renders the editable text. Specifies whether to enter edit mode immediately, or after a timer elapses. The UIAction constant describing the user interface action that triggered the edit mode session. Specifies whether the appointment was created automatically by pressing the enter key or spacebar. Enters edit mode on the specified activity. The IEditableActivity implementor, i.e., Appointment. The EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived element that renders the editable text. Specifies whether to enter edit mode immediately, or after a timer elapses. The UIAction constant describing the user interface action that triggered the edit mode session. Specifies whether the appointment was created automatically by pressing the enter key or spacebar. Specifies whether to check for whether the appointment is the last selected appointment before proceeding. Hooks into the specified editor's events of interest The editor whose events are to be hooked/unhooked. If true, events are hooked (take a guess what false does). Called by the control prior to processing the base class implementation of OnMouseDown. This is an alternative to handling the MouseDown event; we do this so that we receive the notification before anyone else does. The same MouseEventArgs instance that was passed to OnMouseDown. Interrupts an 'edit mode pending' condition Cleans up this object. Ends any edit mode session currently in progress. Handles the control's DoubleClick event for the purpose of cancelling the 'edit mode pending' condition. Handles the timer's Tick event. Returns the IEditableActivity implementor currently in edit mode, or null if nobody is. Handles event firing for the UltraTimelineView control. Constructor UltraTimelineView control associated with the event manager. Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the TimelineViewEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Increments the in progress count Decrements the in progress count Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. The associated UltraTimelineView control. Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Uniquely identifies each DayView event. Fired immediately before the date/time selection is changed, giving listeners the opportunity to cancel the operation. Fired immediately after the date/time selection has changed. Fired immediately before a tooltip is displayed for an Appointment, giving listeners the opportunity to cancel the operation or change the text that is displayed. Fired immediately before a tooltip is displayed for a Holiday, giving listeners the opportunity to cancel the operation or change the text that is displayed. Fired immediately before the child elements are initialized for a ColumnHeaderUIElement, giving listeners the opportunity to change the text and/or appearance for the header. Fired when a DateNavigationButtonUIElement is clicked, giving listeners the opportunity to change the action that is taken. Fired immediately before the ActiveOwner is changed, giving listeners the opportunity to cancel the operation. Fired immediately after the ActiveOwner has changed. Fired when the PrimaryInterval has changed. Fired immediately before a tooltip is displayed for a ColumnHeaderUIElement or a DateNavigationButtonUIElement, giving listeners the opportunity to change the text that is displayed or prevent it from displaying. Fired immediately before a tooltip is displayed for a OwnerHeaderUIElement, giving listeners the opportunity to change the text that is displayed or prevent it from displaying. Fired immediately before a tooltip is displayed for a DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement, giving listeners the opportunity to change the text that is displayed or prevent it from displaying. Fired immediately before a tooltip is displayed for an ActivityScrollButtonUIElement, giving listeners the opportunity to change the text that is displayed or prevent it from displaying. Fired when an ActivityScrollButtonUIElement, is clicked by the user. Fired immediately before an edit mode session begins on an Appointment. Fired immediately after an edit mode session has begun on an Appointment. Fired immediately before an edit mode session ends on an Appointment. Fired immediately after an edit mode session has ended on an Appointment. Fired immediately before the SelectedAppointments are deleted by the user. Fired after the SelectedAppointments have been deleted by the user. Enumeration which groups events based on which phase of a change they represent. All Events All Before Events All After Events Contains information about the ActiveOwnerChanging event. Cancelable event args used when the is about to change Constructor The new owner to be made active Returns the new active owner. Gets/sets whether the , and (for derived controls only) collections should be cleared. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns or sets whether the SelectedDateTimeRange is to be cleared.

By default, the SelectedDateTimeRange is cleared when a new Owner is activated. Setting the ClearSelectedDateTimeRange property to false overrides this behavior, and causes the selection to remain intact as the new Owner is activated.

Contains information about the ActiveOwnerChanged event. Event args used when the has changed Constructor The new owner to be made active Returns the new active owner. Creates a new instance of the class. Contains information about the SelectedDateTimeRangeChanging event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the new selected date/time range, if the event is not canceled. Note that in the case where the selected date range is cleared, this property will return a null reference. Returns whether the change in date/time selection was initiated by a change in the ActiveOwner.

By default, changing the value of the ActiveOwner property results in a clearing of the SelectedDateTimeRange. When the change in the SelectedDateTimeRange was triggered by this clearing, the IsChangingActiveOwner property returns true, implying that the change in selection is occurring between the respective firings of the ActiveOwnerChanging and ActiveOwnerChanged events.

Contains information about the SelectedDateTimeRangeChanged event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the new date/time range. Note that in the case where the selected date range is cleared, this property will return a null reference. Returns whether the change in date/time selection was initiated by a change in the ActiveOwner.

By default, changing the value of the ActiveOwner property results in a clearing of the SelectedDateTimeRange. When the change in the SelectedDateTimeRange was triggered by this clearing, the IsChangingActiveOwner property returns true, implying that the change in selection is occurring between the respective firings of the ActiveOwnerChanging and ActiveOwnerChanged events.

Contains information about the AppointmentToolTipDisplaying event. Base class for events which notify the listener that a tooltip is about to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns or sets the ToolTipInfo structure that contains information about the tooltip about to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the associated AppointmentUIElement. Returns the Appointment whose tooltip is to be displayed. Returns a constant which describes the area within the AppointmentUIElement over which the cursor is currently hovering Contains information about the HolidayToolTipDisplaying event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the associated HolidayUIElement. Returns the Holiday whose tooltip is to be displayed. Returns a constant which describes the area within the HolidayUIElement over which the cursor is currently hovering Contains information about the ColumnHeaderInitializing event. Creates a new instance of the ColumnHeaderInitializingEventArgs class. Returns the ColumnHeaderUIElement instance that is being initialized. Returns or sets the text that will be displayed on the header. Returns or sets an AppearanceData struct which can be used to override the resolves appearance for a particular header.

It is highly recommended that AppearanceData instances be shared whenever possible, especially when customizing the appearance for relatively large numbers of headers. Creating a new AppearanceData instance for every header that is created can introduce considerable overhead and impact performance adversely. If, for example, a particular appearance is to be assigned to headers that lie in a particular time range, instantiate one AppearanceData instance and assign that instance for each header that should exhibit that appearance.

If the AppearanceData property has not been explicitly set, it returns null. No instance is "lazily" created, so as to prevent unnecessary object instantiation.

Returns the DateTimeInterval instance for which the column header is being displayed. Returns a DateTimeRange instance which describes the date/time range spanned by the header. Contains information about the DateNavigationButtonClicked event. Creates a new instance of the DateNavigationButtonClickedEventArgs class. Returns the DateTimeInterval instance associated with the column header whose date navigation button was clicked. Returns a DateTimeRange instance which describes the date/time range spanned by the column header whose date navigation button was clicked. Returns or sets a value which determines the navigational action that will be taken when execution returns from the event. Returns a value which determines the direction of navigation, i.e., whether the user is navigating forward or backward. Contains information about the PrimaryIntervalChanged event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the new value of the PrimaryInterval property. Base class for events which notify the listener that a tooltip is about to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement instance for which the tooltip is about to be displayed. Returns the associated DateTimeInterval. Base class for events which notify the listener that a tooltip is about to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the DateNavigationButtonUIElement instance for which the tooltip is about to be displayed, or null if the tooltip is not being displayed for that element. Returns the ColumnHeaderUIElement instance for which the tooltip is about to be displayed. Base class for events which notify the listener that a tooltip is about to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the OwnerHeaderUIElement instance for which the tooltip is about to be displayed. Returns the Owner for which the tooltip is about to be displayed. Base class for events which notify the listener that a tooltip is about to be displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the ActivityScrollButtonUIElement instance for which the tooltip is about to be displayed. Returns the direction in which the button scrolls, i.e., up or down. Returns the Owner associated with the button, or null if the button is not associated with an Owner. Contains information about the ActivityScrollButtonClicked event. Creates a new instance of the ActivityScrollButtonClickedEventArgs class. Returns the direction in which the button scrolls, i.e., up or down. Returns the Owner associated with the button, or null if the button is not associated with an Owner. Contains information about the AppointmentEnteringEditMode event. Creates a new instance of the class. Contains information about the AppointmentExitingEditMode event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the value before the edit mode session began, .i.e, the current value of the Appointment's Subject property. Returns or sets the value to be assigned to the Appointment's Subject property. Returns or sets whether changes made by the user during the edit mode session are to be committed. Contains information about the AppointmentEditModeEntered event. Creates a new instance of the class. Contains information about the AppointmentEditModeExited event. Creates a new instance of the class. Contains information about the SelectedAppointmentsDeleting event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns a read-only collection which contains each member of the SelectedAppointments collection that will be deleted. Returns or sets whether a MessageBox will be displayed to inform the user of the pending deletion. Returns or sets the message that will be displayed in the MessageBox. Contains information about the SelectedAppointmentsDeleted event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ActiveOwnerChanging event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ActiveOwnerChanged event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the SelectedDateTimeRangeChanging event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the SelectedDateTimeRangeChanged event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the AppointmentToolTipDisplaying event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the HolidayToolTipDisplaying event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ColumnHeaderInitializing event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the DateNavigationButtonClicked event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the PrimaryIntervalChanged event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the DateTimeIntervalLabelToolTipDisplayingEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ColumnHeaderToolTipDisplayingEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the OwnerHeaderToolTipDisplayingEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ActivityScrollButtonToolTipDisplayingEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ActivityScrollButtonClickedEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the AppointmentEnteringEditModeEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the AppointmentExitingEditModeEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the AppointmentEditModeEnteredEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the AppointmentEditModeExitedEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the SelectedAppointmentsDeletingEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Defines the signature of the method that handles the SelectedAppointmentsDeletedEventArgs event. The UltraTimelineView control issuing the notification. The instance which contains information about the event. Provides a front end though which properties of the PrimaryInterval can be changed in the designer. Creates a new instance of the class. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Returns the DateTimeInterval that resulted from this dialog session, or the original instance if the session was canceled. Defines the range and increments for the horizontal scrollbar displayed by the UltraTimelineView control. Returns whether the SmallChange property requires serialization. Restores the value of the SmallChange property to its default. Returns whether the LargeChange property requires serialization. Restores the value of the LargeChange property to its default. Returns whether this object requires serialization. Resets the properties of this object to their respective default values. Returns or sets the span of time by which the UltraTimelineView control is scrolled when the user clicks the scroll arrows.

By default, the control scrolls by one cycle of the primary interval with each click of the scroll buttons. The SmallChange property can be used to change this behavior. For example, given a primary interval that generates fifteen-minute cycles, setting the SmallChange property to a 5-minute TimeSpan will cause the control to require three clicks on the scroll button in order to scroll to the next cycle.

Since the number of pixels required to represent a unit of time can be a non-integral value, the SmallChange property is expressed as a TimeSpan rather than an integer representing a discreet number of pixels.

LargeChange HorizontalScrollSettings property
Returns or sets the span of time by which the UltraTimelineView control is scrolled when the user clicks within the scroll track.

By default, the control scrolls by one logical page with each click on the scroll track. The LargeChange property can be used to change this behavior.

Since the number of pixels required to represent a unit of time can be a non-integral value, the LargeChange property is expressed as a TimeSpan rather than an integer representing a discreet number of pixels.

SmallChange HorizontalScrollSettings property
Enumerates the user interface actions that can be performed on the UltraTimelineView control. No operation. The "cell" to the right of the one that defines the end of the currently selected date/time range is selected, and the previous selection is cleared, leaving only one selected "cell". The viewport is shifted to the left, if necessary, to bring the "cell" into view. The "cell" to the left of the one that defines the beginning of the currently selected date/time range is selected, and the previous selection is cleared, leaving only one selected "cell". The viewport is shifted to the right, if necessary, to bring the "cell" into view. The first visible "cell" is selected, and the previous selection is cleared, leaving only one selected "cell". The viewport is shifted to the left, if necessary, to bring the "cell" into view. The last visible "cell" is selected, and the previous selection is cleared, leaving only one selected "cell". The viewport is shifted to the right, if necessary, to bring the "cell" into view. The SelectedDateTimeRange is modified in conjunction with navigation along the timeline in the forward direction. If the active date/time is chronologically earlier than the pivot date/time, the start date/time of the selected range is moved one cycle closer to the pivot, effectively shortening the selection. If the active date/time is chronologically later than the pivot date/time, the end date/time of the selected range is moved one cycle away from the pivot, effectively lengthening the selection. The SelectedDateTimeRange is modified in conjunction with navigation along the timeline in the backward direction. If the active date/time is chronologically earlier than the pivot date/time, the start date/time of the selected range is moved one cycle away from the pivot, effectively lengthening the selection. If the active date/time is chronologically later than the pivot date/time, the end date/time of the selected range is moved one cycle closer to the pivot, effectively shortening the selection. The viewport is shifted upward by one logical page, bringing content that is below the bottom edge of the viewport into view. The viewport is shifted downward by one logical page, bringing content that is above the top edge of the viewport into view. The viewport is shifted to the right by one logical page, bringing content that is to the left of the left edge of the viewport into view. The viewport is shifted to the left by one logical page, bringing content that is to the right of the right edge of the viewport into view. The first visible owner is brought into the viewable area of the control, to occupy the first row, and activated. The last visible owner is brought into the viewable area of the control, to occupy the last row (or as close to the last row as possible), and activated. The owner which precedes the current ActiveOwner in the list of non-locked owners is brought into the viewable area of the control and activated. The owner which follows the current ActiveOwner in the list of non-locked owners is brought into the viewable area of the control and activated. The SelectedDateTimeRange property is set to null, effectively clearing the date/time selection. Note that this action has no keystroke assigned by default; a UltraTimelineViewKeyActionMapping can be created with this action and added to the control's KeyActionMappings collection to provide a way for the end user to clear the date/time selection. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the beginning of the day following the current first visible day. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the beginning of the current first visible day. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the beginning of the day preceding the current first visible day. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the first day of the month following the month to which the current first visible day belongs. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the beginning of the month which currently contains the first visible day. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the first day of the month preceding the month to which the current first visible day belongs. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the first day of the year following the year to which the current first visible day belongs. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the beginning of the year which currently contains the first visible day. The viewport is scrolled horizontally such that the beginning of the VisibleDateTimeRange becomes the first day of the year preceding the year to which the current first visible day belongs. An Appointment is automatically and placed into edit mode; the appointment's Owner is set to the ActiveOwner and its start and end times are determined by the SelectedDateTimeRange. The currently selected Appointment is placed into edit mode. The edit mode session currently in progress is ended, with changes being committed to the Appointment. The edit mode session currently in progress is ended, with any changes made by the user discarded, leaving the edited Appointment unchanged. Each member of the SelectedAppointments collection is removed form the Appointments collection Deselects any currently selected activity and selects the time slot following the one that intersects with the last selected activity's end date/time. Deselects any currently selected activity and selects the time slot preceding the one that intersects with the first selected activity's start date/time. The activity following the currently selected one is selected. The activity preceding the currently selected one is selected. The first activity in the viewable area of the control is selected. The last activity in the viewable area of the control is selected. Simulates clicking the right scroll button on the horizontal scrollbar, resulting in forward movement along the timeline. The amount of time by which the viewport is shifted is determined by the SmallChange property. Simulates clicking the left scroll button on the horizontal scrollbar, resulting in backward movement along the timeline. The amount of time by which the viewport is shifted is determined by the SmallChange property. Simulates clicking the bottom scroll button on the vertical scrollbar, resulting in downward movement. Simulates clicking the top scroll button on the vertical scrollbar, resulting in upward movement. Bit flags that describe the state of the UltraTimelineView control. No particular state. An edit mode session is currently underway for an Appointment. The ActiveOwner property returns a non-null value. An Appointment or Holiday is currently selected. The SelectedDateTimeRange property returns a non-null value. The OwnerGroupingStyle property resolves to 'Separate' The 'MultipleOwners' bit is set, and the control is not currently displaying all members of the VisibleOwners collection. A vertical scrollbar is displayed unless property settings indicate that it should not be. The AutoAppointmentCreate property returns true, enabling the user to create appointments by pressing the enter key or spacebar when one or more time slots are selected. One Appointment is currently selected. The SelectedAppointments collection is non-empty, and all other selected activity collections are empty. The AllowAppointmentResize property is true, and the user is currently in the process of resizing an Appointment. The ActiveOwner is locked (the Locked property is set to true, preventing certain user interface actions). The first activity within the viewable area of the control is currently selected. The TabNavigation property is set to a value that will cause the tab key to navigate to the previous activity, if pressed in conjunction with the shift key. The TabNavigation property is set to a value that will cause the tab key to navigate to the next activity. Encapsulates a keyboard action for the UltraTimelineView control. Creates a new instance of the UltraTimelineViewKeyActionMapping class. Returns the string representation of this instance. Returns the UltraTimelineViewAction constant that identifies the action for this instance. Returns the UltraTimelineViewState constant that identifies the control state(s) which preclude execution of the associated action. Returns the UltraTimelineViewState constant that identifies the state(s) the control must be in for this action to be executed. Defines default keboard behavior for the UltraTimelineView control. Loads the default key mappings. Creates an ActionStateMappingsCollection. Returns the UltraTimelineViewKeyActionMapping instance at the specified ordinal position within this collection. Base class for the OwnerHeaderUIElement and ColumnHeaderUIElement classes. Creates a new instance. Initializes this instance for reuse. Handles positioning of child elements. Overridden by derived classes to position child elements. The base class implementation of this method should not be called. A reference to the owning UltraTimelineView control; guaranteed to be non-null. A reference to the owning UltraTimelineView control's metrics helper class; guaranteed to be non-null A reference to the last UIElementsCollection collection, from which elements can be extracted for recycling. The bounds of this element, excluding its borders. Called when the mouse enters this element. Called when the mouse leaves this element. Returns the UltraTimelineView control associated with this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns whether this element currently supports resizing via the mouse. Returns whether to support active theme mouse tracking. Returns the text to display in the tooltip for this element. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The application styling role name for the OwnerHeaderUIElement is ScheduleOwnerHeader. The base application styling role name for the ColumnHeaderUIElement is TimelineViewColumnHeaderBase; individual roles exist corresponding to each of the supported time intervals as well:

  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderMinutes
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderHours
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderDays
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderWeeks
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderMonths
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderYears
A role is also provided for the PrimaryInterval; this role supercedes all others for the headers generated by the DateTimeInterval that is currently assigned to the PrimaryInterval property.

Returns the accessible object which realizes section 508 functionality for this element. The Accessible object for a column. Returns a reference to the associated -derived instance. Constructor The TimelineViewHeaderElementBase Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Displays the formatted date/time for an associated TimeSlotUIElement in the UltraTimelineView control.

The ColumnHeaderUIElement encapsulates a cycle that is generated by either the PrimaryInterval or a member of the AdditionalIntervals collection. It represents a discreet span of time, and does not intersect with any other header associated with the same DateTimeInterval.

The caption displayed by the header can represent either a distinct date/time, or a range of time. The associated DateTimeInterval's HeaderTextFormat property can be used to control the way the date/time is presented to the user, and the HeaderTextFormatStyle property can be used to control whether a single date or a range is displayed on the header.

The caption can be further customized by handling the control's ColumnHeaderInitializing event; a reference to the header, the date range it represents, and the text that will be displayed are made available through the event arguments. An AppearanceData struct can be passed back to the control through this event, making it possible to apply an appearance to an individual header.

The caption can be oriented horizontally, vertically, or diagonally depending on the value assigned to the HeaderTextOrientation property.

The width of the ColumnHeaderUIElements associated with the PrimaryInterval is determined by the ColumnWidth property. The ColumnSizing property determines whether this width can be changed by the user, and also whether the resizing operation can be initiated from the ColumnHeaderUIElement, the TimeSlotUIElement, or both.

The base application styling role name for the ColumnHeaderUIElement is TimelineViewColumnHeaderBase; individual roles exist corresponding to each of the supported time intervals as well:

  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderMinutes
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderHours
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderDays
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderWeeks
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderMonths
  • TimelineViewColumnHeaderYears
A role is also provided for the PrimaryInterval; this role supercedes all others for the headers generated by the DateTimeInterval that is currently assigned to the PrimaryInterval property.

Creates a new instance of the ColumnHeaderUIElement class. Initializes this ColumnHeaderUIElement for use with a new DateTimeInterval and/or DateTime. The associated DateTimeInterval. The start time for the date/time slot this header represents. The end time for the date/time slot this header represents. The border sides for this header. The zero-based index describing this element's position on the row in which it appears. Handles positioning of child elements for this element. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Called when a mousedown is received and a resize operation is started. Called after the resize operation has been completed. Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation Called when the horizontal delta has changed. The change in the horizontal direction, expressed in pixels. Called after a resize operation Returns the range limits for adjusting the element in either or both dimensions. It also returns the initial rects for the vertical and horizontal bars that will need to be inverted during the mouse drag operation. The cursor location, expressed in client coordinates. Returned limits The cursor to use over the adjustable area of the element. Called when the mouse is double-clicked on this element Returns the DateTimeInterval associated with this instance. Returns the DateTimeRange associated with this instance. Returns a boolean indicating whether this header is the first one on the row in which it appears. Returns a boolean indicating whether this header is the last one on the row in which it appears. Returns which border sides are drawn for this element. True if this element supports adjustments by grabbing the left border. Returns the text to display in the tooltip for this element. The Accessible object for a column. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the values. An Accessible object relative to this object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the header. The accessible description for the header. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the column's description Displays the caption for an Owner. in the UltraTimelineView control.

This element contains the following child elements:

  • One TextUIElement, in which the value of the owner's Name property is displayed.
  • Zero or one ImageUIElements, depending on whether an image is being displayed on this owner's header.

The Application Styling role defined for this element is named ScheduleOwnerHeader.

Creates a new instance. Handles positioning of child elements for this element. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Returns whether this element supports resizing in the vertical direction. Called when a mousedown is received and a resize operation is started. Called after the resize operation has been completed. Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation Called when the vertical delta has changed. The change in the vertical direction, expressed in pixels. Called after a resize operation Returns the range limits for adjusting the element in either or both dimensions. It also returns the initial rects for the vertical and horizontal bars that will need to be inverted during the mouse drag operation. The cursor location, expressed in client coordinates. Returned limits Returns the Owner associated with this element. Returns which border sides are drawn for this element. True if this element supports up and down adjustments by grabbing the top border. Returns the text to display in the tooltip for this element. The Accessible object for an Owner. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the values. An Accessible object relative to this object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the header. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the column's description Encapsulates the buttons that are displayed when the DateNavigationButtonVisibility property resolves to a value other than 'Hide'. Defines the size for all instances of this element. Defines the padding for all instances of this element. Creates a new instance. Initializes this instance for reuse. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Handles positioning of child elements. Called when the button is clicked. Called when the mouse enters this element Called when the mouse leaves this element Invoked when the state of the button changes. Invoked when the foreground for the element should be rendered. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the style for this button. Returns the direction in which the control navigates when this button is clicked. Returns the ColumnHeaderUIElement with which this instance is associated. Returns the DateTimeInterval with which this instance is associated. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The base application styling role name for the DateNavigationButtonUIElement is TimelineViewDateNavigationButton.

Returns the accessible object which realizes section 508 functionality for this DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement. The Accessible object for a column. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the values. An Accessible object relative to this object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the button. The accessible description for the button. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the column's description Gets the parent of an accessible object. Displays the label for a DateTimeInterval in the UltraTimelineView control. Creates a new instance of the ColumnHeaderUIElement class. Initializes this DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement for use with a new DateTimeInterval. The associated DateTimeInterval. Handles positioning of child elements for this element. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Returns the DateTimeInterval assocuated with this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns which border sides are drawn for this element. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The application styling role name for the DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement is TimelineViewDateTimeIntervalLabel.

Returns the accessible object which realizes section 508 functionality for this DateTimeIntervalLabelUIElement. The Accessible object for a column. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the values. An Accessible object relative to this object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the label. The accessible description for the label. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the column's description Gets the parent of an accessible object. Funnel point for all notifications issued by the control, the CalendarInfo, or the CalendarLook Returns the control's size, including borders. (Dependencies: None) Returns the control's size, including borders. (Dependencies: None) Returns the size required to render the specified owner's header text. Returns the LOGICAL width of the owner area, which (since they are always oriented horizontally) is actually the graphical height. (Dependencies: ColumnHeaderAreaHeight) Returns the LOGICAL width of the owner area, which (since they are always oriented horizontally) is actually the graphical height. (Dependencies: ColumnHeaderAreaHeight) [out] Upon return, contains the bounds of the owner area, as relative to the control's coordinate system. [out] Upon return, contains the current value of the OwnersInView property. Returns the width of the specified DateTimeInterval's column, expressed in pixels. (Dependencies: UltraTimelineView.ColumnWidthResolved) Returns the number of primary interval columns currently within the viewable area of the control. The number of columns in view. Returns the number of primary interval columns currently within the viewable area of the control. The span of time between the beginning of the first slot and the current scroll position. Use positive values. The number of columns in view. Returns the number of primary interval columns currently within the viewable area of the control. The span of time between the beginning of the first slot and the current scroll position. Use positive values. [out] Upon return, contains the number of pixels that are out of view on the left side. The number of columns in view. Returns the number of primary interval columns currently within the viewable area of the control. The span of time between the beginning of the first slot and the current scroll position. Use positive values. [out] Upon return, contains the number of pixels that are out of view on the left side. [out] Upon return, contains the number of pixels that are out of view on the right side. The number of columns in view. Returns the number of primary interval columns currently within the viewable area of the control. The span of time between the beginning of the first slot and the current scroll position. Use positive values. [out] Upon return, contains the number of pixels that are out of view on the left side. [out] Upon return, contains the number of pixels that are out of view on the right side. [out] Upon return, contains the number of pixels, expressed in whole and fractional numbers, in the linear amount of space that represents one minute. The number of columns in view. Returns whether a vertical scrollbar should be displayed, and whether it should be enabled. Returns whether a vertical scrollbar should be displayed, and whether it should be enabled. Returns the width of the area in which the column headers are displayed, with or without the label area. (Dependencies: OwnerHeaderHeight, OwnerScrollBarWidth ) Returns the actual pixel thickness under the specified border style. Returns the LOGICAL height of the owner header, which (since they are always oriented horizontally) is actually the graphical width. (Dependencies: None) Returns the total height of the column header area. (Dependencies: None) Returns whether there are visible owners that are currently not being displayed. Returns whether a horizontal scrollbar should be displayed. Returns the width of the scrollbar used to navigate through the owners. Returns the height of the scrollbar used to navigate through the interval columns. Returns the size of the area in which the interval labels are displayed. Returns the height for appointments and holidays. Does not include the date navigation buttons. Month object. Constructor. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns a Day object for the specified day number. Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the object Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets Enabled to its default Pass along notifications to listeners. A structure containing the property change information. Overrides the ToString method A string representation of the Month object. Determines if one month occurs before another month. first Month second Month A boolean indicating if the first month has its month and year before the second month. Determines if one month occurs after another month. first Month second Month A boolean indicating if the first month has its month and year after the second month. Determines if one month has the same month and year or is after another month. first Month second Month A boolean indicating if the first month has the same or earlier month and year than the second month. Determines if one month has the same month and year or is after another month. first Month second Month A boolean indicating if the first month has the same or later month and year than the second month. Compares two instances of to determine if the first is greater than the second. A Month object A Month object true if the first instance is greater than the second instance, otherwise false Compares two instances of to determine if the first is greater than or equal to the second. A Month object A Month object true if the first instance is greater than or equal to the second instance, otherwise false Compares two instances of to determine if the first is less than the second. A Month object A Month object true if the first instance is less than the second instance, otherwise false Compares two instances of to determine if the first is less than or equal to the second. A Month object A Month object true if the first instance is less than or equal to the second instance, otherwise false Returns whether this object is selected in the specified -derived control. The UltraScheduleControlBase-derived control for which this Month object is to be evaluated A boolean specifying whether this Month object is selected in the specified control. Returns the year object that represents the year that this month belongs to. Returns the month number for the month represented by the object. Returns the appointments collection for this month Returns the holidays collection for this month Returns the notes collection for this month Returns the enabled status of the object. Returns whether the Month has any appointments, holidays or notes defined. Returns the number of days in the current month. Determines if the month is enabled by checking if the month, month of year or all of its days are disabled. Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Returns the component which owns the object. This property is read-only. Returns the instance associated with this object, cast as an ISelectableItem implementor. Provides an ISelectableItem implementation for the object which uses the collection. Returns the object with which this instance is associated. Returns whether the item can be navigated to via the TAB key Returns whether the item can be dragged Returns whether the item is selectable Returns whether the item is currently selected MonthLook object. Constructor Month object Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Reset the properties of this object to their default values Checks if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Pass along notifications made by sub objects. A structure containing the property change information. Determines if the DaysOfMonth need to be serialized. A boolean indicating whether the days of month collection needs to be serialized. Method to reset the DaysOfMonthLook collection. Return the string representation of this object. Returns the CalendarLook object that owns this object. Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Default appearance for the days in the month represented by this object. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Appearance for the month headers Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Month for the MonthLook object. Returns a DaysOfMonth collection. TypeConverter for an UltraWinSchedule MonthLook. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. MonthOfYear object. Constructor Month of the year. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Determine if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determine if the Enabled property needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Enabled property to its default value. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if this property is not set to its default value String representing the object. Return the CalendarInfo object which owns the MonthOfYear object. Determines the enabled state of this object. /// You can use the Enabled property to selectively activate or deactivate an object. When an object is disabled, its appearance changes (based on the system disabled colors) and it becomes unavailable to the user. Certain properties or methods of the object may also be unavailable through code when it is disabled. Long Description for a MonthOfYear Returns the resolved long name used for the month header. The system's locale settings will be used unless the LongDescription property is explicitly set. Short Description for a MonthOfYear Returns the resolved abbreviated name used for the month header. The system's locale settings will be used unless the ShortDescription property is explicitly set. Returns the Month of the year that this object represents. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule MonthOfYear. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. A collection of MonthsOfYear objects. Constructor for the MonthsOfYear object. Constructor used when de-serializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new MonthOfYear object. Initialize the MonthOfYear object. The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Notify listeners of any changes. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a MonthOfYear object based on the enum. Returns a MonthOfYear object based on the index provided. Note, this collection is one based. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Returns the current object Collection of MonthLook objects. Constructor Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new MonthLook object. Index of the object being created. A new object for that position in the array. Initialize the MonthLook object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarLook object. Notify listeners of changes to properties. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a MonthLook object Returns a MonthLook object based on the index provided. Note, this collection is one based. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor MonthsOfYearLookCollection to iterate over. Returns the current object MoreItemsIndicator object. Returns a 20x8 image containing the "More Appointments" Image from Outlook. This is the image that appears in the Single Month, Week View and Day View when there are appointments for a day that are not in view. Note that this method does not cache the image it returns (NAS2006 Vol2 changes), so the caller is responsible for object disposal. The -derived instance which provides application styling information. Boolean indicating whether to draw the arrow pointing up or down. An 20x8 System.Drawing.Image of the "More Appointments" indicator. Returns a 20x8 image containing the "More Appointments" Image from Outlook. This is the image that appears in the Single Month, Week View and Day View when there are appointments for a day that are not in view. Brush object used to render the backcolor of the image. Brush object used to render the fillcolor of the image. Pen color used to draw the outlines of the foreground. Boolean indicating when the indicator arrow faces down or up. An 20x8 System.Drawing.Image of the "More Appointments" indicator. Defines the colors of the 'To' arrow bitmap Defines the colors of the 'From' arrow bitmap Returns a 9 X 9 image of an arrow pointing right. Returns a 9 X 9 image of an arrow pointing left. Calls the MessageBeep API, if available in the current context. Note object. Constructor Date for the note. Constructor for a new Note object. Reset the properties of the object to their default values. Returns whether the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Notification that a sub object's properties have changed A structure containing the property change information. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the locked property of the Note to its default value. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Description of the note to its default value. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the day of the Note object. Adjusts the date for the note by the specified time span. Note, only day increment changes are honored. TimeSpan indicating how much to offset the date of the note. Returns a copy of this object. Invoked during the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Deserializes a single object from the specified stream. Stream object from which to deserialize the Note A new Note object Deserializes a single object from the specified soap (xml) stream. Stream object from which to deserialize the Note A new Note object Deserializes a single object from the specified byte array. A byte array containing the information from the Note A new Note object Saves the Appointment object's information to the specified stream. Stream object into which the appointment will be serialized. Saves the object's information to the specified stream. Stream object into which the Note will be serialized. Specifies whether the property will be serialized in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Saves the object's information to the specified stream as soap (xml). Stream object into which the Note will be serialized. Saves the object's information to the specified stream as soap (xml). Stream object into which the Note will be serialized. Specifies whether the property will be serialized in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Returns a byte array containing the serialized information for the Note Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Specifies whether the property will be serialized in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Returns a byte array containing the serialized information for the Note Return the CalendarInfo object that owns this object. Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Determines whether the can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying the . Returns true if the Note can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying the Note. Determines whether the can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying the . Returns true if the Note's property is true or if the s property is true. Returns or sets whether the Note is visible. Gets or sets the description/contents of the Note object The Description property determines the text that will be displayed in the Note. Returns or sets the object for this . Returns whether the Note is selected. Gets/Sets the date for which the note is applied.. Get: Returns true if this object exists in the Selected* collection Set: Adds/Removes this object from the Selected* collection Property: Returns true only if selectable Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Property: Returns true only if Draggable Gets/sets the assigned . Notes that are unassigned will return null from this property. Gets/sets the key of the assigned . Notes that are unassigned will return an empty string from this property. Returns false if either this Note's Visible property is false or it's Owner's Visible property is false. Returns the index associated with this appointment in the binding list.

Note: The BindingListIndex property is only applicable when the collection is bound to a data source.

Returns the object returned by the binding list that is associated with this .

Note: The BindingListObject property is only applicable when the collection is bound to a data source.

Gets/sets unique key for this . Returns the value of the Date property. Returns a value that is 23 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds later than the value returned from the Date property. Returns the value of the Description property. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule Note. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. The Accessible object for a group. Constructor The index. The control used for marshalling notifications. The Note. The parent AccessibleObject. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. The accessible name for the data area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the Note's Subject A collection of Notes objects. Constructor for the NotesCollection Constructor for the NotesCollection Constructor for the NotesCollection Serialization constructor for the NotesCollection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Inserts a new Note object. Date to which to add the note. Description for the new note object. A new Note object Inserts a new Note object. Date to which to add the note. A new Note object Remove all notes from the NotesCollection. Remove a note from the NotesCollection. The note to remove. Remove a note from the NotesCollection. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Used to notify listeners of property changes. A structure containing the property change information. Inserts a new into the collection Note to insert The inserted note Copies the contents of the collection to the specified array starting at the specified index. Array to which the collection contents should be copied. Index at which to start copying Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Removes all of the notes that were assigned to the owner. The owner of the notes. The CalendarInfo object that owns this Notes collection (read-only). Return the Note object at the requested index. Obtain the initial capacity for the collection Determine if the collection is read only. The collection as an array of objects Enumerator class for the NotesCollection. Returns the Note object at the current location. A collection of Note objects for a particular Year, Month, Week or Day. Removes the Note from the collection Removes an Note from the collection Returns a null string Clears the collection IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the contents of the collection to the specified array starting at the specified index. Array to which the collection contents should be copied. Index at which to start copying Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Returns the index of the object in the collection The object whose presence should be checked in the collection. The index of the object in the collection. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the number of items in the collection indexer Abstract property that specifies the initial capacity of the collection The CalendarInfo object that owns this Appointments collection (read-only). Returns true if this collection is read only. The collection as an array of objects Enumerator for the AppointmentsSubsetCollection Type-safe version of Current Class containing static color properties representing the colors used by Microsoft Outlook 2003 Color used as the ultimate default for the 'bottom' color of the gradient for the current day's day header. Dependent on the specified backColor. The BackColor for which this BackColor2 is to be calculated. Color used as the ultimate default for the borders of time slots that do not begin a new hour, i.e., the Minute component of their StartTime is non-zero The border color for even-hour time slots for which this intra-hour border color is to be calculated. Color used as the ultimate default for the back color of selected days for the MonthViewMultiBase-derived controls. Specifies whether theming should be honored. The background color for selected days for the MonthViewMultiBase-derived controls. Color used as the ultimate default for the back color of month headers for the MonthViewMultiBase-derived controls. Specifies whether theming should be honored. The background color for month headers for the MonthViewMultiBase-derived controls. Color used as the ultimate default for the border that is drawn around the current day. Specifies whether theming should be honored. The color for the border that is drawn around the current day. Color used as the ultimate default for the back color of time slots that fall in the working hour range. Color used as the ultimate default for the back color of time slots that fall in the non-working hour range. Color used as the ultimate default for the back color of time slots that fall in the working hour range. Color used as the ultimate default for the back color of time slots that fall in the working hour range. Class which exposes color properties which are used by the visual elements of the , , , and controls when the 'Office2007' is in effect.

The collection contains fifteen instances of the Outlook2007ColorScheme class, one for each of the color schemes seen in the 'Calendar Options' dialog of Microsoft® Outlook® 2007.

"Standalone" instances of the Outlook2007ColorScheme class can be created and assigned to an 's property. The constructor, which is publicly exposed, takes a single parameter of type ; this parameter determines the value of the property, which is the color from which all other color properties exposed by this class are derived.

The color properties exposed by the Outlook2007ColorScheme class are formulated by increasing or decreasing the brightness (or luminosity) of the . For this reason, colors whose luminosity component is relatively small or relatively large should be avoided when selecting the base color for a color scheme, since many of the colors subsequently returned by the properties of this class will be either too dark or too close to white to be aesthetically pleasing to the end user.

Creates a new instance of the class. The color from which all calculated colors are derived. Color used as the base color from which all other color properties exposed by this class are derived. Used by the control's background Defines the generic foreground color for the color scheme. Used by the DayOfWeek headers when appointment grouping is not in effect. Used by the control's border. Used by the owner area border. Used by the Day borders of the current day. Used by the Day borders of the current day for the UltraMonthViewMulti control. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by the header associated with the current day. Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by the header associated with the current day. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by the header associated with the current day. Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by the header associated with the current day. Used by the Day header borders. Note that this property currently returns the same value as the property. Used by the Day borders. Used by the background of days which fall in alternating months. Used by the background of days which fall in non-alternating months. Used by the background of days which are selected in the MonthViewSingle control. Used by the background of days which are selected in the MonthViewMulti control. Defines the darker shade of the foreground color, used by various elements including the DayOfWeek headers and Owner header buttons when appointment grouping is in effect. Defines the border color for the DayOfWeek headers of the UltraMonthViewMulti control. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by day and week headers. Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by day and week headers. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by day and week headers when the header is hot tracking. Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by day and week headers when the header is hot tracking. Defines the foreground color for the week headers. Used by the WeekHeader borders. Note that this property currently returns the same value as the property. Defines the background color of the month header for the UltraMonthViewMulti control. Defines the color of the scroll buttons on the month header of the UltraMonthViewMulti control. Defines the background color for TimeSlots which fall in the working hour range.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the background color for TimeSlots which fall in the non-working hour range.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the background color for selected TimeSlots. Defines the border color for TimeSlots which coincide with even hours.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the border color for TimeSlots which fall in between even hours and which fall in the working hour range.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the border color for TimeSlots which fall in between even hours and which fall in the non-working hour range. Defines the background color for the all-day event area.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the background color for the all-day event area when the associated is selected.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by owner headers. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by owner headers.

Note: This color is the same as .

Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by appointments. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by appointments. Used by the Appointment borders. Note that this property currently returns the same value as the property. Defines the background color of the current time indicator of the UltraDayView control. Used by the current time indicator of the UltraDayView control. Note that this property currently returns the same value as the property. Defines the light shade of the gradient displayed by holidays. Defines the dark shade of the gradient displayed by holidays. Defines the border color for holidays. Returns the foreground color for the 'click to add appointment/event' indicator. Collection class for the instances which provide the Office2007 look for controls.

The Outlook2007ColorSchemeCollection class contains fifteen instances of the class, one for each of the color schemes seen in the 'Calendar Options' dialog of Microsoft® Outlook® 2007.

This method is not supported. Returns the index of the instance whose property is equal to the specified baseColor, or -1 if no instance with the specified baseColor is found in the collection. The color which is compared to the value of the property. Returns whether an instance of the class whose property is equal to the specified baseColor exists in this collection. The color which is compared to the value of the property. true if the specified baseColor exists in the collection; otherwise, false. Marks the which corresponds to the specified base color as available for automatic assignment to an . The color which identifies the instance to be made available for automatic assignment. Marks the which corresponds to the specified base color as not available for automatic assignment to an . The color which identifies the instance to be made unavailable for automatic assignment.

Note: If no color scheme exists which corresponds to the specified baseColor, an exception is thrown.

Note: This method can be used to mark a color scheme as reserved, so that it is removed from the pool of color schemes that can be selected when a color scheme is automatically assigned to an .

Returns whether the color scheme which corresponds to the specified 'baseColor' is available for automatic assignment to an . The color which identifies the instance to be tested.

Note: If no color scheme exists which corresponds to the specified baseColor, an exception is thrown.

true if the specified baseColor is available for automatic assignment to an Owner; otherwise false.
Returns the default color scheme, based on the current value of the property. Returns an array of Color structs which define the base colors which are supported by this collection. Any one of the members of this array can be used to index into the collection. Returns the of the instance which corresponds to the for the setting of 'Blue'. Returns the of the instance which corresponds to the for the setting of 'Black'.

Note: Because the differences between the 'Black' and 'Silver' color schemes are very minor for the Outlook controls, and in fact share the same , this property returns the same value as the property.

Returns the of the instance which corresponds to the for the setting of 'Silver'.

Note: Because the differences between the 'Black' and 'Silver' color schemes are very minor for the Outlook controls, and in fact share the same , this property returns the same value as the property;

Returns the -derived instance whose property is equal to the specified base color. If no color scheme exists for the specified base color, the is returned. Returns the number of instances contained within this collection. Gets/sets whether this instance is dirty Returns whether the specified Owner is associated with this instance. Associates the specified Owner with this instance. The Owner to add False if the owner was not assigned a color scheme. Verifes that all owners currently associated with this instance should remain so. Disassociates all owners from this instance. Returns the color used to key this instance Returns an array of Owner objects which represents the owners associated with the Outlook2007ColorScheme associated with this instance's BaseColor. An Owner of s and s. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. Called when a property of a contained item has changed. A structure containing the property change information. Called when this object is being removed from the specified collection. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the properties of the objects in the collection to their default values. Returns the resolved instance which defines the default appearance property values for this when the property of the specified is set to 'Office2007'. The instance whose collection provides the color scheme information.

When a value is assigned to this 's property, that value is returned. In the absence of a specific setting, an instance is randomly assigned to this Owner, and that instance is used to provide the appearance property values.

The resolved instance which defines the default appearance property values for this when the property of the specified is set to 'Office2007'.
Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the collection. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the collection. Deletes all of the Appointments and Notes that were assigned to this owner. Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a note. Latest end date for a note. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns an array of non-recurring objects that have their Owner property set to this owner. This excludes both recurring appointments and any variances to the recurrence pattern. An array of non-recurring objects that have their Owner property set to this owner. Returns an array of objects that have their Owner property set to this owner. An array of objects that have their Owner property set to this owner. Returns an array of recurring objects that have their Owner property set to this owner. This includes only the recurring root appointments that define the recurrence. It does not include any instances of the recurrence pattern. An array of recurring objects that have their Owner property set to this owner. Reassigns all of the Appointments and Notes that were assigned to this owner to a new owner. The new owner or null. Swaps the the Index of this owner with the specified owner. The owner to swap indices with. Returns the string representation of this Owner Invoked when the object is disposed. The notification is used to dispose all resources used by the object. Saves the contents of the DateSettings, DayOfWeekSettings, and RecurringDateSettings, collections to the specified stream. The to which the data is to be serialized. LoadDateSettings method Initializes the contents of the DateSettings, DayOfWeekSettings, and RecurringDateSettings, collections from the data in the specified stream. The to which the data is to be serialized. SaveDateSettings method Saves the Owner object's information to the specified stream. Stream object into which the owner will be serialized. Returns a byte array contained the serialized information for the Owner. A byte array with serialized Owner. Deserializes a single object from the specified byte array. A byte array containing the information from the Owner. A new Owner object. Deserializes a single object from the specified stream. Stream object from which to deserialize the Owner. A new Owner object. Called when this object changes. A structure containing the property change information. Returns whether the specified date is considered to be a workday. The date to test. True if the date is a workday, false otherwise. Returns whether the specified TimeSlot falls within working hours for the specified date. The TimeSlot instance which defines the starting and ending times of the range to test. The date to test. True if the TimeSlot falls within working hours, false otherwise. Gets/sets the unique key for this owner. Returns or sets the object that controls formatting for the 's header.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines if actions and reminders for all appointments assigned to this owner are enabled. Determines if actions and reminders for all appointments assigned to this owner are enabled. If is set to Default then the setting of UltraCalendarInfo's is returned. Returns the index associated with this owner in the binding list. This only has meaning if the Owners collection is bound to a data source. Returns the object returned by the binding list that is associated with this owner. This only has meaning if the Owners collection is bound to a data source. Returnss the component which owns the object. Gets/sets the EmailAddress of the owner. Gets/sets the index of the Owner in the collection. Returns true only for the special used to hold the settings for appointments and notes that are not assigned an owner. Determines if this owner's s and s can be modified via the user interface of the control displaying them. Specifies the display name of the owner. Returns or sets the object that controls the non working hour time slot appearance for this owner in the control.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the object that controls selected time slot appearance for this owner in the control.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the object that controls the appearance of days for this in the -derived controls.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Note: The owner's DayAppearance is only used by the -derived controls.

Note: The owner's DayAppearance is less specific than the associated component's date-specific appearances, but more specific than the general appearances. For example, if a object exists for a particular date, that object's Appearance takes precedence over the owner's DayAppearance. Conversely, if the more general is set, the owner's DayAppearance takes precedence.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the object that controls the appearance of days that fall in alternating months for this in the -derived controls.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Note: The owner's AlternateMonthDayAppearance is only used by the -derived controls.

Note: The owner's AlternateMonthDayAppearance is less specific than the associated component's date-specific appearances, but more specific than its general appearances. For example, if a object exists for a particular date, that object's Appearance takes precedence over the owner's AlternateMonthDayAppearance. Conversely, if the more general is set, the owner's AlternateMonthDayAppearance takes precedence.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines if this owner and any of its assigned appointments and notes will be displayed. Only owners whose Visible property is true will be included in the collection. Returns or sets the object that controls the working hour time slot appearance for this owner in the control.

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns a collection of seven DayOfWeekSettings objects, each of which represent a specific day of the week.

With the NetAdvantage 2009 Volume 1 release, the DayOfWeekSettings class was changed to derive from a new class, OwnerTimeSlotSettings. This class provides the ability to define multiple, discontiguous ranges of time as working hours, and also a means by which an Appearance can be defined for any arbitrary range of time.

Note: For a detailed explanation of the order of precedence used when resolving working hours and time slot appearances, refer to the IsWorkDay, WorkingHours, and TimeRangeAppearances properties of the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

DayOfWeekSettings class DateSettings collection RecurringDateSettings collection OwnerTimeSlotSettings class OwnerDateSettings class OwnerRecurringDateSettings class
Gets/sets the instance which defines the default appearance property values when the property of the associated is set to 'Office2007'. Returns a collection of OwnerDateSettings objects which expose TimeSlot-related properties that apply to a specific date.

The UltraCalendarInfo's DaysOfWeek collection exposes objects, each of which apply to a specific day of the week, that allow one working hour range to be defined for that day of the week. This is accomplished by setting the WorkDayStartTime and WorkDayEndTime properties. Any day of the week can also be designated as a non-work day by setting the IsWorkDay property.

With the addition of multiple calendar support via the Owner object, the owner's DayOfWeekSettings collection provided a way to customize the working hour range (as well as whether it is a workday) for a given day of the week for that particular owner (independent of other members of the same Owners collection).

The DateSettings collection provides a repository for a new class, OwnerDateSettings, which extends the existing metaphor to provide a way to specify multiple working hour ranges for a specific date.

Note: For a detailed explanation of the order of precedence used when resolving working hours and time slot appearances, refer to the IsWorkDay, WorkingHours, and TimeRangeAppearances properties of the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

OwnerDateSettings class DayOfWeekSettings class OwnerTimeSlotSettings class RecurringDateSettings collection OwnerRecurringDateSettings class
Returns a collection of OwnerRecurringDateSettings objects which expose TimeSlot-related properties that apply to a recurring date pattern.

Just as the DateSettings collection provides a repository for date-specific TimeSlot-related properties, the RecurringDateSettings collection provides a repository for objects that expose those same TimeSlot-related properties, but apply to a recurring date pattern rather than a specific date.

Note: For a detailed explanation of the order of precedence used when resolving working hours and time slot appearances, refer to the IsWorkDay, WorkingHours, and TimeRangeAppearances properties of the OwnerTimeSlotSettings class.

OwnerRecurringDateSettings class DayOfWeekSettings class OwnerTimeSlotSettings class DateSettings collection OwnerDateSettings class
The collection of s. Serialization constructor for the OwnersCollection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Virtual method used by the All 'get' method to create the array it returns. The newly created object array This is normally overridden in a derived class to allocate a type safe array. Called when a property of an item in the collection has changed. A structure containing the property change information. Adds an owner to the collection. The unique key value to identify the owner. Adds an owner to the collection. The unique key value to identify the owner. The name of the owner. Clears the collection of all owners but the . Creates an array containing the requested owners. Include owners whose Visible property is true. Include owners whose Visible property is false. An array of the requested owners. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Returns the owner associated with the list object at the specified binding list index or null if invalid. The bindinglist index of the owner to retrieve. The owner associated with the list object at the specified binding list index or null if invalid. Returns the owner associated with the list object or null if invalid. The binding list object of the owner to retrieve. The owner associated with the list object or null if invalid. Removes an owner from the collection. The owner object to remove. Removes an owner from the collection at the specified index. The index of the owner in the collection. Swaps the position of the specified owners in the collection An owner to swap. An owner to swap. Returns false to disallow force each owner to have a unique key. Returns the initial capacity for this collection. Returns false Returns the Owner object at the requested index. Returns the Owner object with the specified key. Returns the special unassigned that is always in the collection. Enumerator class for the . Returns the Owner object at the current location. UIElement that represents the of an in an Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed UIElement that represents the and of an in an Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed UIElement that represents the time range for an within a Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed UIElement reprensenting an in an CalendarDetails Creates and positions the child elements. Returns the associated UIElement that represents a single in the calendar info notes area of an . Initializes a new The parent element. Associated note Initialize the appearance for the WeekNumber UIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The border style for the notes area. The note element will render a bottom border. Returns true to indicate that the element can render its backcolor UIElement used by the for displaying the for the associate date range. Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Creates and positions the child elements. The border style for the notes area. UIElement representing a section of the page containing a calendar section (e.g. dayview, weekview, etc.). Creates and positions the child elements. UIElement that displays the date caption of the Initializes a new The parent element. UIElement representing the header area containing the date range caption. Initialize the appearance for the WeekNumber UIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Creates and positions the child elements. Returns the style of border rendered around the date header area. UIElement that displays the day name of the Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the WeekNumber UIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Class event arguments for the event Initializes a new UltraDayView control that will be used for the print operation. Returns the control that will be used for the print operation. Class event arguments for the event Initializes a new UltraWeekView control that will be used for the print operation. Returns the control that will be used for the print operation. Class event arguments for the event Initializes a new UltraMonthViewSingle control that will be used for the print operation. Returns the control that will be used for the print operation. Class event arguments for the event Initializes a new UltraMonthViewMulti control that will be used for the print operation. Returns the control that will be used for the print operation. Class event arguments for the event Initializes a new UltraTimelineView control that will be used for the print operation. Returns the control that will be used for the print operation. Specifies whether automatic adjustment of the PrimaryInterval to better fit the range being printed should be allowed.

In the case where the range to be printed is relatively large as compared to the NormalSpan of the PrimaryInterval, the interval will be adjusted downward to reduce the number of pages that will be generated. Setting the AllowAdjustmentOfPrimaryInterval property to false prevents this.

The value of the AllowAdjustmentOfPrimaryInterval property defaults to true.

Returns a DateTimeInterval which will be assigned to the PrimaryInterval property of the control used to format the printed output, if an automatic adjustment was necessary and the AllowAdjustmentOfPrimaryInterval property was not set to false. AllowAdjustmentOfPrimaryInterval Delegate for handling the event Delegate for handling the event Delegate for handling the event Delegate for handling the event Delegate for handling the event UIElement representing the of an in a Memo Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed UIElement that represents the label for an field in Memo Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed UIElement that represents the value for an field in Memo Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed UIElement that represents an in a Memo Initializes a new The parent element. Creates and positions the child elements. Returns the associated UIElement that represents the title of an in a Memo Initializes a new The parent element. Initialize the appearance for the calendar info notes area The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Renders the line below the text of the element. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the area of the element that excludes the line below the title. Text element used to display the header for the notes and calendar info notes areas for an . Initializes a new The parent element. Text to be displayed in the header Initialize the appearance for the WeekNumber UIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The border style for the notes area. The note element will render a bottom border. Returns true to indicate that the element can render its backcolor The uielement that renders either a blank or lined notes area in a . Initializes a new The parent element. Renders the lines for a lined note area. The used to provide rendering information. Initialize the appearance for the WeekNumber UIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Creates and positions the child elements. Returns or sets whether lines should be rendered in the notes area. The border style for the notes area. Invoked when the object is disposed. UIElement that acts as a placeholder for a instance Returns the associated that will render that section of the control. The place holder element does not do any rendering. That is done by the control whose place this element represents. Main control uielement that represents the page body of the Creates and positions the child elements. Indicates if the control uielement is being used for a print operation. Indicates how images and colors are rendered when printed. Control used for rendering the calendar information to the printer. Returns the main uielement for the control. Values that uniquely identify each control property. No property; used for variable initialization. The MinDate property The MaxDate property The Appearance property The Appointments property The AllDayEvent property The BarColor property The StartDateTime property The EndDateTime property The Subject property The Location property The Reminder property The DialogCaption property The DialogText property The DisplayInterval property The DisplayIntervalUnits property The Enabled property The MonthAppearance property The AlternateMonthAppearance property The Tag property LongDescription property ShortDescription property Visible property Day property Description property Locked property DayOfWeek property Note property IsRecurring property StartDate property NumberOfDays property Name property Holidays property Years property (internal) Appearances property Notes property DaysOfWeek property FirstDayOfWeek property MaxSelectedDays property SelectedDays property WeekRule property WeekOfYear object DayOfYear object DayOfMonth object WeekOfYear object DateRange object Command property Parameters property Type property Action property DaysOfMonth property DaysOfyear property MonthsOfyear property WeeksOfyear property SelectTypeActivity property SelectTypeDay property SnoozeInterval property SnoozeIntervalUnits property Snoozed property SnoozeTime property Appointment object Holiday object ActiveDayAppearance property AllDayEventAppearance property AlternateMonthDayAppearance property SelectedNote AlternateMonthHeaderAppearance property AppointmentAppearance property DayAppearance property DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance property DayWithActivityAppearance property HolidayAppearance property MonthHeaderAppearance property NoteAppearance property SelectedDayAppearance property TrailingDayAppearance property HeaderAppearance property DayLook DayOfWeekLook WeekLook MonthLook YearLook DaysOfMonthLook DaysOfYearLook DaysOfWeekLook WeeksOfYearLook MonthsOfYearLook SelectedAppointment SelectedHoliday IsWorkDay property WorkDayStartTime property WorkDayEndTime property DefaultReminderImage property Date property SelectedAppointments property SelectedHolidays property SelectedNotes property AllDayEventAreaAppearance property EditAppearance property IdleTimeBarColor property NonWorkingHourTimeSlotAppearance property SelectedAllDayEventAreaAppearance property SelectedTimeSlotAppearance property SelectedTimeSlots property TimeSlotDescriptorAppearance property TimeSlotInterval property VisibleDays property WorkingHourTimeSlotAppearance property TimeSlots property WorkingHourAppearance property NonWorkingHourAppearance property ActiveScrollButtons property AllowMonthPopup property AllowMonthSelection property AllowWeekSelection property BorderStyle property BorderStyleCalendar property BorderStyleDay property BorderStyleScrollButton property DayOfWeekDisplayStyle property DisplayScrollButtons property DisplayTrailingDays property DisplayWeekNumbers property MonthColumns property MonthRows property MonthOrientation property MonthPopupAppearance property MonthSelectionMode property ResizeMode property ScrollButtonAppearance property ScrollRate property TipStyle property Month property MonthDayAppearance property TodayAppearance property ActiveDay property CalendarLookStreamer CalendarInfoStreamer Week object WeekAppearance property WeekHeaderAppearance property DateButtonAction Caption for the DateButton ToolTip property DateButton SelectedAppearance DateButtonType DayHeaderAppearance DayHeaderAppearance AllowDragScroll BorderStyleMonthHeader BorderStyleMonthPopup DayOfWeekCaptionStyle DayDisplayStyle MonthHeaderVisible PlaceHoldersVisible MinimumDaySize MonthDimensions MonthHeaderCaptionStyle MonthHeaderPadding MonthPadding OverrideFontSettings UseAlternateMonthAppearances FirstMonth ButtonStyle AllowNull AutoCloseUp AutoSelect AutoSelectionUpdate AutoSize BorderStyleDropDown DateButtonAppearance DateButtonAreaAppearance DateButtonAreaVisible DateSelectionType DropDownAppearance DropDownAlignRight DroppedDown Format ReadOnly NullDateLabel UseEditContextMenu Value SpinButtonsVisible SpinButtonIncrement SpinButtonIncrementValue Text TextPadding DateTimeFormatInfo NonAutoSizeHeight AllowFocus CalendarAlign ScrollChange DateButtons AutoAppointmentDialog FirstVisibleTimeSlot SelectedVisibleDayAppearance ScrollBarLook HideTimeSlotDescriptorArea HideTimeSlotDescriptorArea TipStyleActivity property and properties The AppointmentEditor property. The NoteEditor property. The AppointmentEditorControl property. The NoteEditorControl property. The ShowEditorButtons property. The ViewStyle property. The TodayHeaderAppearance property. The AdditionalTimeZoneLabel property. The AdditionalTimeZoneUtcOffset property. The CurrentTimeZoneLabel property. The AdditionalTimeZoneVisible property. The AppointmentShadowVisible property. The CurrentTimeIndicatorVisible property. The DayTextFormat property. The Id property. The OccurrenceDuration property. The OccurrenceStartTime property. The PatternDayOfMonth property. The PatternDaysOfWeek property. The PatternFrequency property. The PatternInterval property. The PatternMonthOfYear property. The PatternOccurrenceOfDayInMonth property. The PatternType property. The RangeEndDate property. The RangeLimit property. The RangeMaxOccurrences property. The RangeStartDate property. The AllowAllDayEvents property. The TimeSlotDescriptorLabelStyle property. The DataBindingsForAppointments property. The DataBindingsForOwners property. The AllowRecurringAppointments property. The RecurrenceId property. The property. The property. The property. The or property. The property. The property. The Recurrence property. property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property property The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. InViewColumns The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The DataSource property. The DataMember property. The BindingContextControl property. The BindingContext property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The AllPropertiesMember property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The IsRemoved property. The property. The OwnerDisplayStyle property. The OwnerNavigationStyle property. property property property The OwnerDisplayStyle property. property property property property property and properties property Appointment's and Note's properties property property property property Notification identifier for a change in the AlternateSelectedDateRanges collection SpinWrap property property The property The property The property The property The property The property The property. The property. The property. The property. The collection property. The property. The property The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The property. The TimeRangesCollection collection. The OwnerDateSettingsCollection collection. The OwnerDateSettingsCollection collection. The TimeRangeAppearancesCollection collection. The DateSettings property has changed. The RecurringDateSettings property has changed. The WorkingHours collection has changed. The TimeRangeAppearances collection has changed. The AppointmentEditorComponent property. The NoteEditorComponent property. The TemplateTimelineView property. The TabNavigation property. Reminder object. Constructor Resets all properties of this object to their default values. resetDataBoundFields parameter has meaning only if data binding is used. True to reset data bound fields, false othervise. Returns true if any property on this object contains data that needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Dismiss the reminder for an appointment for the specified period of time. SnoozeIntervalUnits Amount of units to wait before displaying the reminder again. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Property to their default values. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Property to their default values. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Property to their default values. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Property to their default values. Returns the string representation of this object. Returns the owning appointment. Text describing the Reminder. Interval of time before the appointment at which to display the reminder. Units in which the DisplayInterval property is expressed. Indicates whether the reminder is enabled. Gets/sets if the appointment has been snoozed. Interval of time before the "snoozed" appointment at which to display the reminder. Gets/sets the units in which the SnoozeInterval is expressed. Date/Time at which the appointment was snoozed. This will be the base time used to determine when to show the reminder again. Note, if the Snoozed property is false, this time will not be used. Returns a DateTime corresponding to when a reminder needs to be displayed. A boolean indicating whether a reminder needs to be displayed. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule Reminder. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. Exposes a instance for this assembly. Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. Name of the string resource to return. Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. The resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. Name of the string resource to return. The resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. Returns the resource object using the specified name. Name of the resource item An object containing the specified resource Returns the for this assembly. Represents the different types of SelectableTimeSlot objects The SelectableTimeSlot is being used for selecting time slots. The SelectableTimeSlot is being used for resizing appointments. SelectableTimeSlot class that supports ISelectableItem and represents timeslots that have been selected. Constructor Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . The to compare with the current . true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. Returns an indication whether the values of two specified objects are equal. A object. An true if a and b are equal; otherwise, false. Returns a hash code for the obbject. Returns an indication whether the values of two specified objects are not equal. A object. An true if a and b are not equal; otherwise, false. Offsets the start and end times of the time slot by the specified number of days. Property: Returns true only if selectable Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Property: Returns true only if Draggable Property: gets a value indicating whether the item is selected. A collection of SelectedAppointments objects. Base class for the , , and classes. Returns a reference to the instance with which this collection is associated. Returns whether the activity can be selected in the user interface. Throws an exception if the BeforeSelected***Change event is in progress. Fires the BeforeSelected***Change event. Returns false if the event was canceled. Fires the AfterSelected***Change event. Clones this instance; if 'clearExisting' is true just returns a new instance with no members. Clears the "other" selected activity collections; for example, when called on the SelectedAppointments collection, clears the SelectedNotes and SelectedHolidays collections. Listen for when objects are disposed and remove them as needed Object being disposed Returns the PropertyIds constant which is used to issue property change notifications for this class. Returns the IComparer implementation which is used to sort the contents of this collection. Returns the handler for the SubObjectDisposed event. Returns the initial capacity for the collection. Indicates the read-only state of the collection. Returns the contents of the collection as an array of objects. An activity is being added to the existing selection. An activity is being removed from the existing selection. All activities are being removed from the selection. Constructor UltraCalendarInfo object to which this object belongs. Constructor UltraCalendarInfo object to which this object belongs. Specifies whether this instance represents a clone of the actual SelectedAppointments collection. Called when a property is changed on one of the Appointment objects A structure containing the property change information. Returns whether the Appointment can be selected in the user interface. Throws an exception if the BeforeSelected***Change event is in progress. Fires the BeforeSelectedAppointmentsChange event. Returns false if the event was canceled. Fires the AfterSelectedAppointmentsChange event. Returns a clone of this instance. Clears the SelectedHolidays and SelectedNotes collections. Adds an appointment to the selected appointments collection. Appointment to add to select Adds an array of appointments to the selected appointments collection. Array of appointments to select. Clears the contents of the selected appointments collection. Determines if a particular object exists in the collection. Object to search for. True if the object is in the collection. Otherwise, false. Removes a particular object from the collection. Appointment object to remove. Removes the at the specified ordinal position in the collection. Index from which to remove the . IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the PropertyIds constant which is used to issue property change notifications for this class (PropertyIds.Appointment). Returns the IComparer implementation which is used to sort the contents of this collection. Returns the at the specified ordinal position in the collection. Returns an array of the currently selected appointments. The array represents a snapshot of the selection list and should not be saved for later use. SelectedDateRanges Collection Constructor Owning UltraCalendarInfo control. Specifies whether the object is being created for use by the AlternateSelectedDateRanges property. Constructor for creating a clone of an existing date range collection. UltraCalendarInfo object which owns the collection. Listens for changes made to the objects of the CalendarInfo. An that contains the event data. Returns a count of the number of selectable items. Counts the number of selectable days in a date range. DateRange to check Count of the selectable items in that range. Called when a property is changed on one of the DateRange objects A structure containing the property change information. Updates/Creates the appropriate date range in the collection to include the specified Day Day object to select. Adds the specified to the existing date selection.

If falls within the range of an existing DateRange in the collection, that DateRange is updated to include the new dates, and that instance is returned. If is not immediately adjacent to an existing member of the collection, a new DateRange instance is created to describe the added range.

A DateTime structure which defines the first date in the range to add. The total number of days to select, including the .
Adds the specified to the existing date selection, optionally clearing the existing selection.

If falls within the range of an existing DateRange in the collection, that DateRange is updated to include the new dates, and that instance is returned. If is not immediately adjacent to an existing member of the collection, a new DateRange instance is created to describe the added range.

A DateTime structure which defines the first date in the range to add. The total number of days to select, including the . Specifies whether any currently selected days should be deselected as part of the same operation.
Adds the specified to the date selection. A DateTime structure which defines the date to add.

If falls within the range of an existing DateRange in the collection, that DateRange is updated to include the new date, and that instance is returned. If is completely outside the range defined by any existing members, a new DateRange instance is created to describe the added range.

Adds the specified to the date selection, optionally clearing the existing selection. A DateTime structure which defines the date to add. Specifies whether any currently selected days should be deselected as part of the same operation.

If falls within the range of an existing DateRange in the collection, that DateRange is updated to include the new date, and that instance is returned. If is completely outside the range defined by any existing members, a new DateRange instance is created to describe the added range.

Adds the range with the specified and to the existing date selection. A DateTime structure which defines the first date in the range to add. A DateTime structure which defines the last date in the range to add.

If or falls within the range of an existing DateRange in the collection, that DateRange is updated to include the new dates, and that instance is returned. If the range defined by and is completely outside the range defined by any existing members, a new DateRange instance is created to describe the added range.

Adds the range with the specified and to the date selection, optionally clearing the existing selection. A DateTime structure which defines the first date in the range to add. A DateTime structure which defines the last date in the range to add. Specifies whether any currently selected days should be deselected as part of the same operation.

If or falls within the range of an existing DateRange in the collection, that DateRange is updated to include the new dates, and that instance is returned. If the range defined by and is completely outside the range defined by any existing members, a new DateRange instance is created to describe the added range.

IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Tests if a given day falls within any of the date ranges in the collection and is selected. DateTime to check true if the date exists in the collection; otherwise false. Tests if a given day falls within any of the date ranges and optionally, if the day is selectable. It is possible for a day to be within a date range but not selectable since the day of week, month, etc. is disabled. DateTime to check. Boolean indicating whether to check if the item is selectable. true if the date exists in the collection; otherwise false. Removes all DateRanges from the collection Removes a Day from the appropriate DateRange in the collection The day to remove. Removes a Date from the appropriate DateRange in the collection The date to remove. Removes a DateRange entry from the collection DateRange to remove Removes a DateRange entry from the collection Index of the item to remove Removes a range of dates from the appropriate DateRange(s) in the collection StartDate EndDate Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Updates/Creates the appropriate date range in the collection by removing one date and replacing it with another in a single atomic operation. Note that if the range includes disabled days, the actual number of days selected may be less than NumberOfDays. The date to add. The date to remove. Required abstract method override. Indicates the read-only state of the collection. Return our reference to the CalendarInfo that owns this object. Internal version number used for monitoring changes to the collection Returns the number of Selected Days from all DateRange objects. Accesses a DateRange in the collection Enumerator class for the SelectedDateRanges collection Type-safe version of Current A collection of Holidays that have been selected. Constructor UltraCalendarInfo object to which this object belongs. Constructor UltraCalendarInfo object to which this object belongs. Specifies whether this instance represents a clone of the actual SelectedHolidays collection. Called when a property is changed on one of the Holiday objects A structure containing the property change information. Returns whether the Holiday can be selected in the user interface. Throws an exception if the BeforeSelected***Change event is in progress. Fires the BeforeSelectedHolidaysChange event. Returns false if the event was canceled. Fires the AfterSelectedHolidaysChange event. Returns a clone of this instance. Clears the SelectedAppointments and SelectedNotes collections. Adds an holiday to the selected holidays collection. Holiday to add to select Adds an array of holidays to the selected holidays collection. Array of holidays to select. Clears the contents of the selected holidays collection. Determines if a particular object exists in the collection. Object to search for. True if the object is in the collection. Otherwise, false. Removes a particular object from the collection. Holiday object to remove. Removes the at the specified ordinal position in the collection. Index from which to remove the . IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the PropertyIds constant which is used to issue property change notifications for this class (PropertyIds.Holiday). Returns the IComparer implementation which is used to sort the contents of this collection. Returns the at the specified ordinal position in the collection. A collection of SelectedNotes objects. Constructor UltraCalendarInfo object to which this object belongs. Constructor UltraCalendarInfo object to which this object belongs. Specifies whether this instance represents a clone of the actual SelectedNotes collection. Called when a property is changed on one of the Note objects A structure containing the property change information. Returns whether the Note can be selected in the user interface. Throws an exception if the BeforeSelected***Change event is in progress. Fires the BeforeSelectedNotesChange event. Returns false if the event was canceled. Fires the AfterSelectedNotesChange event. Returns a clone of this instance. Clears the SelectedAppointments and SelectedHolidays collections. Adds an note to the selected notes collection. Note to add to select Adds an array of notes to the selected notes collection. Array of notes to select. Clears the contents of the selected notes collection. Determines if a particular object exists in the collection. Object to search for. True if the object is in the collection. Otherwise, false. Removes a particular object from the collection. Note object to remove. Removes the at the specified ordinal position in the collection. Index from which to remove the . IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the PropertyIds constant which is used to issue property change notifications for this class (PropertyIds.Note). Returns the IComparer implementation which is used to sort the contents of this collection. Returns the at the specified ordinal position in the collection. Returns an array of the currently selected notes. The array represents a snapshot of the selection list and should not be saved for later use. Represents a range of selected time slots.

The SelectedTimeSlotRange object is exposed by the UltraDayView control via the property.

Rather than storing a collection of TimeSlot objects to represent the time slots that are curently selected, the SelectedTimeSlotRange object stores the start and end time of the selected range.

Constructor used to create new SelectedTimeSlotRanges. The start and end times are checked to ensure that the start time is less than the end time, and if not they are reversed and a flag is set. Sets the new range for this object The new value for the property The new value for the property

Note: When the value specified for the startDateTime parameter is chronologically later than the value of the endDateTime parameter, the values are reversed.

Offsets the start and end dates by the specified number of days. Creates a copy of the object. Returns the starting date and time of the current selection.

Note: When the value specified for the StartDateTime property is chronologically later than the existing value of the property, the values are reversed.

Returns the ending date and time of the current selection.

Note: When the value specified for the EndDateTime property is chronologically less than the existing value of the property, the values are reversed.

Returns the datetime for the start of the selected timeslot range as selected by the user. Returns the index of the time slot for the start of the selected timeslot range. Returns the index of the time slot for the start of the selected timeslot range as selected by the user. Returns the datetime for the end of the selected timeslot range as selected by the user. Returns the index of the time slot for the end of the selected timeslot range. Returns the index of the time slot for the end of the selected timeslot range as selected by the user. Returns whether the start and end times of the range are reversed from the order in which the user selected them. This can happen since the SelectedTimeSlotRange object always ensures that the StartDateTime is less than the EndDateTime. Struct containing for Reminder Snooze information. Returns a string representation of the SnoozeTimeItem. String representing the SnoozeTimeItem. Returns a string representation of the SnoozeTimeItem. Format string. 'r' or 'R' = RoundTrip format - guarantees that the value can be converted back exactly. 'g' or 'G' = Generalized format - e.g. 63 days becomes 2 months. String representing the SnoozeTimeItem. The SymbolCharactersUIElement handles the rendering of symbol characters. Returns the character code for the 'reminder' symbol. Returns the character code for the 'recurrence' symbol. Returns the character code for the 'variance' (modified member of a recurrence) symbol. Creates a new instance of the class. The whose collection will contain this element. The object for which this element is being displayed. Creates a new instance of the class. The whose collection will contain this element. An array of characters to be displayed by this instance. Each character is displayed in the order it appears in this array. Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed PositionChildElements Returns the size required to fully display this instance. The minimum size required to fully display the element. Returns the size required to fully display this instance. The maximum height available to the element; A value less than 1 implies that the returned size is for a single-line string. The minimum size required to fully display the element. Draws the background color for this element. The used to provide rendering information. Draws the image background for this element. The used to provide rendering information. Returns border stye Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns a string that is based on the symbol characters this element will display. TimeTypeConverter object Used to determine what datatypes the converter can convert from. ITypeDescriptorContext The type that is being checked for possible conversion. Boolean indicating if the type can be converted from the sourceType. Used to determine what data types the converter can convert. ITypeDescriptorContext Type being checked for possible conversion. Boolean indicating if the converter can convert to the destinationType. Converts the value. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to be converted from. Converted object or null if the conversion failed. Converts the value to the destination type specified. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to be converted. Type that the object should be converted to. New object of the destination type or null if the conversion failed. UIEditor for times. This editor will have just an edit window and validate the time entered based on the system settings. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. UIEditor for Times. Displays a dropdown of times in 30 minute increments. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. TimerServer object. Gets/sets the next notification time. Delegate used for invoking the TimeElapsed event. Provides data for the TimeElapsed event. Constructor The time at which the event is fired Specifies whether the event is being triggered by the UltraCalendarInfo.CheckAppointmentReminders method. The next time that a notification is required. This should be set by the object receiving the event if it wants to receive another notification. It will hold the earliest time specified by all the objects notified. Returns the time at which the event was raised. Specifies whether the event is being triggered by the UltraCalendarInfo.CheckAppointmentReminders method. A return value of true implies that it is; false implies that the event was fired because the timer elapsed. An object that represents a time slot in the UltraDayView control.

Time slots are exposed by the UltraDayView control via the collection property.

The number of time slots in the collection is determined by the property.

Constructor. Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the object The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Resets member variables without triggering prop change notifications. Ensures that the time slot is visible. Scrolls it into view if it is not. If possible, forces the timeslot to be the first visible time slot. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the NonWorkingHourAppearance object to their default values. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the SelectedAppearance object to their default values. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the WorkingHourAppearance object to their default values. Initializes the owning control (used only during de-serialization) Returns whether the specified hour and minute fall within the time slot. Returns a DateTime representing the starting date and time for the time slot on the specified date. Returns a DateTime representing the ending date and time for the time slot on the specified date. Invoked during the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. The control that the is owned by (read-only) Returns the ending time associated with the (read-only). Returns the index of this in the (read-only). Returns whether the is currently visible. Returns or sets the appearance used when drawing the if it is in the non-working hour range.

The non-working hour range is determined by looking at the and properties of the object that applies to the containing the .

Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns or sets the appearance used when drawing the if it is selected. Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns the starting time associated with the (read-only). Returns or sets the appearance used when drawing the if it is in the working hour range.

The working hour range is determined by looking at the and properties of the object that applies to the containing the .

Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. A collection of TimeSlot objects.

Time slots are exposed by the UltraDayView control via the collection property.

The number of time slots in the collection is determined by the property.

Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. The control that the is owned by (read-only) The that the current collection is based on. (read-only) Integer indexer into the collection Abstract property that specifies the initial capacity of the collection. Returns true if this collection is read only. The control that the is owned by (read-only) Type-safe enumerator for the TimeSlots collection. Type-safe version of Current TypeConverter for the property. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. TypeConverter for the property. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. UITypeEditor-derived class which allows modification of the property. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. UITypeEditor-derived class which allows modification of the property. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. UserControl-derived class used to edit TimeSpan values. Creates a new instance of the class. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets/sets the default value for this instance. Gets/sets the Minimum value of the TrackBar. Gets/sets the Maximum value of the TrackBar. Gets/sets the LargeChange value of the TrackBar. Gets/sets the value. Returns the preferred size for the control. TypeConverter for the UtcOffset of time zones. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. class to show dropdown from which to select time zones. The returned value is a TimeSpan that contains the UTC offset for the time zone that was selected. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. Creates a new instance of the TimeZoneListBox class Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Class to show dropdown from which to select time zones. The returned value is the TimeZoneInfo that was selected. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Used to edit the value and convert the value as needed. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider Current value Edited value. TypeConverter for the UtcOffset of time zones. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. Embeddable editor used to display/edit dates and can display a calendar dropdown. Initializes a new instance The UltraCalendarCombo control used by the editor Determines whether the control parameter represents a standalone UltraCalendarCombo If the isStandalone parameter is true, UltraCalendarCombo control events will be fired Initializes a new instance The UltraCalendarCombo control used by the editor Determines whether the control parameter represents a standalone UltraCalendarCombo An instance of an EmbeddableEditorOwnerBase-derived class from which to obtain default values for editor properties If the isStandalone parameter is true, UltraCalendarCombo control events will be fired Drops down the dropdown. True if successful. Closes the dropdown. Called before edit mode has been exited Set to true to cancel the operation. If true must exit even if exit event is cancelled. If true any changes made while in edit mode will be applied. The base implementation raises the BeforeExitEditMode if fireEvent is true. Called after edit mode has been entered. Determines if the type can be edited. The data type to test Returns true if the type can be edited. Determines if the type can be rendered. The data type to test Returns true if the type can be rendered. Internal. New editor value. Used to determine the size preferred/required by the editor. Structure that provides information regarding the size calculation including the owner for which the size calculation is occuring, whether to exclude edit elements, whether to include borders, etc. The size needed to render the value by the editor based upon the specified options. Returns an embeddable element for the specified parameters The parent element. Editor owner Context to identify the value to be rendered by the element True if edit element are to be displayed True if space should be left for edit elements True if the outer borders should be displayed True if the element will be used for display in a tooltip Previous element or null if there was no previous embeddable element A CalendarComboEditorUIElement Returns the type for the embeddable element to be returned. A ProgressBarEmbeddableUIElement type Returns whether the key is used by the editor. The key to test True only if the editor is in edit mode and the key is used by the editor. Occurs when the owner gets a key down while in edit mode. Called by the EmbeddableTextBox when its text has changed Called by the EmbeddableTextBox class when its OnLeave method is called Called by the EmbeddableTextBox when a keystroke is received Since each editor might have different actions to perform for a given keystroke, this should be overridden by derived classes Key event arguments A boolean indicating whether the keystroke was handled Creates a copy of the embeddable editor with the specified default owner. An instance of the default EmbeddableEditorOwnerBase-derived class from which to obtain owner-specific information A copy of the editor Provides editor-specific editor value. Editor value. Checks validity of converted values. Type of conversion. Value to check. Owner. Owner context. Additional information in the case of failure. True if the destination value is valid. Automatic data conversions specific to this editor. Type of conversion. Value to convert. Type of converted value True if conversion was valid. Owner. OwnerContext. Converted value. Used by an editor owner to create an accessible object for a specific object managed by an editor. Parent accessible object for the accessible object to create Editor owner Owner context that can be supplied to the editor owner to obtain information about the object represented by the accessible instance. An accessible object that represents the specified owner context for the editor. Returns true if this editor supports a dropdown. Indicates if the element can take focus Gets or sets the current value Returns whether the editor applies the format string returned from the owner's GetFormatInfo method when it is in edit mode. Returns the contained by the or null Type used by the editor in the case of data filter. Null means that editor supports multiple data types and expects type to be set or provided by the owner. Accessible object representing the CalendaerComboEditor. Initializes a new Parent accessible object Associated CalendarComboEditor Associated owner Owner context that identifies the object which the accessible instance represents Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the UIElement associated with a particular child accessible object. Accessible object representing the child whose uielement should be returned. The uielement used to display the child or null if the element is not available. Returns the role of the accessible object. Embeddable UIElement for a CalendarCombo editor. Constructor for the embeddable CalendarCombo UIElement The parent element. Owner Editor Context to identify the object that the element represents True to include edit elements True to reserve space for edit elements True to draw outer borders True if the element is being used for a tooltip Handles the creation of the embeddable element's child elements. Called before the element draw process starts. Handles the initialization of the appearance The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse is pressed over the button Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing OnMouseEnter OnMouseLeave Handles the rendering of the element using the system themes. The used to provide rendering information. A boolean indicating if the element was able to successfully render with the system theme. Used to determine whether the remaining draw methods are invoked. Resolves the ButtonAppearance Returns the rectangle after adjusting for any borders Returns whether this embeddable element is the one currently in edit mode Returns true if this element's Editor is in edit mode, and this element is equal to the editor's ElementBeingEdited property Returns whether the data this element displays is fully visible. Returns the DisplayStyle provided by the EmbeddableEditorOwnerInfoBase-derived owner Returns whether the cursor is currently positioned over the element Returns the BackColor CalendarComboEmbeddableOwner class, specific to the UltraCalendarCombo control Holds a reference to the control to which this class is associated embeddableEditor Constructor The instance of the UltraCalendarCombo control to which this class is associated Returns the data type. The context that was passed into the method. Returns the owner's control. The context that was passed into the method. The owner's control. This is used e.g. to re-parent the edit control. Returns information needed to format a string. The context that was passed into the method. Returns the format string or null. Returns the IFormatProvider or null. Returns the value that should be rendered. The context that was passed into the method. The value that should be rendered. Returns whether the value is enabled for editing. The context that was passed into the method. True if the value is enabled for editing. Returns whether the value can be set to null. The context that was passed into the method. True if the value can be set to null. The string to display for a null value. The context that was passed into the method. (out) The string that should be used if the value is null or DB_Null. A boolean indicating whether a meaningful value was returned. The default implementation returns false. Resolves the appearance for an element. The context that was passed into the method. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Enumeration describing the area of the embeddable element to which the appearance will be applied Boolean indicating whether the owner should apply its 'HotTrackingAppearance' A string that denotes which appearance to resolve. Applicable only when the 'area' parameter is set to Custom. True if the owner recognizes and supports the named appearance. Determines if a focus rect should be drawn. The context that was passed into the method. Returns true if a focus rect should be drawn. Returns the embeddable uielement associated with a particular object or null if none is available. Context used to identify the object to reference The embeddable uielement representing the specified owner context. Returns the maximum allowable value. The context that was passed into the method. The maximum value or null if there is no maximum. The default implementation returns 0. Returns the minimum allowable value. The context that was passed into the method. The minimum value or null if there is no minimum. The default implementation returns 0. Returns true if the control is not read only The context that was passed into the method. A boolean indicating whether the text is read only Returns the border style to be used by the embeddable editor element The context that was passed into the method. The border style to be used by the embeddable editor element Returns the horizontal and vertical offset to apply to the DropDown's list The context that was passed into the method. The additional offset to apply to the dropdown Returns the display style to be applied to the embeddable editor element The context that was passed into the method. EmbeddableElementDisplayStyle Returns whether the element should be drawn as if it were in its "active" state. Only applicable if the return from the DisplayStyle property is not Standard. The context that was passed into the method. Whether the element should be drawn as if it were in its "active" state. If true is returned, the editor will enter edit mode on either MouseDown or MouseUp, depending on the nature of the editor The owner context Returns the ButtonStyle to be used by the embeddable element's button The context that was passed into the method. The ButtonStyle to be used by the embeddable element's buttons The default implementation returns false, with buttonStyle set to UIElementButtonStyle.Default. Called by an embeddable editor to determine whether the specified key should be handled by the owner The EmbeddableUIElementBase-derived element If the owner returns true, the editor should not perform its default keyboard processing Returns the editor associated with this EmbeddableEditorOwner The owner context The editor associated with this EmbeddableEditorOwner Returns an object that may be provided to the programmer using an editor. The context that was passed into the method. An object that the programmer may use to determine which object was associated with an action.

The is provided to the editor when it creates or reinitializes an embeddable uielement. The embeddable element in turn uses that information when making requests to the owner for information but the editor. That object is opaque to the editor but provides context to the owner so that it knows which object the editor is dealing with. An owner may change the contents of the OwnerContext or the object may not be useful to the programmer using an editor. For example, a CellUIElement may be the OwnerContext for a grid's cell editor but that isn't normally the level of information that the programmer would need. The programmer needs a Cell object and shouldn't be expected to extract that from the OwnerContext. Instead, an editor will ask the owner via this method to translate the OwnerContext to something that the programmer can use.

Returns true if in design mode, false otherwise. The control used to display the calendar for the Calls the ControlUIElement's draw method A that contains the event data. Does nothing since the background is drawn in OnPaint Creates a new accessibility object for the control. A new for the control. Overrides the Cursor to return the cursor from the UIElement Returns the Control's base cursor property (read-only). The Accessible object for a UltraCalendarDropDownControl. Constructor The UltraCalendarDropDownControl Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the name of the accessible object. Represents the edit control used for the . Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Handles the MouseHover An that contains the event data. Handles the MouseMove MouseEventArgs Handles the MouseUp MouseEventArgs Handles the MouseWheel message MouseEventArgs Raises the event. An that contains the event data. The control's window procedure Preprocesses keyboard or input messages within the message loop before they are dispatched. A System.Windows.Forms.Message, passed by reference, that represents the message to process. The possible values are WM_KEYDOWN, WM_SYSKEYDOWN, WM_CHAR, and WM_SYSCHAR. true if the message was processed by the control; otherwise, false. Determines whether the specified key is an input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. One of the keys values. true if the specified key is an input key; otherwise, false. Infragistics UltraCalendarCombo

The UltraCalendarCombo provides a dropdown calendar similar to that of Outlook. The dropdown has an area for adding objects which can have custom text, date, action and tooltip. The may be displayed in any and can be further controlled by a specific locale by setting the .

The may be modified by typing in a date, using the spin buttons, using one of the objects in the dropdown or by selecting a in the dropdown. The can allow null dates when the property is true and can also be bound. The can even be set to be automatically updated via the property.

Abstract base class for multi-month controls.

The UltraMonthViewMultiBase is the base class for the and .

Default setting. Calendar Area's resize mode Initializes a new UltraMonthViewMultiBase Handles CalendarInfo property change notifications. An that contains the event data. Handles CalendarLook property change notifications An that contains the event data. Called when a property of the instance assigned to this control's property has changed. The instance which contains information about the property change. Called when the value of the property has changed on the instance associated with this control. Note that this method is also called when a new UltraCalendarLook instance is assigned whose ViewStyle property's value is different than the previously assigned instance. The new value of the property. Called when a property has changed on a sub object A structure containing the property change information. Called when a CalendarInfo object is created or set The new CalendarInfo object The previous CalendarInfo object Called when a CalendarLook object is created or set The new CalendarLook object The previous CalendarLook object Handles invoking the PropertyChanged event when the value of one of the control's properties changes. An that contains the event data. Generic routine for clearing the collection of the associated . True if the collection was cleared, otherwise false.

This routine is used by the selection methods for clearing the selected days.

Returns the object nearest the point specified. Point ControlUIElement for the calendar object. object or null Handles the selection change for a single object. Week whose selection state will change. Boolean indicating if the current selection should change. Boolean indicating if this is a select or unselect operation. Snapshot of selection prior to selection change. Boolean indicating if the selection change succeeded. Handles the selection change for a range of objects. Current pivot item Week selection is up to. Boolean indicating if the current selection should be cleared. Boolean indicating if this is a select or unselect operation. Snapshot of selection prior to selection change. Boolean indicating if the selection change took effect. Handles the selection change for a single . Day object whose selection will be modified Boolean indicating if the current selection should be cleared first. Boolean indicating the new selection state of the Snapshot of selection prior to selection change. Boolean indicating if the selection change took effect. Handles a range selection. Date of the pivot item Date selected up to. Boolean indicating if selection should be cleared. Boolean indicating if the range should be selected or unselected. Selection snapshot prior to selection change. Boolean indicating if the selection change took effect. Returns the object nearest the specified point. Point ControlUIElementBase for the calendar Current pivot item The Day object closest the point or Null. Returns the object nearest the point. Point ControlUIElement for the calendar object. Month object or null. Handles the selection of a single object. Month whose selection state will change. Boolean indicating if the current selection should be cleared. Boolean indicating whether to select or unselect the month. Snapshot of selection state before selection change. Boolean indicating if the selection change succeeded. Handles range selection of objects. Current pivot item Month selection is up to. Boolean indicating if the current selection should be cleared. Boolean indicating if this is a select or unselect. Snapshot of selection before selection change. Boolean indicating if it failed. Invoked when the button style has changed. Handles basic Calendar Actions MonthCalendarAction Boolean indicating if the Shift key is depressed. Boolean indicating if the Ctrl key is depressed. A boolean indicating if the action succeeded. Invoked before the MonthPopup window is dropped down. Invoked after the MonthPopup window is dropped down. Invoked after the MonthPopup window is closed. Overridable method invoked when the enabled state of the scroll buttons must be checked. Fired on the mouse up after a selection action. The MouseMessageInfo Invoked when the Calendar control should be invalidated. Invoked when the border for the entire calendar area is required. BorderStyle for the Calendar area of the control Allows resetting the without any metrics or size change Size indicating the new month width and height Increments the MetricsVersion Method invoked when the control should be resized based on a property change, etc. Method invoked when a property change should lead to the month calendar elements being recreated. Returns the that contains a particular date. DateTime to check. VisibleMonth if one containing the date is found or null. Checked before the control will attempt to set focus to itself. Boolean indicating when the control can receive focus. Scrolls the into the visible area if it is not currently in view. Month object to scroll to. Scrolls the containing the into the visible area if it is not currently in view. Date that should be in the visible area. Abstract method invoked when the uielement associated with the calendar portion of the control is needed. The main control uielement associated with the calendar portion of the control. Abstract method invoked when the appearance for the calendar portion of the control must be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Activate the specified item. Item to activate A boolean indicating if the item could be activated. True indicates that the item could not be activated. Select the specified item. Item to select Boolean indicating if the current selection should be cleared first. A boolean indicating if the selection change took place. Unselect the specified item. Item to unselect. Boolean indicating if the current selection should be cleared. A boolean indicating if the item could be unselected. Select the range from the pivot item to the specified item. Item to select from the pivot item up to. Indicates whether the existing selection should be cleared. True if the selection change was successful Unselect the range from the pivot item to the specified item. Item to unselect up to from the current pivot item. Indicates whether the existing selection should be cleared. True if the selection change was successful Set the specified item as the pivot item. New pivot item Specifies if this is part of a range selection. Returns the ISelectableItem that is the pivot item based on the type of item passed-in. Type of pivot item to return. Returns true if MaxSelectedItems will be exceeded by selecting the item. Item type for the selection. True if the maximum number of selected items would have been exceeded. Clear the initial selection Sets the initial selection. Type of the item to create a snapshot for. Potentially translates the passed-in item to a ISelectableItem of a different type. Called when a dragging operation is about to begin. The selectable item The position of the mouse at the start of the drag Returning true means that it was handled internally and no further action should be taken Called on a mouse move during a dragging operation Called at the end of a dragging operation This is a MouseUp notification that occurs after the SelectionStrategy has processed the MouseUp msg. Returns the SelectionStrategy used when dealing with the specific item.

For the controls, only date related selection can occur and therefore the determines the selection strategy used.

Indicates if the is compatible for selection with the current selection. Item to select. Returns true if the item can be selected without first clearing the current selection Returns the control implementing the interface. Returns the ISelectableItem compatible with the specified item that is nearest to the specified point. Point at which to check for an ISelectableItem Type of item to look for. Do a vertical scroll operation. This is called during a drag operation based on the position of the mouse cursor The interval that was used in the timer. This is passed along to provide additional context to the method.

The UltraMonthViewMultiBase controls do not implement vertical scrolling.

Do a horizontal scroll operation. This is called during a drag operation based on the position of the mouse cursor. The interval that was used in the timer. This is passed along to provide additional context to the method.

This method will only be invoked if the mouse is outside the calendar area and the is set to true. The calendar is then scrolled one at a time based on the location of the mouse.

Called to see if the mouse is in a location that would cause a timer to be started to trigger vertical scrolling operations. The location of the mouse The interval (in milliseconds) to use when starting the timer. Return true to start the timer Called to see if the mouse is in a location that would cause a timer to be started to trigger horizontal scrolling operations. The location of the mouse The interval (in milliseconds) to use when starting the timer. Return true to start the timer Invoked when the control needs to enter snaking mode type selection. Item indicating the type of item being selected. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns the object associated with the specified position. Point ControlUIElement for the calendar portion of the control Day object located at that coordinate or null if there is no day object at the specified location. Scrolls the control by the number of months specified. Number of months to scroll Resolves the appearance for the MonthPopup window. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a object. Date of the day object associated with the day. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a object. Date of the day object associated with the day. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed True to resolve the FontData when is true Resolves the appearance for a header. DayOfWeekEnum indicating which day of the week's header will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a header. DayOfWeekEnum indicating which day of the week's header will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed True to resolve the FontData when is true Resolves the appearance for a object. Week object The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a header. Week object The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a header. Week object The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed True to resolve the FontData when is true Resolves the appearance for the month scroll buttons. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

Note: the ResolveScrollButtonAppearance method is obsolete; it has been replaced by the new and methods.

The existing property is still applicable in that the ScrollButtonAppearance is merged into the resolved appearance after the more specific MonthScrollButtonAppearance/YearScrollButtonAppearance; this preserves legacy behavior, as well as provides a way to customize the appearance of both the month and year scroll buttons with one Appearance object.

Resolves the appearance for the month scroll buttons. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

The existing , if it has any non-default property settings, is merged into this appearance after the more specific month/year scroll button appearance.

Resolves the appearance for the year scroll buttons. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

The existing , if it has any non-default property settings, is merged into this appearance after the more specific month/year scroll button appearance.

Resolves the appearance for a object. Visible month associated with the month to resolve The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a header. VisibleMonth associated with the month header to resolve. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for a header. VisibleMonth associated with the month header to resolve. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed True to resolve the FontData when is true Initializes the specified with the font override information for the calendar appearance if the properties differ from the calendar appearance. The appearance structure to initialize Used to invoke the DayToolTipDisplaying event. An that contains the event data. Used to invoke the BeforeMonthScroll event. An that contains the event data. Used to invoke the AfterMonthScroll event. An that contains the event data. Used to invoke the VisibleMonthsChanged event. An that contains the event data. Used to invoke the BeforeDisplayMonthPopup event. An that contains the event data. Used to invoke the AfterDisplayMonthPopup event. An that contains the event data. CreateAccessibilityInstance. Creates an accessible object for the related object. The logically related object (e.g. a MonthScrollButtonUIElement etc.). A new object for the related object. Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. EventHandler for the event. Event handler for the event. Used to determine the default value for allow week selection Used to determine the default value for allow month selection Returns or sets the pivot item for the control. Returns an instance of the SelectionStrategy object based on the of the . Determines whether to use the CalendarBorderStyle when calculating the size of the control. Determines the control that will own the month popup window. Returns the for the MonthControl Returns the used by the control. Determines whether the calendar will scroll when the mouse is dragged outside the calendar during selection. Determines whether a popup will be displayed when clicking on the header for a month.

The MonthPopup provides an unobtrusive way to scroll a new month into view. The popup will remain open until the mouse button is released. If the mouse is released within the , the whose caption is under the mouse will be scrolled to the position when the MonthPopup was displayed. When released outside the window, no scrolling action will occur.

Determines whether clicking on the day of week area will select the days of that month. Determines whether the clicking in the pre-week area will select the days in that week.

The pre-week area is the area immediately to the left of the where week numbers will be displayed if the is set to true.

The pre-week area will not be displayed if AllowWeekSelection and are both false.

Determines the borderstyle used for the month area.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved borderstyle used for the month area.

If the is set to Default, the control's default value, None, will be used.

Determines the borderstyle used for the objects.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved borderstyle used for the objects.

If the is set to Default, the control's default value, None, will be used.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Determines the borderstyle used for the month headers.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved borderstyle used for the month header area.

If the is set to Default, the control's default value, RaisedSoft, will be used.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Determines the borderstyle used for the month popup window.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved borderstyle used for the month popup window.

If the is set to Default, the control's default value, Solid, will be used.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Determines what caption is displayed for the day of week headers. Determines where the day of week headers are displayed.

By default, day of week headers are displayed above every object. The DayOfWeekDisplayStyle can be used to hide the day of week headers or limit them to only display on the first of a .

Determines whether an image and/or day number is displayed for a day object.

By default, a will only display the day number. The DayDisplayStyle can be used to have the display an image (or image and the text) if the resolved appearance for the has an image.

Determines whether the month headers are displayed. Determines whether day uielement placeholders are displayed.

By default objects are only created for objects that are part of that unless is true, in which case the leading days for the first will show days from the previous month and the last will shows days from the subsequent month. Therefore when is set to a value that resolves to something other than None, spaces may appear in a week where there are no objects. When the PlaceHoldersVisible is set to true, the visible weeks will have a in the location for each empty slot providing more of a grid-like appearance for the month.

Determines whether month scroll buttons are displayed.

The ScrollButtonsVisible property has been replaced by the new property; that property should be used instead.

The scroll buttons are displayed in the top row of the in the left and right most header area. When the scroll button is clicked, the control scrolls in the direction of the scroll button by the number of months specified by the property.

Determines whether leading and trailing days are displayed on the first and last visible months.

When set to true, the earliest will display leading days, that is, the last few days of the previous month. The latest will display trailing days, that is, the first few days of the next month.

To determine whether a has leading and/or trailing days displayed, check the and respectively.

Determines whether week numbers are displayed in the pre-week area.

The pre-week area is the area immediately to the left of the where week numbers will be displayed if the is set to true.

The pre-week area will not be displayed if and WeekNumbersVisible are both false.

Determines the minimum size for a day.

The default behavior is for the control to size the objects to the size required to display the largest day number. The size of the day is based on the control's font settings. The MinimumDaySize can be used to increase the size for the day objects. This can be useful if the is set to display images and the day should be made large enough to display the images.

Determines the number of month rows and columns to display.

The MonthDimensions determines the number of rows and columns of objects to display.

Note, for the , this property only affects the control when the is set to SizeToCalendar.

Returns the actual number of month rows and columns displayed.

For the , the are only used when the property is set to SizeToCalendar. Otherwise, the number of months displayed is based on the size of the control. The MonthDimensionsResolved returns a Size struct set to the number of objects wide and high currently being displayed.

Determines what caption is displayed for the month headers.

The caption for the month headers displays the month name and year. The MonthHeaderCaptionStyle determines whether the or are displayed.

Note: When the current culture's YearMonthPattern does not include either the 'MMM' or 'MMMM' format specifiers, the MonthHeaderCaptionStyle property is not applicable.

Determines the amount of padding in the month header.

The MonthHeaderPadding determines the amount of padding within the month header around the scroll buttons and caption. When set to -1, the control will use a default padding percentage.

Returns the actual amount of padding around the caption within the month header.

When the width or height of the is set to -1, the control calculates a default padding around the caption. The MonthHeaderPaddingResolved returns the actual amount of padding around the caption and scroll buttons in the month header.

Determines the order in which the months are displayed.

The default arrangement of months within the control is to display the month from left to right for the number of columns dictated by the and then move to the next row and begin again. The MonthOrientation can be used to change the order so that months are arrange from top to bottom down the first column and then starting again at the top of the next column.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the MonthPopup. Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns the of the . Determines the spacing around objects.

The MonthPadding determines the amount of spacing around the weeks of a month in the . This can cause an increase in the size of the and therefore increase the size required to display all the months as determined by the .

The height of the MonthPadding is only applied to the bottom of the weeks whereas the width is applied to both the left and right of the weeks displayed.

Determines whether the font name and size are overriden for the day, day of week, week number and month headers.

The control uses the font of the Appearance to calculate the size required to display each day since all months must be the same size. If this were not the case, the control's size would change (or the number of months displayed would change) as the user scrolled from month to month. Since the control can share a common and font information can be applied as specifically as to a object, the control must override the font settings - specifically the font name and size - so that the day numbers are all displayed. This also applies to week numbers, month headers and day of week captions. The OverrideFontSettings, when set to false, will prevent the control from overriding these settings and use the specific resolved properties for each of those objects.

Note: When this property is set to false, the resolved font name and size from the specific object will be used but the size of the day, etc. will remain the same. Therefore, the information displayed may be clipped.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the scroll buttons. Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns the of the . Determines how many months are scrolled when clicking on the scroll buttons. Determines what is displayed in the tooltip when the mouse is hovered over a day object.

The UltraMonthViewMultiBase derived classes are designed to display multiple months in a consolidated form. Thus, they do not have space available for displaying the activity (, , and ) information from the associated within a . The can be used to automatically display some of this information when the mouse is hovered over a day. It can also be used to display a custom tooltip since the tooltip can be overriden in the BeforeDisplayDayToolTip.

Determines whether the alternate month appearances are used.

By default, the alternate month appearances (, , and ) are not used when rendering the month elements to be consistent with Outlook's appearance. However, when this property is set to true, the control will use those appearances when resolving the appearance for the related objects.

Note: Because the control sizes itself according to the font size of its Appearance, certain aspects of the alternate month appearances are not applied to their associated elements.

Specifically, only the following properties are applied:

  • AlphaLevel
  • BackColor
  • BackColor2
  • BackColorAlpha
  • BackColorDisabled
  • BackColorDisabled2
  • BackGradientStyle
  • BorderAlpha
  • BorderColor
  • BorderColor3DBase
  • Cursor
  • ForeColor
  • ForeColorDisabled
  • ForegroundAlpha

Determines the first visible displayed by the control.

Note, if the control is set to show months based on its size, it is possible to have the control display no months so the collection should be checked to see what/how many months are visible.

Returns the collection of currently visible months. Returns or sets a value that determines the style of buttons used in the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular button style, buttons formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns or sets a list of keys of instances from the associated used to filter which activity is visible to the control. Returns or sets the object used when rendering the month scroll buttons.

The MonthScrollButtonAppearance essentially replaces the existing property. To preserve legacy behavior, the is still applied to the month scroll buttons; however, the more specific MonthScrollButtonAppearance takes precedence in the appearance resolution hierarchy.

The can be used when it is desirable to apply the same visual appearance to both the month scroll buttons and the year scroll buttons.

Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines whether month scroll buttons are displayed.

The month scroll buttons are displayed in the top row of the in the left and right most header area. When the month scroll button is clicked, the control scrolls in the direction of the scroll button by the number of months specified by the property.

The MonthScrollButtonsVisible property replaces the existing property, which has been deprecated.

Returns the resolved value of the property.

The MonthScrollButtonsVisibleResolved property returns the value of the when that property has been set to a non-default value. When the MonthScrollButtonsVisible has been left at its default value, this property then returns the value of the obsolete property, to preserve legacy behavior.

Returns or sets the number of months by which the control is scrolled when the month scroll buttons are clicked by the end user.

The MonthScrollChange property behaves exactly the same as the property did in previous versions. Since the addition of the property, however, the existing name became somewhat ambiguous and as such was replaced by the new MonthScrollChange.

While the MonthScrollChange property applies specifically to the month scroll buttons, the property now applies to both the month scroll buttons and the year scroll buttons. When explicitly set, the value of the MonthScrollChange property takes precedence over the less specific ScrollChange property.

Returns the actual number of months by which the control is scrolled when the month scroll buttons are clicked by the end user.

When the property is explicitly set to a non-zero value, that value is returned by the MonthScrollChangeResolved property; when MonthScrollChange is left at its default value, the value of the property is used.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the year scroll buttons.

The existing is applied to the year scroll buttons; however, the more specific YearScrollButtonAppearance takes precedence in the appearance resolution hierarchy.

The can be used when it is desirable to apply the same visual appearance to both the month scroll buttons and the year scroll buttons.

Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines whether year scroll buttons are displayed.

The year scroll buttons are displayed in the top row of the in the left and right most header area. When the year scroll button is clicked, the control scrolls in the direction of the scroll button by the number of years specified by the property.

Returns the resolved value of the property. Returns or sets the number of years by which the control is scrolled when the year scroll buttons are clicked by the end user.

While the YearScrollChange property applies specifically to the year scroll buttons, the property now applies to both the month scroll buttons and the year scroll buttons. When explicitly set, the value of the YearScrollChange property takes precedence over the less specific ScrollChange property.

Returns the actual number of years by which the control is scrolled when the year scroll buttons are clicked by the end user.

When the property is explicitly set to a non-zero value, that value is returned by the YearScrollChangeResolved property; when YearScrollChange is left at its default value, the value of the property is used.

Overriden. The BackColor for the control should be set via the property. Overriden. The BackgroundImage for the control should be set via the property. Overriden. The Font property should be used to initialize a default font for the control. Overiden. The ForeColor for the control should be set via the property. Overriden. The Cursor property should be used to initialize a default cursor for the control. Enumeration of internal actions for the a month calendar. Close the MonthPopup Toggles the selection of the currently active day Selects the same day in the previous month. Activates the same day in the previous month. Selects the same day in the subsequent months. Activates the same day in the next month. Scrolls forward one month. Scrolls previous one month. Activates the same day in the next week. Selects the same day in the next week. Selectes the same day in the previous week. Activates the same day in the previous week. Selects the next selectable day. Selects the previous selectable day. Activates the next day. Activates the previous day. Moves to the next control. Moves to the previous control. Activates the first visible day. Selects the first visible day. Activates the last visible day. Selects the last visible day. Selects the first day of the month. Activates the first day of the month. Selects the last day of the month. Activates the last day of the month. Activates the first day of the week. Selects the first day of the week. Selects the last day of the week. Activates the last day of the week. Initializes a new UltraCalendarCombo control. Used to indicate to the control that initialization of its members has begun. Used to notify the control that the initialization of its members has ended. Called when a property has changed on a sub object. A structure containing the property change information. Called when a object is created or the property is set. The new CalendarInfo object The previous CalendarInfo object Called when a object is created or the property is set. The new CalendarLook object The previous CalendarLook object Handles the change notification from the object. An that contains the event data. Handles the change notification that the object. An that contains the event data. Checked before the control will attempt to set focus to the calendar portion. Boolean indicating whether the calendar portion of the control can receive focus. Fired on the mouse up after a selection action. The MouseMessageInfo Overriden. Used to change the calendar control's size and collection. Handles the changes to the calendar size when a property affecting the calendar's size has been changed. Returns the borderstyle for the calendar control / dropdown area. UIElementBorderStyle used for the dropdown area of the control. Handles invalidating the calendar control. Handles dirtying the calendar uielement. Handles checking/changing the enabled state of the scroll buttons. Returns the UIElement associated with the calendar portion of the control. The main control uielement associated with the calendar portion of the control. Resolves the Appearance properties for the calendar portion of the control. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the Appearance properties for the calendar portion of the control. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Specifies whether ultimate default values are to be provided for the FontName and FontSize properties. Toggles the state of the dropdown. Fires the ValidationError event, if the editor's current value is invalid, and exits edit mode Initializes the specified with the font override information for the calendar appearance if the properties differ from the calendar appearance. The appearance structure to initialize Determines whether the specified key is an input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. One of the keys values. true if the specified key is an input key; otherwise, false. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the should be serialized. Boolean indicating if the value should be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates if the property needs to be serialized Boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Raises the event before a tooltip for a is displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayDayToolTip method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayDayToolTip in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayDayToolTip method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the is changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeMonthScroll method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeMonthScroll in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeMonthScroll method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the has been changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterMonthScroll method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterMonthScroll in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterMonthScroll method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the have been changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnVisibleMonthsChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnVisibleMonthsChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnVisibleMonthsChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the is displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayMonthPopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayMonthPopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayMonthPopup method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the has been displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterDisplayMonthPopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterDisplayMonthPopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterDisplayMonthPopup method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the DropDown has been displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDropDown method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDropDown in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDropDown method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the DropDown has been displayed. An that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterDropDown method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterDropDown in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterDropDown method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the DropDown has been closed. An that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterCloseUp method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCloseUp in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCloseUp method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when the is being set to an invalid date. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterDropDown method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterDropDown in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterDropDown method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the property has been changed via a spin button or arrow key. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeSpin method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSpin in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSpin method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the property has been changed via a spin button or arrow key. An that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterSpin method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSpin in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSpin method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the property has been changed. An that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnValueChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnValueChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnValueChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the TextChanged event when the property has been changed. An that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnTextChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnTextChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnTextChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the action has been performed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforePerformAction method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePerformAction in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePerformAction method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the action has been performed. An that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterPerformAction method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterPerformAction in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterPerformAction method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Performs the action specified. Enumeration indicating the action to take. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Performs the action specified. Enumeration indicating the action to take. Indicates if the control key is depressed Indicates if the shift key is depressed true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Resolves the appearance for the control. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

Note: When the UltraCalendarCombo has focus, the edit portion cannot render a gradient background.

Resolves the appearance for a . The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for the DateButton area. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overriden. Used to invoke the FontChanged event. An that contains the event data. Overriden. Used to invoke the Resize event. Override. Used to invoke th RightToLeftChanged event. An that contains the event data. Overriden. Initializes the control upon creation. Overriden. Invokes the Enter event. An that contains the event data. Overriden. Invokes the Leave event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Performs the work of setting the specified bounds of this control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Left property value of the control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Top property value of the control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Width property value of the control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Height property value of the control. A bitwise combination of the System.Windows.Forms.BoundsSpecified values. Overriden. Handles the MouseWheel movement response of the edit portion. MouseEventArgs Handles the editor's KeyDown event Key Event arguments Handles the editor's KeyPress event KeyPress Event arguments Handles the editor's KeyUp event Key Event arguments Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Creates a new accessibility object for the control. A new accessibility object for the control. Selects all text in the control. Sets input focus to the control. true if the input focus request was successful; otherwise, false. For internal infrastructure use only. true if the input focus request was successful; otherwise, false. Factory method used to create the component role that provides the style information for the control. The created. Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. Used to determine the preferred size for the control Proposed size The preferred size of the control Display the about dialog Returns the cached license for the control Returns the main UIElement associated with the control. Determines whether to use the CalendarBorderStyle when calculating the size of the control. Used to determine the default value for allow week selection

By default, weeks cannot be selected using the UltraCalendarCombo

Used to determine the default value for allow month selection

By default, months cannot be selected using the UltraCalendarCombo

This property is intended for use by the Infragistics framework and should not be called from your code. Returns the event handler that notifies SelectionChangeCommitted The context menu The object that enables, disables and controls firing of UltraCalendarCombo specific events. Determines whether the date can be cleared.

By default, the UltraCalendarCombo will allow the to be cleared. This can be done by the user by selecting the text in the edit portion of the control and hitting delete or by clicking on a NullDate type in the dropdown. When this occurs, the is set to DBNull to indicate that no date is set. When the control does not have focus and the is set to DBNull.Value, the edit portion will display the .

Note, the AllowNull property cannot be set to false if the is currently set to DBNull.Value.

Determines whether the dropdown portion automatically closes on a selection change.

Since the UltraCalendarCombo allows multiple selection (based on the ), it may be necessary to keep the dropdown portion open while selecting multiple discontiguous ranges of days. When the AutoCloseUp property is set to true (its default value), the dropdown will be close as soon as the first selection change takes place.

Determines whether the CalendarInfo's selection will be cleared and the edit portion date will be selected upon dropdown.

When AutoSelect is set to true (its default value), the control will automatically clear the current selection of the associated and if possible, select and activate the date specified in the edit portion of the control. When set to false, the control will keep the selection intact when it is dropped down and will only change the of the associated .

Note: When the control's associated object's property is set to None, the AutoSelect property is not applicable.

Determines whether changes to the 's selection will automatically update the of the control.

The default value for the AutoSelectionUpdate property is false. When set to true, the control will automatically update the value of the control based on changes made to the from outside of the control. Since multiple controls can be attached to the same , there may be times, when you want the control to automatically display the first or last selected day in the based on the .

Since this property can conflict with the when the control is dropped down, it is often best not to have both values set to true.

Determines whether the control automatically sizes based on the font of the control.

The default value for this property is true. When set to true, the control's height cannot be changed. Instead the height is based on the resolved font for the control.

Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the control's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearance = UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearance = UltraCalendarCombo1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

For internal use only. Used for serializing out the BackColor property value. This is strictly for backward compatibility. Returns or sets a value that determines the borderstyle of the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved used for the control

When the property is set to Default, the control's default setting, Inset, will be used.

Determines the borderstyle used for the dropdown portion of the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved borderstyle used for the dropdown portion of the control.

When the property is set to Default, the control's default setting, Raised, will be used.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the Date Buttons. Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the object used when rendering the . Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns the collection of objects displayed in the dropdown.

The DateButtons property returns a collection of objects. The objects are displayed in the at the bottom of the dropdown if the is set to true. The DateButtons can be used to provide a quick way to select and/or activate a particular date in the dropdown.

Determines whether the area which contains the is visible.

Note, the area will not be displayed if the collection is empty or there are no visible objects in the collection.

Determines what date is used in the edit portion of the control.

Since the UltraCalendarCombo control, via the , can allow for multiple selection but the edit portion can only hold a single date, the control needs to know what date to store. The DateSelectionType can be set to have either the earliest or latest selected date stored.

Returns or sets the object used when dropdown and calendar portion of the control. Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Determines whether the dropdown is aligned to the right or left.

By default the dropdown portion of the control is aligned to the lower right edge of the dropdown. The DropDownAlignRight property can be set to false to allow the dropdown to be position based on the lower left edge of the control.

The dropdown portion rect may be adjusted if the dropdown would be clipped by positioning it based on the DropDownAlignRight.

Determines if the control is dropped down.

The DroppedDown property can be used to determine if the control is currently droppdown down and can be used to force the control to dropdown.

This property is only available at runtime.

Determines the format that is used to display the date when the control is not in edit mode.

The format property is used to format the for display when the control is not in edit mode and the Value is not null (Nothing in VB). The format is also used to parse the date entered into the edit portion.

Determines whether the edit portion of the combo is editable. Determines the text that is displayed when the date has been cleared. Determines whether the edit window will display the default context menu.

When set to false, the default value, the control will not display a context menu when right clicking upon the control unless the property has been explicitly set.

When set to true, the control will display the default context menu for a TextBox when right clicking upon the control, unless the property has been explicitly set.

Note: The UseEditContextMenu property is not applicable when the property has been explicitly set.

Returns or sets the current DateTime value.

The Value property returns an object containing either a or DBNull.Value if the value has been cleared.

The Value property may be bound to a database.

Determines whether the spin buttons are displayed. Determines the unit of change applied to the value when the pressing the spin buttons.

The SpinButtonIncrement determines the units of change applied to the value when a spin button is pressed. The units can be days, weeks, months, and year. The number of these increments that are applied to the value is determined by the .

Note: The may still be incremented by the value even when the spin buttons are not visible since by default the up and down arrow keys are interpretted as an increment using the spin buttons when the control is not dropped down.

Determines the number of units applied to the value when pressing the spin buttons.

When clicking the up spin arrow or using the up arrow key, a positive number of the SpinButtonIncrementValues are applied. When clicking the down spin button or using the down arrow key when the control is not dropped down will apply a negative amount of those units.

Returns or sets a value indicating whether the control's spin button should wrap its value.

If true the spin buttons will wrap the value incremented/decremented based on its Min/Max value.

Returns the contents of the edit portion of the control. Determines the amount of padding around the edit portion.

When set to -1, the control will use the default padding.

Returns the resolved Determines the height of the control when is false.

The NonAutoSizeHeight is the value that the control uses to initialize the height when the property is changed from true to false. While the property is set to false, the property is not updated as the size of the control is changed. However, when the property is changed from false back to true, the current height of the control is stored in the NonAutoSizeHeight so that it can be restored if the property is set back.

Returns the main UIElement which occupies the client area of the control. Returns bit flags that signify the state of the control States: EditReadOnlyThe property is true. DroppedDownThe property is true. AutoCloseUpThe property is true. MonthPopupDisplayedThe is currently being displayed. VisibleMonthsThere is at least one in the collection. ActiveDayThe has a non-null . The mappings collection that relates key strokes with actions.

The following table lists the default key mappings for the control:

KeyCode ActionCode StateRequired StateDisallowed SpecialKeysRequired SpecialKeysDisallowed
LeftPreviousDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
LeftPreviousDayActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
RightNextDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
RightNextDayActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
UpSameDayInPreviousWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
UpSameDayInPreviousWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
DownSameDayInNextWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
DownSameDayInNextWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
HomeFirstVisibleDayOfWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
HomeFirstVisibleDayOfWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
EndLastVisibleDayOfWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
EndLastVisibleDayOfWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
HomeFirstDayOfMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayed, ActiveDayIsFirstVisibleDayInMonthCtrlAltShift
EndLastDayOfMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayed, ActiveDayIsLastVisibleDayInMonthCtrlAltShift
PriorSameDayInPreviousMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
PriorSameDayInPreviousMonthActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
NextSameDayInNextMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
NextSameDayInNextMonthActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedShiftAltCtrl
PriorFirstVisibleDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAltShiftCtrl
PriorFirstVisibleDayActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAltShiftCtrl
NextLastVisibleDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAltShiftCtrl
NextLastVisibleDayActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAltShiftCtrl
TabCloseUpMonthPopupDisplayed, DroppedDownAltCtrl
TabPreviousControlMonthPopupDisplayed, DroppedDownShiftAltCtrl
TabNextControlMonthPopupDisplayed, DroppedDownAll
SpaceToggleDaySelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonths, DroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedCtrlAlt
EscapeCloseMonthPopupMonthPopupDisplayedAll
EscapeCancelCloseUpDroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayedAll
UpSpinUpDroppedDownAll
DownSpinDownDroppedDownAll
DownToggleDropDownAltShiftCtrl
UpToggleDropDownAltShiftCtrl
EnterToggleDaySelectionDroppedDownMonthPopupDisplayed, AutoCloseUpAll
EnterToggleDaySelectionDroppedDown, AutoCloseUpMonthPopupDisplayedAll
EnterUpdateValueDroppedDownAll
F4ToggleDropDownAll

The DateTimeFormatInfo object used to handling the parsing of dates.

The DateTimeFormatInfo property is the object used to parse and format the dates. If null, the current culture's date time format info will be used.

Returns the resolved object used to handling the parsing and display of dates. Fired before a day's tooltip is displayed.

The BeforeDisplayDayToolTip event will not be fired if the is set to None.

The BeforeDisplayDayToolTip event may be canceled using property to prevent the tooltip from being displayed.

The property returns the tooltip that will be displayed to the user. This property may be changed to provide a different tooltip. The returns the object for which the tooltip will be displayed.

Fired before the UltraCalendarCombo control scrolls to a particular .

The BeforeMonthScroll event may be canceled using property to prevent the control from scrolling.

The property returns the new object which will become the new . This property may also be set to a different month object to set the to a different object.

Fired after the UltraCalendarCombo control has scrolled to a particular . Fired after the number or placement of the changes.

The number of visible months will change based on changes to the if the is set to SizeToCalendar. When the is set to BaseOnControlSize, changes to the control's , font properties, etc. will affect the number of visible months. Likewise, changing the affects the positioning of the objects.

Fired before a month popup is displayed.

If the is set to true, the is displayed when the user presses the left mouse button down on the . The displays 3 months prior to and after the current month in a scrolling list allowing the user to quickly navigate a particular month to the location when the month header was pressed.

The BeforeDisplayMonthPopup event may be canceled using property to prevent the control from displaying the .

The property returns the object whose was clicked upon.

Fired after a month popup is displayed.

The property returns the object whose was clicked upon. The returns the object that the selected to scroll to or null (Nothing in VB) if the mouse was released outside the .

Fired before the calendar is dropped down.

The BeforeDropDown event is fired before the calendar dropdown has been displayed but after it has been initialized. It can be used to prevent the dropdown from displaying. This can be done by setting the property to true.

Fired after the calendar has been dropped down. Fired after the calendar is closed up. Fired when an incorrect date value is set for the control.

The ValidationError is invoked when the date entered cannot be parsed, a blank string is entered and is false or the date is outside the date range specified by the and . The passed into the event provide information about what type of error occured, the previous value, and the value that led to the error. The contains the DateTime that the will be updated with after the event. This value can be changed to affect the new but the DateTime must still be within the MinDate and MaxDate.

Fired before the value changes when pressing the spin buttons.

The BeforeSpin event is invoked when the is about to change as a result of a spin, whether it be via the keyboard or the spin buttons. The provides the current , the new value and the of the spin button pressed. The change can be prevented by setting the property to true.

Fired after the value has changed when pressing the spin buttons.

The AfterSpin event is fired after the has changed as a result of a spin, whether it occurred via the keyboard or spin buttons. The provides the direction of the spin that just occured.

Fired when the property changes. Event fired after an action associated with a key action mapping has been performed. \ Event fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed.

BeforePerformAction event gets fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed. It is a cancelable event. When it's cancelled, UltraCalendarCombo will not perform the action for which this event was fired.

Returns the default size for the control. Returns a copy of the editor associated with this control Returns the event handler that notifies OnKeyDown Returns the event handler that notifies OnKeyPress Returns the event handler that notifies OnKeyUp If different than null, specifies custom data filter used by the editor. Overriden. Indicates if the editor or its contained textbox currently has the input focus. Gets/sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the editor. Available only at runtime. Gets/sets the starting position of text selected in the text box. Available only at runtime. Gets/sets the number of characters selected in the text box. Available only at runtime. Returns the role which represents the control area Accessible object representing a Initializes a new Control which is represented by the accessible object Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Designer for control. GetTextBaseLine Overrides UltraControlDesigner GetTextBaseLine DefaultableInteger Returns the allowable design time selection rules.

When the property is set to true, the control cannot be sized from the top or bottom at design time.

Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraCalendarCombo. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. UITypeEditor for handling nullable dates. Intercepts the EditValue call and provides a default date when a blank string is provided to the DateTimeEditor. ITypeDescriptorContext IServiceProvider object object Button displayed below the month calendar in the dropdown.

The DateButton is a button displayed in the dropdown area. It can display a customizable to provide more information about the resulting action. The DateButton can be set to either clear the selection and select the associated , add the date to the , or make it the based on the . The property determines the associated date. When set to Custom, the property is used. The DateButton may also be hidden using the property.

Initializes a new DateButton object with default values.

Creates a new DateButton representing the Today button. The Today DateButton is initialized with a caption of "Today". The defaults to SelectDay so when the button is clicked, the current selection will be cleared and the current day will be selected (if the is selectable).

Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Indicates if the DateButton object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Resets the DateButton object to its default values. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns a clone of the DateButton. Returns the string representation of the button The type and action assigned to the DateButton Invoked during the serialization of the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determines the date value that is selected when the DateButton is pressed. Determines the action that occurs when the DateButton is pressed. Determines the caption displayed for the button. If a caption is not specified when the DateButton is first created, a default caption will be assigned. The following is a list of the default captions based on the . Default Caption based on type: ActiveDay"Active" Custom"Custom" MaxDate"Max" MinDate"Min" NullDate"None" Today"Today" Determines the date selected for a button whose type is set to Custom.

A DateButton of type Custom will only be enabled if the for the date is selectable. In other words, the associated with the date must be visible and enabled, the date must be within the and and the must return true.

This property is only used for a DateButtonType.Custom type DateButton.

Determines the ToolTip displayed for the button. Determines if the DateButton is displayed. Returns the associated with this object. which contains the DateButton.

This property is read-only.

TypeConverter for an UltraWinSchedule . Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. DateButtonAreaUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Initializes the DateButtonArea appearance. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Handles the creation and positioning of the child elements for the dropdown. Returns the borderstyle for the date button area. Gets Borders for the day uielement. Returns the associated with this instance. A collection of objects. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new object with the serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Creates a new in the collection Key for the new DateButton Type of DateButton Button caption A new object. Creates a new in the collection Type of DateButton Button caption A new object. Creates a new of the specified in the collection. Type of DateButton A new object.

Since the is not specified, a default one will be assigned based on the .

Adds the to the collection. DateButton

Since the and are not specified, the button will be of Today and will have a default caption of "Today" assigned.

Inserts a into the collection at the specified index. Index of the item DateButton Removes the specified object from the collection. to remove Removes the with the specified key from the collection. Key of the object to remove. Removes the at the specified index from the collection. Index of the item to remove Clears the collection of objects. Called when a property on one of the members of the collections has changed. A structure containing the property change information. Indicates if the DateButtons object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Clears the contents of the collection. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Adds a new object to the collection. DateButton object to add to the collection. Index of the new in the collection. Inserts an object at the specified position. Position for the item. Object to insert. Removes the specified . Object A collection of objects. Returns the read-only state of the collection.

This class is never read-only and as such always returns false.

Returns the initial capacity for the collection. Returns the members of the collection in an object array. Returns the at the specified index. Returns the with the specified key. Indicates if the collection is a fixed size.

The DateButtons collection is not fixed so it always returns false.

Returns the at the specified location. Type specific enumerator. Initializes a new with the specified DateButtonsCollection to iterate through. Returns the current DateButton object DateButtonUIElement. Constructor The parent element. DateButton object associated with the UIElement Handles the initialization of the appearance for the main dropdown ui element The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the OnMouseHover to display a tooltip to the user. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Handles the onclick action for the DateButtonUIElement. Returns the DateButton object associated with the UIElement. Returns a value that determins a BorderStyle for the DateButton.

Always returns a style of Infragistics.Win.UIElementBorderStyle.Raised.

Returns the button style for the element.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular button style, buttons formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Overriden. Returns true to indicate that this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. This property is read-only. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this element. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a DateButtonUIElement. Constructor The DateButtonUIElement Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. Gets a description of what the object does or how the object is used. The accessible name for the month scroll button area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the item's description CalendarDropDownButtonUIElement. Constructor Parent UIElement Handles the initialization of the appearance The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Determines the style of the dropdown button.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular button style, buttons formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the UI role for the element. EditUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Handles the positioning of the child elements. Handles the initialization of the appearance for the main dropdown ui element The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Enumerates the possible actions for the CalendarCombo control. Drops down the calendar. Closes up the dropdown portion. Cancels any value or selection change since the control dropped down. Toggles the state of the calendar dropdown. Performs same action as pressing the spin up button. Performs the same action as pressing the spin down button. Updates the value based on the text in the control. Move to the first visible day of the week. Move to the last visible day of the week. Move to the first visible day of the week. Move to the last visible day of the week. Move to the same day in the previous week. Move to the same day in the next week. Move to the same day in the previous week. Move to the same day in the next week. Move to the first day of the currently active month. Move to the last day of the currently active month. Move to the first day of the currently active month. Move to the last day of the currently active month. Move to the previous day. Move to the next day. Move to the previous day. Move to the next day. Scroll to previous month(s). Same action as clicking on a scroll button. Scroll to next month(s). Same action as clicking on a scroll button. Move to the first visible day in the calendar. Move to the last visible day in the calendar. Move to the first visible day in the calendar. Move to the last visible day in the calendar. Move to the previous control. Move to the next control. Same date in the previous month. Same date in the next month. Same date in the previous month. Same date in the next month. Select/Unselect active day. Close the month popup window. Bit flags that describe the state of the control. There is an active day. There is at least one visible month displayed. The Month popup window is currently displayed. The Calendar is currently dropped down. The edit portion is read only. The dropdown does not close up automatically. The active day is the first visible day of the month. The active day is the last visible day of the month. KeyActionMapping for UltraCalendarCombo Constructor Keys Action to take State that the control cannot be in. State that the control must be in. Special keys (ctrl, etc.) not allowed to be pressed. Special keys (ctrl, etc.) required to be held down. Determines the action to take. State that the control cannot be in for the action to be allowed. State that the control must be in for the action to be allowed. KeyActionMappings for UltraCalendarCombo. Constructor Called the first time GetActionMapping is called (enables lazy loading of mappings) IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Returns whether or not the specified action is allowed based on CurrentState. CalendarComboAction CalendarComboState Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Creates an instance of an ActionStateMappingsCollection derived class An indexer KeyActionMappingEnumerator Constructor non-IEnumerator version: type-safe SpinButtonUIElement Constructor The parent element. Interval between click event when holding down the mouse button over the element. Interval before initiating the first autorepeat click. Used to notify that the spin button's click has fired. Direction of the spin button. Used to determine whether a spin button should be disabled during a spin operation and when the elements are positioned. Direction of the spin button. A boolean indicating whether the button should be enabled or disabled. Handles the initialization of the appearance The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse is pressed over the button Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Invoked when the spin buttons need to be created. Direction of the spin scroll button Delay before starting the autorepeat Delay between clicks while in autorepeat mode Type of spin button being created A new SpinScrollButtonUIElement Determines the button style of the spin buttons.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular button style, buttons formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Scroll button item for the Constructor, initializes a new instance of the CalendarComboSpinScrollButtonUIElement class. The parent element. Direction of the scroll arrow. Delay before initiating auto repeat. Delay before first click. Determines the type of spin button displayed Constructor, initializes a new instance of the CalendarComboSpinScrollButtonUIElement class. The parent element. Direction of the scroll arrow. Delay before initiating auto repeat. Delay before first click. Returns the ButtonStyle to be used by the embeddable element's button The ButtonStyle to be used by the embeddable element's button. UIElement class for the main control element of the

The UltraCalendarComboUIElement contains one , one and if is true, one .

Constructor UltraCalendarCombo control Handles the initialization of the appearance for the CalendarCombo main uielement. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Handles the creation of the control's child elements. Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Handles rendering the background. UIElementDrawParams Called when a MouseDown message is received. Returns a reference to the owning UltraCalendarCombo control. Returns a value that determines the borderstyle used for the UIElement

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the monthviewmulti's mappings collection Returns bit flags indicating the current state of the control (used to get appropriate key action on keyDown) Returns the associated with this instance. UltraCalendarDropDownUIElement. Constructor Control which will be rendering the UIElement UltraControl visible to the user. Handles the initialization of the appearance for the main dropdown ui element The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Handles the creation and positioning of the child elements for the dropdown. Returns a value that dermins the BorderStyle for the Dropdown control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the associated with this instance. UltraCalendarComboEventManager. Constructor UltraCalendarCombo control associated witht the event manager Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the CalendarComboEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Increments the in progress count Decrements the in progress count Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. The associated CalendarCombo Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Delegate for handling the event that occurs when an invalid value or date format is set. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before the date changes due to clicking on the spin buttons. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after a spin button has been pressed. Delegate for event. Delegate for event. Enumerations that uniquely identify the UltraCalendarCombo events. BeforeDropDown AfterDropDown AfterCloseUp ValidationError BeforeMonthScroll BeforeDisplayDayToolTip AfterMonthScroll VisibleMonthsChanged BeforeDisplayMonthPopup AfterDisplayMonthPopup BeforeSpin AfterSpin ValueChanged TextChanged Event id that identifies BeforePerformAction event. Event id that identifies AfterPerformAction event. Identifies groups of CalendarCombo events All Events All Before Events All After Events Event Args for the ValidationError event of the UltraCalendarCombo Constructor Owning UltraCalendarControl Previous valid value Value that lead to the error. Reason that the validation failed. Constructor Owning UltraCalendarControl Previous valid value Value that lead to the error. Reason that the validation failed. The value type of the new value. Indicates the reason the value failed validation. Returns the previous value. Returns the incorrect value. Gets/sets the new owner value for the control. It defaults to the previous value. Gets the type of value Cancelable event args for the BeforeSpin event. Constructor Current value property The date that will be scrolled to. Direction of the spin button pressed. Returns the object's current value. Returns the date that will be scrolled to. Returns the direction of the spin button pressed. Event args for the after spin event. Constructor Direction of the spin button pressed. Returns the direction of the spin button pressed. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that is about to be performed. The action that is about to be performed. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that has been performed. The action that has been performed. Manages and exposes all date-related data to UltraSchedule controls.

The UltraCalendarInfo component centralizes all the date specific state information into a single component that can be referenced from all the UltraSchedule controls (). This allows the controls to share the same information across all the controls without the need to maintain the same information on each control.

Use the and properties to change the minimum and maximum dates that the controls can use.

The property maintains the active day and affects each control which is attached to the instance of the UltraCalendarInfo.

The and properties are used to determine when a week begins and also how to calculate the week numbers for a particular year.

The component exposes collections for general date ranges (e.g. , , etc.). You can also modify the state information for a specific date.

For example, to disable all days in December of every year, you would use the following syntax:

[C#]

this.ultraCalendarInfo1.MonthsOfYear[12].Enabled = false;

[VB]

Me.UltraCalendarInfo1.MonthsOfYear(12).Enabled = False

The more specific object's settings takes precedence over the general setting so if you then wanted to enable all the days in December, 2001, you would use the following syntax:

[C#]

this.ultraCalendarInfo1.GetMonth(12, 2001).Enabled = true;

[VB]

Me.UltraCalendarInfo1.GetMonth(12, 2001).Enabled = True

The component also contains collections to maintain the group of selected objects (e.g. , , etc.). To control the selection behavior, use the and . To limit the number of objects that may be selected, use the property.

If the property of an UltraSchedule control is not explicitly set to an instance of an UltraCalendarInfo, one will be created at runtime. At that point, no other UltraSchedule control would be listening to that instance of the UltraCalendarInfo and therefore, changes made through the property would affect only that control. To gain the benefit of sharing the state information (e.g. , , etc.) information amongst the controls, place an instance of the UltraCalendarInfo on your form and set the property to that component.

Initializes a new instance of the UltraCalendarInfo component. Initializes a new UltraCalendarInfo object. An IContainer representing the container of the UltraTabbedMdiManager Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns true if any property on this object contains data that needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Called when a property has changed on a sub object. A structure containing the property change information. Returns a object for a specified date. Date for the object to return. Forces the creation of a Day object if one does not already exist for the requested date. A object corresponding with the or null (Nothing in VB) if is false and the object has not yet been created.

objects are only created as they are needed and wherever possible, are not created directly by the controls when interacting with the UltraCalendarInfo. The first time that a is requested, the object will be created (assuming is true) and the event will be fired.

Returns a object for a specified year. Year number A object corresponding with . Returns a object for a specified year and month. Number of the month from 1-12 Year number A object corresponding to the month specified by and the year specified by . Returns a object for a specified year and month. Enum specifying the month of the year to return. The year from which the month will be obtained. A object for the specified and . Returns a Month object for a specified date. Date from which to retreive the month and year. A object for the month and year of the specified . Returns a object for a specified week and year. Week number Year number A object for the specified week and year. Returns a object for a specified date. Date contained within the week to retreive. A object containing .

The object returned will be based on the specified as well as the and .

Returns the closest enabled date to the specified. DateTime to start the search. Bit flags specifying the direction of the search. A by reference DateTime which will be set to the closest enabled date if one is found. A boolean indicating whether an enabled date was found in the specified. If true, then the parameter will be set to that date.

In order for a to be selectable, the date must be enabled and must be within the and . A date is enabled, if the date specific objects (e.g. , , , etc.) are enabled and the general objects are enabled (e.g. , , etc.).

Returns the closest enabled to the specified. DateTime to start the search. Enumeration specifying the direction of the search. A object for the closest enabled day or null (Nothing in VB) if no enabled day was found in the specified. Returns a DateTime objects with the hour and minutes from the datetime passed in but with the default date and no seconds. In our case, the default date is 12/31/2001. DateTime from which to obtain the hours and minutes. A new DateTime using the hours and minutes from the specified datatime. Returns a DateTime corresponding with the last second of the day. DateTime indicating the day of the date to return. A DateTime corresponding with the last second of the day specified by . Returns the earliest date and time for the date specified. DateTime indicating the day of the date to return. A DateTime corresponding with the earliest time of the day. Loads UltraCalendarInfo data from a stream. Stream object containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the start of the UltraCalendarInfo information.

Loads UltraCalendarInfo data from a file. File containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize. Saves CalendarInfo data to a stream. Stream object into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the location where the UltraCalendarInfo should start serializing its information.

When you pass CalendarInfoCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data to a stream. Stream object into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize. If true will serialize appointment dates as universal time (GMT).

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the location where the UltraCalendarInfo should start serializing its information.

When you pass CalendarInfoCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data to a file. File into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

When you pass CalendarInfoCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data to a file. File into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize. If true will serialize appointment dates as universal time (GMT).

When you pass CalendarInfoCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data as soap (xml) to a stream. Stream object into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the location where the UltraCalendarInfo should start serializing its information.

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data as soap (xml) to a stream. Stream object into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize. If true will serialize appointment dates as universal time (GMT).

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the location where the UltraCalendarInfo should start serializing its information.

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data as soap (xml) to a file. File into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

When you pass CalendarInfoCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Saves CalendarInfo data as soap (xml) to a file. File into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarInfo information. Enumeration of categories to serialize. If true will serialize appointment dates as universal time (GMT).

When you pass CalendarInfoCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • AllowAllDayEvents
  • AllowRecurringAppointments
  • AppointmentActionsEnabled
  • FirstDayOfWeek
  • LogicalDayDuration
  • LogicalDayOffset
  • MaxDate
  • MaxSelectedDays
  • MinDate
  • SelectTypeActivity
  • SelectTypeDay
  • Tag
  • WeekRule
  • ReminderImage

Loads UltraCalendarInfo data from an xml stream. Stream object containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the start of the UltraCalendarInfo information.

Loads UltraCalendarInfo data from an xml stream. File containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize. Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. Determines if appointments associated with owners whose Visible property is false will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. Determines if appointments associated with owners whose Visible property is false will be included. Determines if appointments associated with owners whose Visible property is true will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. Only appointments associated with this owner will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. Only appointments associated with this owner will be included. Specifies whether to automatically adjust the start and end times for appointments whose AllDayEvent property returns true, so that ranges of less than one day in duration include all day events. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. Only appointments associated with these owners will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that have any part of the appointment in the specified date range. Earliest start time for an appointment. Latest end time for an appointment. Only appointments associated with these owners will be included. Specifies whether to automatically adjust the start and end times for appointments whose AllDayEvent property returns true, so that ranges of less than one day in duration include all day events. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a note. Latest end date for a note. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a note. Latest end date for a note. Determines if notes associated with owners whose Visible property is false will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a note. Latest end date for a note. Determines if notes associated with owners whose Visible property is false will be included. Determines if notes associated with owners whose Visible property is true will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a note. Latest end date for a note. Only notes associated with this owner will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a note. Latest end date for a note. Only notes associated with these owners will be included. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Returns a collection of objects that are at least partially in the specified date range. Earliest start date for a holiday. Latest end date for a holiday. An containing all the objects that overlap with the and . Display an Appointment Dialog for an existing . Appointment whose information will be displayed in the dialog

This overload of the DisplayAppointmentDialog creates a new for an existing object if it is not currently being displayed if the event is not cancelled. If the is currently being displayed in a dialog, no events will be raised.

Display an Appointment Dialog for a new . Start DateTime for the new appointment End DateTime for the new appointment Boolean indicating if the appointment should be initialized as an .

This overload of the DisplayAppointmentDialog creates a new for a new object if the event is not cancelled. If the is saved from the dialog, the will be created and added to the .

Display an Appointment Dialog for a new . Start DateTime for the new appointment End DateTime for the new appointment Boolean indicating if the appointment should be initialized as an . The associated owner.

This overload of the DisplayAppointmentDialog creates a new for a new object if the event is not cancelled. If the is saved from the dialog, the will be created and added to the .

Called by the class to perform de-serialization of ALL CalendarInfo props. The method is used during the and only - not during normal persistence. object containing the property values being deserialized. Bit flag list of the categories of the properties to deserialize. Called by the class to perform de-serialization of ALL CalendarInfo props. The method is used during the and only - not during normal persistence. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Bit flag list of the categories of the properties to deserialize. Indicates if the specified Date has any activity. Date to check. True if there is any activity associated with the day of the .

s, s, and s are collectively referred to as 'activities'.

For s, the time of is not used. Instead the beginning of the day until the end of the day are checked.

Indicates if there is any activity in the date range specified. Start Date End Date True if any activity occurs in the date range specified.

s, s, and s are collectively referred to as 'activities'.

For s, the time of and are not used. Instead the beginning of the day of the start date and the end of the day of the end date is used.

Indicates if any activity occurs within the specified date range. Start date/time End date/time True if the times of the and should be used. False if the beginning of the and end of the should be used instead. True if any activity occurs with the specified date range.

s, s, and s are collectively referred to as 'activities'.

Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Indicates if the collection needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Clears the collection. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Indicates if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Clears the collection Indicates if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Clears the collection. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the properties of the objects in the collection to their default values. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the properties of the objects in the collection to their default values. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the properties of the objects in the collection to their default values. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the properties of the objects in the collection to their default values. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the properties of the objects in the collection to their default values. Indicates if any of the date specific objects need to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the needs to be serialized. Returns true if property contains a value other than null (Nothing in VB). Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value (null). Removes all the date specific objects. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Reset the ReminderImage to its default value. Indicates if the ReminderImage needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Returns a for the first day of the week containing the . Date whose first day of the week is to be calculated. DateTime for the day that starts the week of the year. Returns a Datetime for the first day of a given week. Week number Year DateTime for the day that starts a specified week of the year. Returns the last week number for a particular year. Year Integer indicating the last possible week number based on the current and .

Note, this may not be the that contains the last day(s) of the year depending on the and .

Returns the for the first day of the year in the first week of the year. Year number DateTime for the first day of the year in the first week number of the year.

Returns the for the day that starts the first week of the year based on the and .

Returns the week number for a particular date using the current and . DateTime Integer denoting the week number that the date belongs to.

The System.Globalization.Calendar's GetWeekOfYear method simply returns the number of weeks into the year that the date falls on. It does not seem to use the weekrule specified in the arguments. e.g. If the first day of week is sunday and the weekrule is Jan 1, then 12/31/2000 (Sunday) should return 1. Instead it returns 54 and 1/1/2001 (Monday) returns 1.

This routine returns the correct week number for the specified date based on the and .

Note, this may be a week for a year other than the year of the date. e.g. 12/31/2000, week rule of Jan 1, and week start of sunday will return 1 because this date falls into the first week of the year 2001.

Returns the week number for a particular date using the current and . DateTime Out integer to receive the year for which the week number belongs. Integer denoting the week number that the date belongs to.

The System.Globalization.Calendar's GetWeekOfYear method simply returns the number of weeks into the year that the date falls on. It does not seem to use the weekrule specified in the arguments. e.g. If the first day of week is sunday and the weekrule is Jan 1, then 12/31/2000 (Sunday) should return 1. Instead it returns 54 and 1/1/2001 (Monday) returns 1.

This routine returns the correct week number for the specified date based on the and .

Note, this may be a week for a year other than the year of the date. e.g. 12/31/2000, week rule of Jan 1, and week start of sunday will return 1 because this date falls into the first week of the year 2001.

Returns the week number for the first day of a particular month. Month number Year number Week number for the first day of the month and year specified based on the and . Returns the week number for the last day of a particular month and year. Month number Year number Week number containing the last day of the month and year specified using the and . Raises the event when a property on the UltraCalendarInfo or one of its subobjects changes. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnCalendarInfoChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCalendarInfoChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCalendarInfoChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when a object is created. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeDay method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeDay in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeDay method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when a object is created. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeWeek method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeWeek in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeWeek method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when a object is created. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeMonth method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeMonth in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeMonth method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when a object is created. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeYear method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeYear in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeYear method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when the is changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterActiveDayChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterActiveDayChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterActiveDayChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the is changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeActiveDayChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeActiveDayChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeActiveDayChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before an is displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayAppointmentDialog method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayAppointmentDialog in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayAppointmentDialog method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after an has been closed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterCloseAppointmentDialog method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCloseAppointmentDialog in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCloseAppointmentDialog method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the is displayed. A instance that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayAppointmentRecurrenceDialog method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayAppointmentRecurrenceDialog in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayAppointmentRecurrenceDialog method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the has been closed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterCloseAppointmentRecurrenceDialog method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCloseAppointmentRecurrenceDialog in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCloseAppointmentRecurrenceDialog method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is displayed for an . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayReminderDialog method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayReminderDialog in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayReminderDialog method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the has been closed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterCloseReminderDialog method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCloseReminderDialog in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCloseReminderDialog method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the for an has been invoked. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeInvokeAppointmentAction method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeInvokeAppointmentAction in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeInvokeAppointmentAction method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the for an has been invoked. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterInvokeAppointmentAction method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterInvokeAppointmentAction in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterInvokeAppointmentAction method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a change is applied to the . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeSelectedNotesChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelectedNotesChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelectedNotesChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after a change is applied to the . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterSelectedNotesChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelectedNotesChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelectedNotesChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a change is applied to the . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeSelectedHolidaysChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelectedHolidaysChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelectedHolidaysChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after a change is applied to the . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterSelectedHolidaysChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelectedHolidaysChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelectedHolidaysChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a change is applied to the . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeSelectedAppointmentsChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelectedAppointmentsChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelectedAppointmentsChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a change is applied to the . A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterSelectedAppointmentsChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelectedAppointmentsChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelectedAppointmentsChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before an is added to the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeAppointmentAdded method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAppointmentAdded in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeAppointmentAdded method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after an is added to the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterAppointmentAdded method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterAppointmentAdded in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterAppointmentAdded method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before an is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeAppointmentRemoved method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAppointmentRemoved in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeAppointmentRemoved method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after an is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterAppointmentRemoved method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterAppointmentRemoved in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterAppointmentRemoved method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is added to the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeNoteAdded method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNoteAdded in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNoteAdded method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after a is added to the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterNoteAdded method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterNoteAdded in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterNoteAdded method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeNoteRemoved method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNoteRemoved in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNoteRemoved method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterNoteRemoved method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterNoteRemoved in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterNoteRemoved method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is added to the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeHolidayAdded method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeHolidayAdded in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeHolidayAdded method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is added to the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterHolidayAdded method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterHolidayAdded in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterHolidayAdded method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeHolidayRemoved method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeHolidayRemoved in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeHolidayRemoved method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterHolidayRemoved method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterHolidayRemoved in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterHolidayRemoved method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeSelectedDateRangeChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelectedDateRangeChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelectedDateRangeChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterSelectedDateRangeChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelectedDateRangeChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelectedDateRangeChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before changes made to an from an are committed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnValidateAppointment method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnValidateAppointment in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnValidateAppointment method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. An instance of the class that contains information about the recurring appointment that is being deleted. Raises the event. An instance of the class that contains information about the recurring appointment that was deleted. Raises the event before changes made to an from an are committed. An instance of the class that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnValidateAppointmentRecurrence method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnValidateAppointmentRecurrence in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnValidateAppointmentRecurrence method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Resets to its default value. Creates a Day object for the specified DateTime if one has not already been created, and assigns that instance to the ActiveDay property. The date to activate. A boolean indicating whether the operation was successful. A return value of false implies that the BeforeActiveDayChanged event was canceled. ActiveDay BeforeActiveDayChanged AfterActiveDayChanged Indicates if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Indicates if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Raises the event when appointment object is initialized or reinitialized due to data binding. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAppointmentDataInitialized method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAppointmentDataInitialized in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAppointmentDataInitialized method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when owner object is initialized or reinitialized due to data binding. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnOwnerDataInitialized method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnOwnerDataInitialized in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnOwnerDataInitialized method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when specific value in data source is invalid. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAppointmentDataError method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAppointmentDataError in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAppointmentDataError method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when specific value in data source is invalid. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnOwnerDataError method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnOwnerDataError in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnOwnerDataError method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Exports appointment to iCalendar format. Appointment to export. String containing appointment in iCalendar format. Exports appointment to iCalendar format. Appointment to export. Stream where appointment in iCalendar format will be exported. Exports appointment array to iCalendar format. Appointments to export. String containing appointments in iCalendar format. Exports appointment array to iCalendar format. Appointments to export. Stream where appointments in iCalendar format will be exported. Returns whether the property needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Indicates if the collection needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Clears the collection. Indicates if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating whether the property needs to be serialized. Raises the event when a specific value in data source is invalid. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnNoteDataError method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNoteDataError in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNoteDataError method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event when a object is initialized or reinitialized due to data binding. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnNoteDataInitialized method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNoteDataInitialized in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNoteDataInitialized method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Holidays to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after a is removed from the collection. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Loads the user configuration settings for this component.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Resets the user configuration settings for this component.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Saves the user configuration settings for this component.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Returns true if property value needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets to its default value. Populates the specified ArrayList with valid appointment times, with valid being defined by the logical day properties of the specified UltraCalendarInfo. If the specified UltraCalendarInfo is null, or no logical day properties have been set, the list is populated from midnight to 11:30 PM. The UltraCalendarInfo from which the logical day property settings are obtained. The ArrayList that will be populated. Forces a reminder check, causing the event to fire for any objects whose reminder is past due.

By default, an whose is past due at the time the associated is initialized is not registered for reminder notifications. The CheckAppointmentReminders method causes UltraCalendarInfo to evaluate whether the event should be fired, based on whether there are any past due appointments at the time the method is called.

Fired before the is changed.

The BeforeActiveDayChanged event may be canceled using property to prevent the from changing.

The property returns the new .

Fired after the is changed. Fired after any property has changed in the CalendarInfo object

The CalendarInfoChanged event fires whenever a property on the component or one of its subobjects changes. The property returns a object contained the entire chain of the property change notification.

The event cannot be suppressed using the .

Fired when a is created

The UltraCalendarInfo "lazily" creates days as needed to reduce overhead. Wherever possible, the controls use the date of a day for routines so as not to force the creation of day objects. When the method is used for the first time for a particular day and true is passed to the createIfNull parameter, the Day object will be created. When it is first created, the InitializeDay event will be fired. The InitializeDay event provides a centralized location for initializing the properties of a object.

Fired when a is created.

When the object is first created, the InitializeWeek event is invoked. This event provides a centralized location for initializing the properties of a particular object.

Fired when a is created

When the object is first created, the InitializeMonth event is invoked. This event provides a centralized location for initializing the properties of a particular object.

Fired when a is created.

When the object is first created, the InitializeYear event is invoked. This event provides a centralized location for initializing the properties of a particular object.

Fired before an appointment dialog is displayed.

An may be displayed using the method or through the , , , and when is true.

The dialog may be displayed for a new or existing object. When displayed for an existing , the will return true. When this property returns false, the object is a new that has not been added to the collection and the values of the may be changed to update the values that will be displayed in the dialog.

Fired before changes made to an from within the are committed.

The ValidateAppointment is invoked when the user attempts to save the changes made to an appointment via the . The may be updated to change the data that will be save or the save can be cancelled by setting the to false.

Fired after an appointment dialog has been closed. Fired before a reminder dialog is displayed.

The BeforeDisplayReminderDialog event may be canceled using property to prevent the from being displayed for the specified .

The property returns the whose has been activated.

If the ReminderDialog is already displayed, the will just be added to the items currently in the .

Fired after the reminder dialog has been closed. Fired before the action for an appointment is invoked.

The BeforeInvokeAppointmentAction event may be canceled using property to prevent the from being displayed for the specified .

The property returns the whose will be invoked.

Fired after the action for an appointment is invoked. Fired before a change is applied to the collection.

The BeforeSelectedNotesChange event may be canceled using property to prevent the collection from changing.

The property returns a collection of the new selected objects.

While the event is being invoked, the collection cannot be modified. However, the collection returned from the property may be modified.

Fired after a change is applied to the collection. Fired before a change is applied to the collection.

The BeforeSelectedAppointmentsChange event may be canceled using property to prevent the collection from changing.

The property returns a collection of the new selected objects.

While the event is being invoked, the collection cannot be modified. However, the collection returned from the property may be modified.

Fired after a change is applied to the collection. Fired before a change is applied to the collection.

The BeforeSelectedHolidaysChange event may be canceled using property to prevent the collection from changing.

The property returns a collection of the new selected objects.

While the event is being invoked, the collection cannot be modified. However, the collection returned from the property may be modified.

Fired after a change is applied to the collection. Fired before an is added to the collection. Fired after an has been added to the collection. Fired before an is removed from the collection. Fired after an has been removed from the collection. Fired before a is added to the collection. Fired after a has been added to the collection. Fired before a is removed from the collection. Fired after a has been removed from the collection. Fired before a is added to the collection. Fired after a has been added to the collection. Fired before a is removed from the collection. Fired after a is removed from the collection. Fired before a change is made to the collection.

The BeforeSelectedDateRangeChange event may be canceled (by setting the property to true) to prevent the collection from changing.

The property returns a collection of the new selected objects.

The property indicates whether the selection change would have been exceeded. When this is true, the property will be used to determine whether a dialog should be displayed to the user to indicate that the property would have been exceeded.

While the event is being invoked, the collection cannot be modified. However, the collection returned from the property may be modified.

Fired after a change has been made to the collection. Fired after appointment data is initialized or reinitialized. Fired after owner data is initialized or reinitialized. Fired when specific value in data source is invalid. Fired when specific value in data source is invalid. Fired before the is displayed. Fired after the has been closed. Fired before an that is a member of a recurrence is deleted. Fired after an that is a member of a recurrence has been deleted. Fired after Note data is initialized or reinitialized. Fired when a specific value in data source is invalid. Fired before a change is made to the collection.

The BeforeAlternateSelectedDateRangeChange event may be canceled (by setting the property to true) to prevent the collection from changing.

The property returns a collection of the new selected objects.

The property indicates whether the selection change would have been exceeded. When this is true, the property will be used to determine whether a dialog should be displayed to the user to indicate that the property would have been exceeded.

While the event is in progress, the collection cannot be modified. However, the collection returned from the property may be modified.

Fired after a change has been made to the collection. Fired before changes made to an from within the are committed.

The ValidateAppointmentRecurrence event is invoked when the user attempts to save the changes made to an appointment's recurrence via the .

Display the about dialog Return the license we cached inside the constructor Returns or sets the collection of user-defined objects. Returns or sets the minimum date allowed. Returns or sets the maximum date allowed. Returns or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected at any one time.

The actual number of objects that can be selected may be less depending on the . For example, if SelectTypeDay is set to SelectTypeSingle, only one day may be selected at a time.

This property cannot be modified while the event is being invoked.

The rule used to determine the how the first week of the year is calculated. Returns the day of the week considered the start of the week.

By default, the property is set to Default. When left set to this, the considered the first day of the week is based on the system settings of the system using the component.

The and FirstDayOfWeekResolved are used to calculate the date which starts the first week of the year. As such, a object is not fixed to a particular range of dates but is instead associated with a range of dates based on the calculated first week of the year. For more information on how the date of the first week of the year is calculated, refer to the method.

Returns or sets the used as the first day of the week for various date calculations.

The default value for this property is Default which means that the FirstDayOfWeek used is based on the current system settings.

Returns or sets the selection type used for selecting activity items.

Notes, holidays and appointments are considered "activity".

The property cannot be changed during the , , and events.

Returns the selection type used for selecting days.

SelectTypeDay determines how objects may be selected via code and through the UltraSchedule controls that are attached to the UltraCalendarInfo component.

The property cannot be changed during the event.

Returns the collection of objects. Gets/sets whether AllDayEvents will be allowed.

When AllowAllDayEvents is set to false, any UltraDayView attached to this CalendarInfo will not display an AllDayEventArea. Also, the Appointment Dialog will not show an "All Day Event" CheckBox. The AllDayEvent proeprty of any appointments in the collection will be ignored and all Appointments will be displayed as though AllDayEvent were false.

Returns a collection of objects. Returns the collection. Returns a collection of 7 objects. Returns a collection of 31 objects. Returns a collection of 366 objects. Returns a collection of 12 objects. Returns a collection of 54 objects. Returns a new object

The is used during serialization and deserialization of the date specific info objects.

User defined data associated with the component.

The Tag property may be used to store information in the component. The component itself does use this data but will serialize it if it has been set.

The object that enables, disables and controls firing of CalendarInfo specific events.

The event cannot be suppressed.

Collection that holds DateRange objects representing a range of days that are currently selected. Collection that holds objects representing a range of days that are currently selected. Used by -derived controls whose property is set to true.

This selection list is separate from and unrelated to the list returned by the property. Controls whose UseAlternateSelectedDateRanges property is set to true will use this selection list instead of the one returned by the SelectedDateRanges property. The AlternateSelectedDateRanges property makes it possible for a control to share all other information provided by its associated component, while maintaining a separate set of selected days.

Returns the selection type used for selecting days for -derived controls whose property is set to true.

The AlternateSelectTypeDay property determines how objects may be selected via code and through the UltraSchedule controls that are attached to the UltraCalendarInfo component and whose whose UseAlternateSelectedDateRanges property is set to true.

The property cannot be changed during the event.

Returns or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected at any one time for -derived controls whose property is set to true.

The actual number of objects that can be selected may be less depending on the value of the property. For example, if AlternateSelectTypeDay is set to SelectTypeSingle, only one day may be selected at a time.

This property cannot be modified while the event is in progress.

Returns or sets the object used in the . Returns the collection of selected objects. Returns the collection of selected objects. Returns the collection of selected objects. Gets/sets the object which represents the currently active day.

The ActiveDay can be thought of as the day which has the input focus. The month and week based controls whose property is set to this instance display a focus rectangle for the date of the ActiveDay. Most navigational keyboard actions are performed with respect to the ActiveDay; for example, for a 'NextDay' or "PreviousDay' keyboard action, it is implied that 'Next' and 'Previous' is with respect to the current ActiveDay. When the ActiveDay property is set to a new value, those controls will also bring that date into the viewable area of the control.

Returns or sets a form that will be used as the owner of any dialog that this component shows. This property is available only at runtime and must be set before the dialog is displayed. Gets/sets the component that will perform spell checking on the description field of an acivity. Gets/sets the component that will perform spell checking on the subject field of an appointment. Returns or sets the name of the styleset in the that should be used by the appointment dialogs. Returns or sets whether the appointment dialogs should use application styling. Returns or sets the name of the style library that should be used to obtain the style information for use by the appointment dialogs. Returns the event handler that notifies OnSubObjectPropChanged Data binding properties for appointments. Data binding properties for owners. Gets/sets whether recurring s are supported.

Note: When set to false, the 'Recurrence' button on the is disabled. Also, attempting to set the property of an object will result in an exception being thrown.

Determines if actions and reminders for owners are enabled by default. Returns the collection of objects. Returns the collection of objects that have their Visible property set to true. Exposes properties related to data binding for the collection. Gets or sets the format in which the user customizations settings will be saved and loaded Gets or sets the type of information that should be saved and loaded automatically Gets the UltraToolbarsManagerApplicationSettings instance which saves and loads user customizations from the default store Indicates whether this component should automatically save its user configuration settings.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

A unique string that distinguishes this UltraCalendarInfo form others in the solution it is being used in. This is needed to store user configuration settings.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Gets/sets the offset, from midnight, for the start of the day.

Typically, the beginning of the day coincides with midnight (hour zero, minute zero). For some applications it can be useful to consider the beginning of the day to be at some other time; the LogicalDayOffset property makes this possible.

The value of the property is added (to the DateTime struct to which it is applied) via the DateTime struct's Add method.

The absolute value of the property setting must be no larger than 23 hours and 59 minutes, so that the offset is less than one full day. Setting the property to a value outside this range results in an exception being thrown. Because the level of granularity with respect to time for the UltraCalendarInfo component is restricted to one minute, setting the property to a value that includes a seconds component will result in the seconds component being removed; for example, if the property is set to a value of 14 minutes and 59 seconds, the next time the property is accessed, it will return a value of 14 minutes, 0 seconds.

Gets/sets the maximum logical length of the day.

Typically, the length of a day is 24 hours; the LogicalDayDuration property makes it possible to shorten the logical length of the day.

The LogicalDayDuration property cannot be set to a value that is less than 1 minute or greater than 24 hours in duration; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

Helps with the saving and loading of data from the default store Constructor The owner of this settings instance The settingsKey of the owner Gets or sets the binary data which contains the calendar info configuration settings Gets or sets the xml string which contains the calendar info configuration settings Type converter class for the component. Initializes a new CalendarInfoConverter object. Overriden. Indicates that the object does not support properties and therefore will not display properties in the property window. ITypeDescriptorContext Boolean indicating whether the object using this type converter supports properties. UltraCalendarInfo designer class. Initializes a newly created component. A name/value dictionary of default values to apply to properties. May be null if no default values are specified. Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraCalendarInfo. Constructor The UltraCalendarInfo Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Manages the Appearance information for UltraSchedule controls.

The UltraCalendarLook component centralizes the information for the UltraSchedule controls into a single component that can be referenced by all the UltraSchedule controls (). This allows the controls to share the same appearance information and provide a uniform appearance across all the controls without the need to modify properties on each control.

The component exposes collections for applying general appearance information to dates (e.g. , , etc.). You can also apply appearance information to a specific date.

For example, to change the backcolor of all days in December of every year, you would use the following syntax:

[C#]

this.ultraCalendarLook1.MonthsOfYearLook[12].DayAppearance.BackColor = Color.Red;

[VB]

Me.UltraCalendarLook1.MonthsOfYearLook(12).DayAppearance.BackColor = Color.Red

The more specific object's settings take precendence so if you then wanted to change the backcolor of all days in December of 2001, you would use the following syntax:

[C#]

this.ultraCalendarLook1.GetMonthLook(12, 2001).DayAppearance.BackColor = Color.Blue;

[VB]

Me.UltraCalendarLook1.GetMonthLook(12, 2001).DayAppearance.BackColor = Color.Blue

The component also contains Appearance properties to control the selected appearance of objects (e.g. , , etc.).

If the property of an UltraSchedule control is not explicitly set to an instance of an UltraCalendarLook, one will be created at runtime. At that point, no other UltraSchedule control would be listening to that instance of the UltraCalendarLook and therefore, changes made through the property would affect only that control. To gain the benefit of sharing the Appearance information amongst the controls, place an instance of the UltraCalendarLook on your form and set the property to that component.

Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Returns true if property contains a value other than null (Nothing in VB). Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value (null). Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection. Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection Determines if the collection needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Clears the collection Returns true if any of the year objects need to be serialized. Boolean indicating if the needs to be serialized. Resets the YearLook objects. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating whether the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating whether the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns the resolved value of the ViewStyle property, factoring in Application Styling information when applicable. Note that accessing this method is more expensive than accessing the property used to be, so callers should minimize the number of times the property is accessed. The UltraScheduleControlBase-derived control from which Application Styling information is to be obtained. Returns the resolved value of the ViewStyle property, factoring in Application Styling information when applicable. Note that accessing this method is more expensive than accessing the property used to be, so callers should minimize the number of times the property is accessed. The UltraScheduleControlRoleBase-derived component role from which Application Styling information is to be obtained. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Initializes a new UltraCalendarLook object. Initializes a new UltraCalendarLook object. An IContainer representing the container of the UltraTabbedMdiManager Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns a DayLook object for a specific date. Date for the day requested. Forces the creation of a Day object if one does not already exist for the requested date. A DayLook object that corresponds with the Date provided.

DayLook objects are "lazily" created as they are requested. If the is false and the object associated with the specified date does not yet exist, a null (Nothing in VB) will be returned.

Returns a object for a specific year. Year number A object that corresponds with the specified year. Returns a object for a specific year and month. Integer between 1 and 12 specifying the month of the year. Integer specifying the year number for the month to return. A object for the specified year and month. Returns a object for a specific year and month. A specifying the month of the year. Integer specifying the year number for the month to return. A object for the specified year and month. Returns a object for a specific date. Date whose month and year are used to determine which object to return. A object for the specified date. Returns a object for a specific week and year. Integer specifying the week number to return. Integer specifying the year from which to return the WeekLook object. A WeekLook object corresponding with the specified week and year.

Since the and determine what dates are part of a particular week number of a specific year, the WeekLook objects are not associated with specific dates. Instead, the week number for a particular year is calculated based on the date, WeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

Returns a object for a specific date. DateTime used to determine the week number to return.. UltraCalendarInfo object used to obtain the WeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek. A object corresponding with the specified date.

Since the and determine what dates are part of a particular week number of a specific year, the WeekLook objects are not associated with specific dates. Instead, the week number for a particular year is calculated based on the date, WeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

Loads UltraCalendarLook data from a stream. Stream object containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the start of the UltraCalendarLook information.

Loads UltraCalendarLook data from a file. File containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize. Saves the UltraCalendarLook data into a stream. Stream object into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the location where the UltraCalendarLook should start serializing its information.

When you pass CalendarLookCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • ActiveDayAppearance
  • AllDayEventAppearance
  • AlternateMonthAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayHeaderAppearance
  • AppointmentAppearance
  • DayAppearance
  • DayHeaderAppearance
  • DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance
  • DayWithActivityAppearance
  • HolidayAppearance
  • MonthAppearance
  • MonthDayAppearance
  • MonthHeaderAppearance
  • NoteAppearance
  • OwnerHeaderAppearance
  • ScrollBarLook
  • SelectedAppointmentAppearance
  • SelectedDayAppearance
  • SelectedHolidayAppearance
  • SelectedNoteAppearance
  • Tag
  • TodayAppearance
  • TodayHeaderAppearance
  • TrailingDayAppearance
  • WeekAppearance
  • WeekHeaderAppearance

Saves CalendarLook data to a file. File into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

When you pass CalendarLookCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • ActiveDayAppearance
  • AllDayEventAppearance
  • AlternateMonthAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayHeaderAppearance
  • AppointmentAppearance
  • DayAppearance
  • DayHeaderAppearance
  • DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance
  • DayWithActivityAppearance
  • HolidayAppearance
  • MonthAppearance
  • MonthDayAppearance
  • MonthHeaderAppearance
  • NoteAppearance
  • OwnerHeaderAppearance
  • ScrollBarLook
  • SelectedAppointmentAppearance
  • SelectedDayAppearance
  • SelectedHolidayAppearance
  • SelectedNoteAppearance
  • Tag
  • TodayAppearance
  • TodayHeaderAppearance
  • TrailingDayAppearance
  • WeekAppearance
  • WeekHeaderAppearance

Loads UltraCalendarLook data from a stream. Stream object containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the start of the UltraCalendarLook information.

Loads UltraCalendarLook data from an xml stream. File containing a serialized copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to deserialize. Saves CalendarLook data as soap (xml) to a file. File into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

When you pass CalendarLookCategories.General, the following property settings are saved:

  • ActiveDayAppearance
  • AllDayEventAppearance
  • AlternateMonthAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayHeaderAppearance
  • AppointmentAppearance
  • DayAppearance
  • DayHeaderAppearance
  • DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance
  • DayWithActivityAppearance
  • HolidayAppearance
  • MonthAppearance
  • MonthDayAppearance
  • MonthHeaderAppearance
  • NoteAppearance
  • OwnerHeaderAppearance
  • ScrollBarLook
  • SelectedAppointmentAppearance
  • SelectedDayAppearance
  • SelectedHolidayAppearance
  • SelectedNoteAppearance
  • Tag
  • TodayAppearance
  • TodayHeaderAppearance
  • TrailingDayAppearance
  • WeekAppearance
  • WeekHeaderAppearance

Saves the UltraCalendarLook data into a stream. Stream object into which to serialize a copy of the UltraCalendarLook information. Enumeration of categories to serialize.

Since the stream could contain other information, the stream should be positioned to the location where the UltraCalendarLook should start serializing its information.

  • ActiveDayAppearance
  • AllDayEventAppearance
  • AlternateMonthAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayAppearance
  • AlternateMonthDayHeaderAppearance
  • AppointmentAppearance
  • DayAppearance
  • DayHeaderAppearance
  • DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance
  • DayWithActivityAppearance
  • HolidayAppearance
  • MonthAppearance
  • MonthDayAppearance
  • MonthHeaderAppearance
  • NoteAppearance
  • OwnerHeaderAppearance
  • ScrollBarLook
  • SelectedAppointmentAppearance
  • SelectedDayAppearance
  • SelectedHolidayAppearance
  • SelectedNoteAppearance
  • Tag
  • TodayAppearance
  • TodayHeaderAppearance
  • TrailingDayAppearance
  • WeekAppearance
  • WeekHeaderAppearance

* Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived component role which provides application styling information. Month to resolve Year for the month being resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether this is an alternate month. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific month goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a Month's appearance is: Date specific (), Month of the year (), If , YearLook's MonthAppearance ()m\, Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived component role which provides application styling information. Month to resolve Year for the month being resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether this is an alternate month.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific month goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a Month's appearance is: Date specific (), Month of the year (), If , YearLook's MonthAppearance ()m\, Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived component role which provides application styling information. Month to resolve Year for the month being resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether this is an alternate month. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific month goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a Month's appearance is: Date specific (), Month of the year (), If , YearLook's MonthAppearance ()m\, Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Month to resolve. Year for the month being resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating if the month being resolved is an alternate month. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific month's header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a Month's header appearance is: Date specific (), Month of the year (), If , YearLook's MonthAppearance (), Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Month to resolve. Year for the month being resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating if the month being resolved is an alternate month.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific month's header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a Month's header appearance is: Date specific (), Month of the year (), If , YearLook's MonthAppearance (), Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Month to resolve. Year for the month being resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating if the month being resolved is an alternate month. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific month's header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a Month's header appearance is: Date specific (), Month of the year (), If , YearLook's MonthAppearance (), Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Day of the week to resolve. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day of week header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day of week's header appearance is: , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Day of the week to resolve. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day of week header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day of week's header appearance is: , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Day of the week to resolve. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day of week header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day of week's header appearance is: , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a . The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating whether the day is considered a trailing day. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day's appearance is: If (), If (), If , If current date (), If , Date specific (), Day of the week (), Year specific WeekLook (), Week of the year (), Day Of the Month (), Date specific MonthLook (), Month of the year (), Day of the year (), Date specific Year (), If , If not , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a . The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating whether the day is considered a trailing day. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values. The of the to be resolved.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day's appearance is: If (), If (), If , If current date (), If , Date specific (), Day of the week (), Year specific WeekLook (), Week of the year (), Day Of the Month (), Date specific MonthLook (), Month of the year (), Day of the year (), Date specific Year (), If , If not , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a . The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating whether the day is considered a trailing day. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings. The of the to be resolved.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day's appearance is: If (), If (), If , If current date (), If , Date specific (), Day of the week (), Year specific WeekLook (), Week of the year (), Day Of the Month (), Date specific MonthLook (), Month of the year (), Day of the year (), Date specific Year (), If , If not , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a . The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating whether the day is considered a trailing day. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day's appearance is: If (), If (), If , If current date (), If , Date specific (), Day of the week (), Year specific WeekLook (), Week of the year (), Day Of the Month (), Date specific MonthLook (), Month of the year (), Day of the year (), Date specific Year (), If , If not , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a . The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating whether the day is considered a trailing day. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day's appearance is: If (), If (), If , If current date (), If , Date specific (), Day of the week (), Year specific WeekLook (), Week of the year (), Day Of the Month (), Date specific MonthLook (), Month of the year (), Day of the year (), Date specific Year (), If , If not , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day header's appearance is: If (), , If (), If , If current date (), Date specific DayLook (), Date specific DayLook (), Corresponding DayOfWeek (), Year specific WeekLook (), , , , Date specific MonthLook (), , , , Date specific YearLook (), If , If , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day header's appearance is: If (), , If (), If , If current date (), Date specific DayLook (), Date specific DayLook (), Corresponding DayOfWeek (), Year specific WeekLook (), , , , Date specific MonthLook (), , , , Date specific YearLook (), If , If , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Associated CalendarInfo object. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific day header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a day header's appearance is: If (), , If (), If , If current date (), Date specific DayLook (), Date specific DayLook (), Corresponding DayOfWeek (), Year specific WeekLook (), , , , Date specific MonthLook (), , , , Date specific YearLook (), If , If , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object's header. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Date used to locate the appropriate look objects. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Boolean indicating whether this is the ActiveDay. Boolean indicating if this day is part of an alternate month. Boolean indicating whether the cursor is positioned within the bounds of the header. Associated CalendarInfo object. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings. Resolves a object's header appearance. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific week header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a week header's appearance is: Date specific week of year (), , Default settings
Resolves a object's header appearance. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

The resolution for the appearance of a specific week header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a week header's appearance is: Date specific week of year (), , Default settings
Resolves a object's header appearance. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific week header goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a week header's appearance is: Date specific week of year (), , Default settings
Resolves a object's header appearance. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings. Boolean indicating whether the cursor is positioned within the bounds of the header. Resolve the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed

The resolution for the appearance of a specific week goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a week's appearance is: Date specific week of year (), , Default settings
Resolve the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific week goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a week's appearance is: Date specific week of year (), , Default settings
Resolve the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Week number Year The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific week goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a week's appearance is: Date specific week of year (), , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for an object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Appointment for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific appointment goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a appointment's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () If , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for an object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Appointment for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific appointment goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a appointment's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () If , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for an object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Appointment for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific appointment goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a appointment's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () If , Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Holiday for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific holiday goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a holiday's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Holiday for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific holiday goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a holiday's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Holiday for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific holiday goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a holiday's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Note for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Indicates if the appearance should be completely resolved with default values.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific holiday goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a holiday's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Note for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific holiday goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a holiday's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () Default settings
Resolves the appearance for a object. The -derived instance which provides the application styling information for the associated -derived control for which the appearance is being resolved. Note for which the appearance will be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Boolean indicating whether the object is selected. Struct containing default values to use when resolving the appearance. This appearance data will be used after resolving against the specific appearance properties but before applying the internal default settings.

The resolution for the appearance of a specific holiday goes through a staged process using the most specific information and working back through the least specific Appearance settings.

The specific resolution for a holiday's appearance is: If , 's Appearance () Default settings
Static method to get the day of year index for a given month and day. Month number Day number Day of the year Resets the properties for the specified date specific objects. Enumeration indicating which date specific objects to reset. Loads the user configuration settings for this component.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Resets the user configuration settings for this component.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Saves the user configuration settings for this component.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Indicates when the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Called when a property on a sub object has changed. A structure containing the property change information. Invoked when a subobject or property of the CalendarLook object has changed. Event parameters containing information regarding the property and/or subobject that changed. Returns a collection of user created Appearance objects. Returns or sets the for the . Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the type appointments. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the alternate months.

The determination for which months are considered alternate months is based on the month of the current date. The subsequent and following months would be considered alternate months. This would then alternate again and the following months would not be considered alternate months.

For example:

If today's date is 7/4/01, July 2001 would not be an alternate month. June 2001 and August 2001 are alternate months. Following in that pattern, May 2001 and September 2001 would not be considered alternate months.

The only control to utilize this setting by default is the . However, the and can also make use of this setting if the property is set to true. To determine if a particular in the or is an alternate month, you can check the .

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for days of an alternate month.

The determination for which months are considered alternate months is based on the month of the current date. The subsequent and following months would be considered alternate months. This would then alternate again and the following months would not be considered alternate months.

For example:

If today's date is 7/4/01, July 2001 would not be an alternate month. June 2001 and August 2001 are alternate months. Following in that pattern, May 2001 and September 2001 would not be considered alternate months.

The only control to utilize this setting by default is the . However, the and can also make use of this setting if the property is set to true.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for month header of an alternate month.

The determination for which months are considered alternate months is based on the month of the current date. The subsequent and following months would be considered alternate months. This would then alternate again and the following months would not be considered alternate months.

For example:

If today's date is 7/4/01, July 2001 would not be an alternate month. June 2001 and August 2001 are alternate months. Following in that pattern, May 2001 and September 2001 would not be considered alternate months.

The only control to utilize this setting by default is the . However, the and can also make use of this setting if the property is set to true.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for objects.

The AppointmentAppearance is the most general appearance that can be used to affect all objects. settings from the will override these settings for type appointments. The of the Appointment will override these settings to affect the specific for which the Appearance has been applied.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the objects.

The DayAppearance is the most general appearance that can be used to affect all objects. settings from the and will override these settings for days in non-alternate and alternate months respectively. The of the DayLook will override these settings to affect the specific day for which the Appearance has been applied.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for day headers.

The DayHeaderAppearance is the most general appearance that can be used to affect the day header of all objects. settings from the will override these settings for day headers in alternate months in the control. The of the DayLook will override these settings to affect the specific day for which the Appearance has been applied.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the month headers of alternate months.

The determination for which months are considered alternate months is based on the month of the current date. The subsequent and following months would be considered alternate months. This would then alternate again and the following months would not be considered alternate months.

For example:

If today's date is 7/4/01, July 2001 would not be an alternate month. June 2001 and August 2001 are alternate months. Following in that pattern, May 2001 and September 2001 would not be considered alternate months.

The only control to utilize this setting by default is the . However, the and can also make use of this setting if the property is set to true.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for day headers which is applied when the cursor is positioned within its bounds. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for day headers which is applied when the cursor is positioned within its bounds. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the headers.

The DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance is the most general appearance that can be used to affect all objects. The of the will override these settings to affect the specific day of week for which the Appearance has been applied.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the days which contain activity.

A is considered to have activity if any , , or occurs on or includes that date in its range. You can determine if a has activity by checking its property. To retreive the activities which fall within that date, refer to the , , or .

For more information on how the appearance for a is resolved, refer to the method.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the objects. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the objects. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the month headers. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the objects. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for selected objects.

The collection of selected appointments is maintained in the . You can also check or set an appointment's selected state via the property.

If the or are not specifically set, the system's highlight and highlight text colors will be used.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for selected objects.

The collection of selected days is maintained in the . You can also check or set a day's selected state via the property.

If the or are not specifically set, the system's highlight and highlight text colors will be used.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for selected objects.

The collection of selected holidays is maintained in the . You can also check or set an holiday's selected state via the property.

If the or are not specifically set, the system's highlight and highlight text colors will be used.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for selected objects.

The collection of selected notes is maintained in the . You can also check or set an note's selected state via the property.

If the or are not specifically set, the system's highlight and highlight text colors will be used.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the object representing the current system date. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the leading and trailing days.

The only controls which utilize this setting are the and . Leading and trailing days are days which appear in first and last but are not part of that . To determine if a particular VisibleMonth has leading or trailing days, refer to its and properties.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

User defined data associated with the component.

The Tag property may be used to store information in the component. The component itself does use this data but will serialize it if it has been set.

Returns or sets the for the objects. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for the headers. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

The object that enables, disables and controls firing of CalendarLook specific events.

The event cannot be suppressed.

Returns or sets the collection of objects representing the days of the week.

The objects provide settings for the days for the specific day of the week. They also maintain the information for the day of week headers.

Returns or sets a collection of 31 objects representing the days of the month.

The objects contained in the collection provide settings for days of any year or month that fall on the specific day number within the month for which the day belongs.

Returns or sets a collection of 366 objects representing the days of the year.

The objects contained in the collection provide settings for days of any year that fall on the specific day of the year.

Since leap years have 366 days as opposed to 365, day number 59 is always considered Feb 29. Therefore, it is recommended that the which accepts a day number and month number or the method which accepts a date be used.

Returns or sets the collection of 54 objects.

The objects contained in the collection provide settings for a specific week number of any year that are part of that week number.

Since the and determine what dates are part of a particular week number of a specific year, WeekLook objects are not associated with specific dates. Instead, the week number for a particular year is calculated based on the date, WeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

Returns or sets a collection of 12 objects.

The objects contained in the collection provide settings for months and days of any year that fall within a particular month.

Returns a new object

The is used during serialization and deserialization of the date specific look objects.

Returns or sets the for the days in non-alternate months.

The MonthDayAppearance is used to affect all objects that are not part of alternate months. settings from the and will override these settings for days in non-alternate and alternate months respectively. The of the DayLook will override these settings to affect the specific day for which the Appearance has been applied.

Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or gets the object that controls the appearance of the scrollbars in the controls. Gets/sets the view style for the component. Determines how controls that are attached to this instance of the component will appear.

When left at its default value (Default), the actual value of the ViewStyle property resolves to 'Standard'.

Gets/sets the header for the object representing the current system date. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets the for owner headers. Indicates whether an object has been created. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Indicates whether this component should automatically save its user configuration settings.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Gets or sets the format in which the user customizations settings will be saved and loaded Gets or sets the type of information that should be saved and loaded automatically A unique string that distinguishes this UltraCalendarLook form others in the solution it is being used in. This is needed to store user configuration settings.

Note: The location where the settings are stored varies depending on the configuration of the system running the application. Information about where these locations are is currently unavailable in Microsoft's MSDN Library.

Returns a collection of instances which are used to generate the colors used as default values for the appearance properties when the property is set to 'Office2007'. Fired after any property has changed in the CalendarLook object Display the about dialog Return the license we cached inside the constructor Returns the array used to hold the AppearanceHolders for the UltraCalendarLook object. Gets the UltraToolbarsManagerApplicationSettings instance which saves and loads user customizations from the default store Returns the event handler that notifies OnSubObjectPropChanged Appearances for the CalendarLook object. ActiveDayAppearance Property AllDayEventAppearance Property AlternateMonthAppearance Property AlternateMonthDayAppearance Property AlternateMonthHeaderAppearance Property AppointmentAppearance Property DayAppearance Property DayOfWeekHeaderAppearance Property DayWithActivityAppearance Property HolidayAppearance Property MonthAppearance Property MonthHeaderAppearance Property NoteAppearance Property SelectedAppointmentAppearance Property SelectedDayAppearance Property SelectedHolidayAppearance Property SelectedNoteAppearance Property TrailingDayAppearance Property MonthDayAppearance Property TodayAppearance Property WeekAppearance Property WeekHeaderAppearance Property DayHeaderAppearance Property AlternateMonthDayHeaderAppearance Property TodayHeaderAppearance OwnerHeaderAppearance DayHeaderHotTrackingAppearance WeekHeaderHotTrackingAppearance Helps with the saving and loading of data from the default store Constructor The owner of this settings instance The settingsKey of the owner Gets or sets the binary data which contains the calendar look configuration settings Gets or sets the xml string which contains the calendar look configuration settings Type converter class for the object Constructor GetPropertiesSupported method ITypeDescriptorContext Boolean indicating whether the object using this type converter supports properties. Provides design-time services for the component. Initializes component values first time component is created. Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraCalendarLook. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. AllDayEventAreaDay UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. The visible day index. The Owner Indicates if this is the first visible day. Indicates if this is the last visible day. Draws the back color for selected days The used to provide rendering information. Draws a border on the right The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object being sought. Boolean indicating if the parent items should be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse is double clicked on this element. True if double clicked over adjustable area of element. Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Returns which borders the element draws Returns Solid BorderStyle if the controls FlatMode property is set otherwise Etched BorderStyle

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Performs the default action for this instance. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the default accessible action for this instance. AllDayEventArea UIElement.

This element appears within the . Only one of these elements is created for each control.

This element directly contains the following elements: one or more , zero or more .

Constructor The parent element. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Draw divider lines for the day headers. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returns the associated with this instance. AllDayEvent UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each all day event displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: one , zero or more .

ResizableAllDayEventUIElement class Creates a new instance of the class. The parent UIElement The or that this element represents Returns true if the passed in point is over an area of this element that would require the AdjustableCursor to be displayed In client coordinates Returns true if the passed in point is over the left side of the resizable area In client coordinates Returns true if the passed in point is over the left side of the resizable area In client coordinates The cursor to use over the adjustable area of the element. The point that should be used to determine if the area is adjustable. The cursor that should be used to represent an adjustable region. Called when the resize operation is cancelled by pressing the Escape key Override the default implementation to support resizing appointments Mouse event arguments Set to true if the cursor location is in the element's adjustable area If set will capture the mouse for the element Boolean indicating whether to bypass default processing Override the default implementation to support resizing appointments Mouse event arguments Override the default implementation to support resizing appointments Mouse event arguments Boolean indicating whether to bypass default processing Initializes this instance for use with a new AllDayEvent The AllDayEvent object which this element will represent in the user interface. Called after a CaptureAborted is received and the adjustment is canceled. Returns true is this element can be moved or resized by the user Deriving classes should implement conditional logic to make the element non-adjustable (for example, when the object the element represents is disabled or locked) Called when the Escape key is pressed to determine whether capture should end Returns whether the UIElement is currently being resized via the right edge Returns whether the UIElement is currently being resized via the left edge Returns whether this element is currently in the process of being resized. Constructor The parent element. The all day event. The starting day. The ending day. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object being sought. Boolean indicating if the parent items should be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse is double clicked on this element. True if double clicked over adjustable area of element. Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Initializes this instance for use with a new AllDayEvent The AllDayEvent object which this element will represent in the user interface. The starting day The ending day Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Returning true causes all drawing of this element's children to be explicitly clipped to its region Returns 'Solid' BorderStyle Returns borders based on whether the appointment is completely visible from start to end Returns whether this element can be resized by the end user. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns the region of this element. Returns whether all drawing of this element is explicitly clipped to its Region. Returns the bounds of the portion of this element which is contained within the borders. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Performs the default action for this instance. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the default accessible action for this instance. Creates a new instance of the AppointmentResizeInfo class. The appointment that is being resized The direction of the resize: left or right Resets all properties to their default values. Restores the original start and end dates for the appointment. Gets/sets the appointment that is currently in the process of being resized Gets whether the current resize operation was initiated by dragging the right edge of the appointment. Gets whether the current resize operation was initiated by dragging the right edge of the appointment. Gets/set the last date that Appointment was resized to AppointmentSelected UIElement.

This element appears within the . Two of these elements (one above and one below the associated ) is created for each selected displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Checks if the point is over the element. In client coordinates Indicates whether the clipping of the element should be ignored. true if the point is over the element; otherwise, false. Returns 'Solid' BorderStyle Returns borders based on whether the appointment is completely visible from start to end AppointmentSelected UIElement.

This element appears within the . Two of these elements (one above and one below the associated ) is created for each unselected displayed in the control when the property resolves to true.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. The Appointment. The position of the shadow. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Does nothing unless the associated CalendarLook object's ResolveDayAppearance method returns a BackColor The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Indicates if the mouse is within the element. Point in client coordinates True to ignore clipping False since the shadow should not respond to the mouse. Returns 'None' BorderStyle UIElementShadowPosition The shadow is drawn for the bottom edge of the UIElement. The shadow is drawn for the right edge of the UIElement. The shadow is drawn for the right edge of the UIElement. Appointment UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: one , zero or more .

The parent element. The Appointment. Initializes this instance for use with a new The appointment. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Draw divider lines for the day headers. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the OnMouseEnter to display a tooltip to the user. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Called when the mouse is double clicked on this element. True if double clicked over adjustable area of element. Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Draw divider lines for the day headers. The used to provide rendering information. Returns whether the specified point falls within the adjustable area of this . The client coordinates Returns whether the supplied point is within the color bar area of the appointment. The point to test Returns whether the supplied point is within the main body area of the appointment. The point to test Draws the background for this . UIElementDrawParams Returning true causes all drawing of this element's children to be explicitly clipped to its region Returns the region of this element. Returns whether all drawing of this element is explicitly clipped to its Region. Returns the BorderStyle for this UIElement. Returns which borders are drawn for this UIElement. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Returns the cursor that should be used when the mouse is over the element. Return the appropriate object depending on whether this is a resize operation or a drag operation. Returns whether the appointment text fits within the appointment's rect. Returns the rectangle where the in-place editor should be placed. Returns the location where the in-place editor should be placed. Returns the size that the in-place editor should occupy. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns the bounds of the portion of this element which is contained within the borders. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Performs the default action for this instance. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the default accessible action for this instance. Infragistics UltraWinSchedule UltraDayView control.

Note: Because the UltraDayView control is designed primarily to display time-related information, the control does not display objects.

objects are, however, displayed by the and controls.

Constructor Called before an appointment is edited. An that contains the event data. Called after an appoinment is edited. An that contains the event data. Called before an appointment is dragged. An that contains the event data. Called after an appointment is dragged. An that contains the event data. Called before an appointment is resized. An that contains the event data. Called after an appointment is resized. An that contains the event data. Called before the time slot selection changes. An that contains the event data. Called after the time slot selection changes. An that contains the event data. Called before an appointment tooltip is displayed. An that contains the event data. Called before a Holiday tooltip is displayed. The BeforeHolidayToolTipDisplayedEventArgs instance which provides information about the event. Called before appointments are deleted. An that contains the event data. Called after appointments are deleted. An that contains the event data. Called before the control is scrolled. An that contains the event data. Called after the control is scrolled. An that contains the event data. Called when a object is added to the collection. The instance that contains information about the that is initializing. Called before the active owner has changed. An that contains the event data. Called after the active owner has changed. An that contains the event data. Called after an action was performed. An that contains the event data. Called before an action is performed. An that contains the event data. Called after one or more s have been dragged and dropped onto a new date. An that contains the event data. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Called when the font has changed Called when a property or subobject's property value has changed. Called when the control is resized. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Called when the mousewheel is rotated. Called when a property has changed on a sub object A structure containing the property change information. Called when the associated object's BeforeDisplayAppointmentDialog event fires. DisplayAppointmentDialogEventArgs Returns true if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values.

Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values.

Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values.

Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the NonWorkingHourTimeSlotAppearance object to their default values. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the SelectedTimeSlotAppearance object to their default values. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values. Returns true if the property has been modified needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Use this method to determine if a object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Simulates user interaction with the control.

Invoke this method to simulate an action the user can perform.

Many actions are only appropriate in certain situations; if an action is inappropriate, it will not be performed. For example, attempting to delete appointments by performing the DeleteSelectedAppointments action will have no effect if no appointments are selected.

You can use the property to determine the state of the control when the action is about to be performed.

Enumeration indicating the action to take. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed.
Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed.

Invoke this method to simulate an action the user can perform.

Many actions are only appropriate in certain situations; if an action is inappropriate, it will not be performed. For example, attempting to delete appointments by performing the DeleteSelectedAppointments action will have no effect if no appointments are selected.

You can use the property to determine the state of the control when the action is about to be performed.

Ensures that the identified by the supplied time slot index is visible. Scrolls the into view if it is not. Index of the in the If true, forces the to be made visible in the first visible position. Returns true if the display had to be scrolled to make the visible, false if it was already visible. Ensures that the identified by the supplied hour and minute is visible. Scrolls the into view if it is not. The hour component of the time. The minute component of the time. If true, forces the to be made visible in the first visible position. Returns true if the display had to be scrolled to make the visible, false if it was already visible. Ensures that the identified by the supplied datetime is visible. Scrolls the into view if it is not. A DateTime representing the time. Only the hour and minute components of the datetime are significant. If true, forces the to be made visible in the first visible position. Returns true if the display had to be scrolled to make the visible, false if it was already visible. Returns the under the point or null if there is no at the point. The x-coordinate of the point to test The y-coordinate of the point to test Appointment Returns the under the point or null if there is no at the point. The point to test, expressed in client coordinates of the control. Returns an object, or null if no was found at the supplied point. Returns the object that applies to the element under the point or null if no object applies. The x-coordinate of the point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. The y-coordinate of the point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. TimeSlot object or null if no TimeSlot object applies. Returns the object that applies to the element under the point or null if no object applies. The point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. object or null if no object applies. Returns the object that contains the given time. The time that must be contained in the object. object.

Note: When the associated component's property is set to a TimeSpan of less than 24 hours, this method can return null, as a that corresponds to the specified time might not exist.

Returns the object that applies to the element under the point or null if no object applies. The x-coordinate of the point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. The y-coordinate of the point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. object or null if no object applies. Returns the object that applies to the element under the point or null if no object applies. The point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. object or null if no object applies. Scrolls a column into view if it isn't already in view. The specific date. The specific owner. If true, forces the owner/date to scroll into view as the first column, if possible. Returns the day at the logical index specified. The zero-based index in the overall set of logical columns. The day at the logical index specified. Returns the zero-based index of the column in the overall set of logical columns. The specific date. The specific owner. The zero-based index of the column in the overall set of logical columns. Returns the owner at the logical index specified. The zero-based index in the overall set of logical columns. The owner at the logical index specified. Determines if the column is in view. The specific date. The specific owner. True if the column is in view. Returns the object that applies to the element under the point or null if no object applies. The x-coordinate of the point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. The y-coordinate of the point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. object or null if no object applies.

Note: When the control's property is set to 'Merged', this method is not applicable and returns null (Nothing in VB).

Returns the object that applies to the element under the point or null if no object applies. The point to test expressed in client coordinates of the control. object or null if no object applies.

Note: When the control's property is set to 'Merged', this method is not applicable and returns null (Nothing in VB).

Returns the DateTime at the specified point, or null if the hit test did not yield a date. The location to test, expressed in client coordinates. [out] Upon return, contains a reference to the TimeSlot at the specified point, or null if the hit test did not yield a TimeSlot. Not applicable when the return from this method is null.

When the specified point references an area of the control which is within a TimeSlot, the returned value will contain a time component, which reflects the start time of that TimeSlot. Since the time of the first TimeSlot is typically midnight, and thus indistinguishable from a date with no time component, the parameter exists to allow the caller to differentiate between the AllDayEvent area and the TimeSlot area.

Returns the date and time at the specified point, or null if the hit test did not yield a date/time. The location to test, expressed in client coordinates.

Use the DateTimeFromPoint(Point, TimeSlot) method in cases where the caller needs to differentiate between the AllDayEvent area and the TimeSlot area.

DateTimeFromPoint(Point, TimeSlot)
Called when an object is created or set The new object The previous object Called when a object is created or set The new object The previous object Called when a property of the instance assigned to this control's property has changed. The instance which contains information about the property change. Called when the value of the property has changed on the instance associated with this control. Note that this method is also called when a new UltraCalendarLook instance is assigned whose ViewStyle property's value is different than the previously assigned instance. The new value of the property. Handles the scrollbar control's OnValueChanged event Handles user interactivity with the scrollbar Handles the scrollbar control's OnValueChanged event Handles user interactivity with the scrollbar Returns the time slot nearest the supplied point. Returns the day ui element nearest the supplied point. Returns the Appointment UIElement under the point or null if there is no Appointment UIElement at the point. The point to test, expressed in client coordinates of the control. UIElement Returns the TimeSlotUIElement under the point or null if there is no TimeSlotUIElement at the point. The point to test. TimeSlotUIElement Resolve the appearance for the AppointmentUIElement. The Appointment object which provides a context for the appearance resolution. Specifies whether the appearance is being resolved for the "click to add" indicator. Resolve the appearance for the AppointmentUIElement. The Appointment object which provides a context for the appearance resolution. Specifies whether the appearance is being resolved for the "click to add" indicator. Specifies whether the appearance should be resolved as if it was selected. Resolves the appearance for the DayHeader The date The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for the DayHeader The date Indicates if the day header is hot tracking. The Owner The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for the DayUIElement. Clear initialSelection. Determines if selecting the item would be compatible with the current selection The selectable item True if the item is selectable Called when a dragging operation is about to begin. The position of the mouse at the start of the drag Returns true means that it was handled internally and no further action should be taken Select the specified item. The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection should be cleared. Returns true if action was canceled, false otherwise. Unselect the specified item. The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection should be cleared. Returns true if action was canceled, false otherwise. Save initial selection settings for specified type Potentially translates the passed-in item to a ISelectableItem of a different type. For instance, the grid translates a passed-in cell into its parent row if CellClickAction is CellClickActionRowSelect. Selecting a range based on the specified item. The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection should be cleared. Invoked during the of the component. Invoked during the of the component. OnKeyDown An that contains the event data. OnKeyPress An that contains the event data. OnKeyUp An that contains the event data. Returns whether the specified key should be processed by the SilentTextBox as a dialog key The key to evaluate Factory method used to create the component role that provides the style information for the control. The created. Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. Configures this control's ToolTip component based on the ViewStyle. Resolves the general control appearance. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Determines whether the property has changed from its default value. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Called when the ClickToAddAppointmentUIElement is clicked. The ClickToAddAppointmentUIElement Called when the Office2007MoreItemsIndicator is clicked. The element that received the click notification. Creates a new accessibility object for the control. A new for the control. Displays the About dialog for the control. Return the license we cached inside the constructor Event fired before an appointment is edited.

A reference to the that is about to be edited is passed in the event args.

The edit operation can be canceled from within this event by setting the event args Cancel parameter to true.

Event fired after an appointment is edited.

A reference to the that was edited is passed in the event args.

Event fired before an appointment or group of appointments is moved.

A reference to an array of the appointments being moved is passed in the event args.

The move operation can be canceled from within this event by setting the event args Cancel parameter to true.

Event fired after an appointment or group of appointments is moved.

A reference to an array of the appointments just moved is passed in the event args.

Event fired before an appointment is resized.

A reference to the that is about to be resized is passed in the event args, along with the new start and end time of the .

The resize operation can be canceled from within this event by setting the event args Cancel parameter to true.

Event fired after an appointment is resized.

A reference to the that was resized is passed in the event args.

Event fired before the time slot selection is changed.

Both the old and new selected time slot range is passed in the event args.

The selection can be canceled from within this event by setting the event args Cancel parameter to true.

Event fired after the time slot selection is changed.

No additional parameters are passed in the event args. To determine what the new selected time slot range is, check the property of the control.

Event fired before an appointment tooltip is displayed.

A reference to the as well as the tooltip text is passed in the event args.

The tooltip text is modifiable. If you modify the tooltip text in this event, the modified text will be displayed in the tooltip.

Event fired before a Holiday tooltip is displayed. BeforeHolidayToolTipDisplayedEventArgs class Holiday Event fired before appointments are deleted.

A reference to an array of the appointments being deleted is passed in the event args.

Also passed is a boolean value (DisplayPromptMsg, defaulted to true) that indicates whether the control should display a prompt message asking the user to confirm the deletion. You can set DisplayPromptMsg to false to suppress display of the dialog.

Event fired after appointments are deleted.

This event is fired after one or more appointments are deleted.

Event fired before the control is scrolled.

This event is fired before the time slots are scrolled, due to either a user click on the scrollbar or a programmatic repositioning of the scrollbar via a call to the method.

A reference to the object which would occupy the first visible time slot position after the scroll is passed in the event args.

The scroll operation can be canceled from within this event by setting the event args Cancel parameter to true.

Event fired after the control is scrolled.

This event is fired after the time slots are scrolled.

A reference to the object which now occupies the first visible time slot position is passed in the event args.

Event fired before a object is added to the collection.

A reference to the that is about to be added is passed in the event args.

Event fired before the active owner has been changed.

This event is fired before the has changed.

The operation can be canceled from within this event by setting the event args Cancel parameter to true.

Event fired after the active owner has been changed. Event fired after an action associated with a key action mapping has been performed. \ Event fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed.

BeforePerformAction event gets fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed. It is a cancelable event. When it's cancelled, UltraDayView will not perform the action for which this event was fired.

Fired after a drag/drop operation that contains one or more s has been completed.

The AppointmentsDragComplete event is fired after a drag operation that includes s has been completed.

To determine what s have been dragged, use the collection.

Note: By default, the collection is cleared when the is changed. This can be prevented by handling the event and setting the property to false.

Returns the main element Returns the default size for the control. Returns or sets the active owner. Returns or sets the appearance used for the all day event area.

The AllDayEvent area is the rectangular area near the top of UltraDayView control (just beneath the header for each ) which displays s that have been marked as AllDayEvents (i.e., their property has been set to true) as well as s.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets whether columns that separate owner/days can be resized by the user.

When this property is set to true the use will get a resize cursor over the vertical column separators and can resize the columns down the the .

Returns whether columns that separate owner/days can be resized by the user.

If is set to Default then this property returns false if is set to NoGrouping.

Returns or sets the object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the control's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraDayView1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraDayViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets whether a new is automatically created and placed in edit mode when the user has time slots selected and presses the enter key.

When this property is set to true an is automatically created when the user presses the Enter key and one or more time slots is selected.

Note: The created appointment is not added to the collection immediately.

Instead, the event is raised. If the user presses the Enter key again then the appointment is added to the collection. However, if the user presses Escape the appointment is cancelled and the time slots are re-selected.

Returns or sets whether the is automatically displayed when the user double clicks on an or .

When this property is set to true (its default value) the is automatically displayed when the user double clicks on an or .

If this property is set to false you can manually display the at any time by calling the method of the object associated with the control.

BackColor property - use the Appearance.Backcolor property instead. BackgroundImage property - use the Appearance.ImageBackground property instead. Returns or sets the border style for the entire control

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns or sets what type of UI is presented to the user to scroll columns and groups into view. Returns the actual setting used at runtime, it will never return 'Default'. Returns bit flags that represent the state of the control.

Use this property to determine if the control is currently editing an appointment, dragging appointments etc.

Refer to the documentation for the enumeration for a complete list of the possible states.

Not supported - use the Appearance.Cursor property instead. Returns or sets the appearance used when editing an in place. Returns true if an appearance object has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns the object that enables, disables and controls the firing of specific events.

The event manager gives you a high degree of control over how the invokes event procedures. You can use it to selectively enable and disable event procedures depending on the context of your application. You can also use the event manager to return information about the state of the control's events.

Returns or sets the first visible .

Use this property to determine which is currently in the first visible time slot position or to cause a to be in the first visible time slot position.

Not supported - use the Appearance.FontData property instead. Not supported - use the Appearance.ForeColor property instead. Returns or sets whether days are grouped within owners, owners are grouped within days or appointments for all owners are mixed together. Returns or sets whether the scrollbar is visible.

When this property is set to true the scrollbar is visible.

Returns or sets whether the time slot descriptor area is hidden.

When this property is set to true the time slot descriptor area is hidden.

The time slot descriptor area is the area to the left of the time slots that contains the time slot descriptors.

Returns or sets the color used to fill time bars for time slots with no activity.

This property lets you specify the the color used to fill the time bar (the narrow rectangular area at the left edge of a time slot) when the has no activity (i.e., no appointments fall within the range of the time slot.

The time bars for time slots that contain activity will be filled with the color specified by the property of the objects that fall within the range of the time slot.

Returns the collection of columns that are currently in view. Returns the number of columns that are in view.

This is the total count of columns acroos groups that are in view.

Returns the number of groups that are in view.

Returns 1 if is set to NoGrouping. Otherwise, uses 'Preferred...' and settings to determine how main groups are in view.

Returns an object that provides the ability to reconfigure the way the control responds to user keystrokes.

KeyCode ActionCode StateRequired StateDisallowed SpecialKeysRequired SpecialKeysDisallowed
RightSameTimeSlotNextDayTimeSlotSelectedAppointmentInEdit, VisibleDaySelectedNoneNone
LeftSameTimeSlotPreviousDayTimeSlotSelectedAppointmentInEdit, VisibleDaySelectedNoneNone
UpPreviousTimeSlotTimeSlotSelectedAppointmentInEditNoneNone
DownNextTimeSlotTimeSlotSelectedAppointmentInEditNoneNone
HomeFirstWorkingHourTimeSlotNoneAppointmentInEditNoneNone
EndLastWorkingHourTimeSlotNoneAppointmentInEditNoneNone
PriorPageUpNoneNoneNoneNone
NextPageDownNoneNoneNoneNone
RightNextVisibleDayVisibleDaySelectedAppointmentInEdit, TimeSlotSelectedNoneNone
LeftPreviousVisibleDayVisibleDaySelectedAppointmentInEdit, TimeSlotSelectedNoneNone
DeleteDeleteSelectedAppointmentsAppointmentsSelectedAppointmentInEditNoneNone
EnterEndCurrentEditSaveChangesAppointmentInEdit0NoneNone
EscapeEndCurrentEditDiscardChangesAppointmentInEdit0NoneNone

Returns the number of logical columns. Returns or sets the maximum # of visible days

If set to 0 will allow 14 visible days if is set to Nogrouping. Otherwise, no limit will will be imposed if this property is set to 0.

Returns the maximum # of visible days (0 means no limit).

If is set to 0 will return 14 if is set to Nogrouping. Otherwise, it will the return the setting.

Returns or sets the minimum width of a column in pixels. Returns or sets the minimum number of time slots that should be displayed.

By default, preference is given to the AllDayEventArea when the determining the number of time slots that will be displayed. The height of the AllDayEventArea is dependant upon the number of and multi-day objects displayed in the . When there isn't enough room to display all the activities in the AllDayEventArea, no time slots are displayed. The MinimumVisibleTimeSlots can be used to ensure that a specific number of time slots are displayed when possible.

Note: Since some area must be left for the AllDayEventArea, it is possible that less time slots than the MinimumVisibleTimeSlots will be shown depending upon the height of the UltraDayView.

Returns or sets the appearance used when drawing s in the non-working hour range.

The non-working hour range is determined by looking at the and properties of the object that applies to the containing the .

Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns or sets the preferred width of columns in pixels.

If is greater than 0 then this property is ignored. Otherwise, if it is greater than 0 and is true then this setting is adjusted as the user resizes columns.

Returns or sets the number of columns that are in view initially.

If is true then this setting is ignored after the user performs the first resize operation.

Returns or sets the number of groups that are in view initially. Returns or sets the appearance used to render the all day event area when a is selected. Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns or sets the appearance used for selected time slots. Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns an object which identifies the range of selected time slots.

Use this property to determine which time slots are currently selected.

Returns a collection of objects representing the visible days that are currently selected.

Refer to the collection for information on how the determines what days to display.

Returns or sets whether owner headers are displayed. Returns whether owner headers are displayed.

When is set to DefaultableBoolean.Default (the default setting), the property resolves to false when the is set to NoGrouping. Otherwise, it resolves to true.

Returns or sets the appearance used when drawing the time slot descriptors. Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns a value that determines the duration of each . Returns a collection of objects representing all the time slots in the control (those visible and those scrolled out of view). The main UI element for the control (read-only). Returns a collection of objects representing the days displayed in the control.

The control determines what days to display by looking at the . The contains 1 object for each date in the object. If no date ranges are currently selected, then the contains only 1 day - the day represented by the property.

The can contain up to 14 entries. If the object contains more than 14 days, only the first 14 are contained in the .

Returns or sets the appearance used when drawing time slots in the working hour range.

The working hour range is determined by looking at the and properties of the object that applies to the containing the .

Returns true if a appearance object has been created. Use this property to determine if a object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed. Returns/sets the control that implements the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface for editing s.

By default, the control uses the EditorWithText to edit s. The AppointmentEditorControl property can be used to assign a different editor to be used for editing s.

The AppointmentEditorControl property cannot be set to a control that does not implement the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

AppointmentEditor
Returns whether the control is currently editing an . AppointmentEditor AppointmentEditorComponent Returns/sets a value indicating whether to show editing buttons when using embeddable editors. Gets/sets the label that is displayed by the time slot descriptor area for the additional time zone.

The control provides the ability to display a second , alongside the main one, that displays the time slots for an additional time zone. The AdditionalTimeZoneLabel property provides a way to set the text that is displayed in the label area for this additional TimeSlotDescriptorAreaUIElement.

Note: To enable the Office2003 view style, set the property to DefaultableBoolean.True on the object that is associated with this control.

Gets/sets the label that is displayed by the time slot descriptor area for the current time zone.

The CurrentTimeZoneLabel property provides a way to set the text that is displayed in the label area for the control's main .

Note: To enable the Office2003 view style, set the property to DefaultableBoolean.True on the object that is associated with this control.

Gets/sets the TimeSpan that represents the offset from Universal Coordinated Time for the additional time zone.

The control provides the ability to display a second , alongside the main one, that displays the time slots for an additional time zone. The AdditionalTimeZoneUtcOffset property determines which time zone is displayed by the TimeSlotDescriptorAreaUIElement.

Note: To enable the Office2003 view style, set the property to DefaultableBoolean.True on the object that is associated with this control.

Gets/sets whether a time slot descriptor area is displayed for an additional time zone.

The control provides the ability to display a second , alongside the main one, that displays the time slots for an additional time zone. The AdditionalTimeZoneVisible property determines whether this additional TimeSlotDescriptorAreaUIElement is displayed.

Note:The AdditionalTimeZoneVisible property is not applicable when the property is set to false, i.e., the additional time zone is only displayed along with the current time zone.

Note: To enable the Office2003 view style, set the property to DefaultableBoolean.True on the object that is associated with this control.

Gets/sets whether shadows are rendered for the UIElement that represents an .

When the property of the associated with this control is set to Standard, the AppointmentShadowVisible property resolves to False; when is set to Office2003, the AppointmentShadowVisible property resolves to True. The property can of course be explicitly set to true or false, independent of the current view style.

Note: To enable the Office2003 view style, set the property to DefaultableBoolean.True on the object that is associated with this control.

Returns the resolved value of the property. The property is read-only, and is only available at runtime. Gets/sets whether a marker is drawn to indicate the current time in the main time slot descriptor area.

When the property of the associated with this control is set to Standard, the CurrentTimeIndicatorVisible property resolves to False; when is set to Office2003, the CurrentTimeIndicatorVisible property resolves to True. The property can of course be explicitly set to true or false, independent of the current view style.

Note: To enable the Office2003 view style, set the property to DefaultableBoolean.True on the object that is associated with this control.

Returns the resolved value of the property. The property is read-only, and is only available at runtime. Gets/sets the format that is applied to the header that is displayed for each .

Note: When the object's property is set to a value other than null or an empty string, the value of the DayTextFormat property is not applicable for that .

Returns or sets a value that determines how often labels are displayed for TimeSlotDescriptors. This property will not have any effect when is SixtyMinutes. Returns the resolved value that determines how often labels are displayed for TimeSlotDescriptors based on and . Returns the default background color for s that fall in the range defined by the associated object's working hours. Returns the default background color for s that fall in the range defined by the associated object's non-working hours. Returns the event handler that notifies Scroll Returns the event handler that notifies ValueChanged Returns the role which represents the control area Returns a reference to this control's ToolTip component, or null if this control has none. Gets/sets whether the 'Click to add appointment/event' indicators are displayed when the cursor hovers over the day area. Returns the resolved value of the property. Returns whether a drag or resize operation is currently in progress. Returns whether validation is supported through embeddable editors. The Accessible object for the control. The AccessibleRole for the TimeSlotUIElement (Cell) The AccessibleRole for the AppointmentUIElement (Cell) The AccessibleRole for the AppointmentUIElement (Grouping) The AccessibleRole for the DayUIElement (Grouping) The AccessibleRole for the DayHeaderUIElement and OwnerHeaderUIElement (ColumnHeader) The AccessibleRole for the GroupUIElement (Grouping) The AccessibleRole for the Office2007MoreItemsIndicatorUIElement (Indicator) Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Returns the child UIElement of the specified type in the specified parentElement's ChildElements collection, or null if none could be located at the specified index. Note that the index is an abstraction, the valid range for which lies between zero and the number of elements of that type in the ChildElements collection. Returns all child UIElements of the specified type in the specified parentElement's ChildElements collection, or null if none exist. Populates the specified ArrayList with all descendant UIElements of the specified type, starting from the specified parentElement. Returns the ScrollBarUIElement with the specified Orientation. Handles selection for an AccessibleObject. The ISelectionManager interface implementor handling selection. The item being selected. The AccessibleSelection bitmask which describes the manner of selection. The accessible name for the data area. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the description for this instance. Returns the AccessibleObject for the ActiveDay and, if appointment grouping is in effect, the ActiveOwner. Returns the MainUIElement for this UltraDayView instance. Returns the HeadingAreaUIElement for this UltraDayView instance. Note that this property should only be used when appointment grouping is not in effect. Returns the DayAreaUIElement for this UltraDayView instance. Note that this property should only be used when appointment grouping is not in effect. Returns the ScrollBarUIElement which represents the vertical scrollbar for this UltraDayView instance. Returns the ScrollBarUIElement which represents the horizontal scrollbar for this UltraDayView instance. Constructor Redeuces the value of the FontData's SizeInPoints property, if necessary, to ensure that it fits in the EmbeddableTextBox A reference to the AppearanceData struct that contains the font information. The edit mode element that defines the constraining rectangle. Constructor Designer class for the UltraDayView control. GetTextBaseLine Overrides UltraControlDesigner GetTextBaseLine DefaultableInteger Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraDayView. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Used by SmartTag Panel. DayArea UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control.

This element directly contains the following elements: 1 or more .

Constructor The parent element. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Virtual method that is called each time the mouse pans vertically Derived classes should override this method The number of pixels between the cursor position and the origin mark. This value is positive when the cursor is below the origin mark, negative when it is above the origin mark, and zero if it is within the origin mark threshold Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returning true causes all drawing of this element's children to be explicitly clipped to its region Gets whether this Element supports vertical mouse panning DayHeaderArea UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control.

This element directly contains the following elements: 1 or more .

Constructor Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Returns 2 or 3 borders Returns Solid BorderStyle DayHeader UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: and

DayHeader UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: and

UIElement-derived class for elements that exhibit hot-tracking effects. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Called when the cursor enters the bounds of this element. Called when the cursor leaves the bounds of this element. Returns whether this element can exhibit hot-tracking effects. Derived classes can override this property to prevent hot tracking; the default implementation returns true. Returns whether this element is currently hot tracking. Constructor The parent element. Indicates if this is the first visible header. Indicates whether this is a group header. Indicates if this is the last visible header. Draws the borders of this UIElement. The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the settings of the GroupColumnHeaderUIElement Indicates if this is a group header. Indicates if this is the first visible header. Indicates if this is the last visible header. Returns which borders the element draws Returns Solid BorderStyle if the controls FlatMode property is set otherwise Etched BorderStyle

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns true if this is the first visible header Returns true if this is a group header Returns true if this is the first visible header Returns whether this element can exhibit hot-tracking effects. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Returns the UIElement associated with this instance. Returns the UltraDayView control associated with this instance. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns whether the entity this instance represents is read-only. Constructor The parent element. The visible index of the day. Constructor The parent element. The date. Indicates if this is the first visible header. Indicates if this is a grouo header. Indicates if this is the last visible header. The Owner. Draws the borders of this UIElement. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object being sought. Boolean indicating if the parent items should be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse is double clicked on this element. True if double clicked over adjustable area of element. Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returns the corresponding as an ISelectableItem Returns the associated date. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns whether this element can exhibit hot-tracking effects. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Creates a new instance of the class. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Returns the UIElement associated with this instance. Day UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: 1 or more , zero or more , zero or two .

Constructor The parent element. Indicates if this is the first visible day. The date. The Owner. Does nothing unless the associated CalendarLook object's ResolveDayAppearance method returns a BackColor The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Called after a move/resize operation. Returns the range limits for adjusting the element in either or both dimensions. It also returns the initial rects for the vertical and horizontal bars that will need to be inverted during the mouse drag operation. The point where the mouse is in client coordinates Returned limits Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object being sought. Boolean indicating if the parent items should be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement Returns the element of the requested type that satisfies all of the passed in contexts. The type (or base class type) of the UIElement to look for. The contexts that must all match with the contexts of the element. Descendent element of this element that matches the specified type and contexts. Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation Called when the the X delta has changed. The change in direction along the x-axis. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returns the border sides for this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns true if this element can be resized by the mouse True if Adjustment Bar should be drawn while sizing. Returns the date associated with this day UI element Returns the owner associated with this day UI element Returns the associated with this instance. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Sets the value of the LargestColumnCount property to the specified value if the specified value is larger than the current value. A boolean specifying whether the value was actually changed on this instance. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. A scroll button displayed in the group header used to scroll between groups. Constructor The parent element. The type of scroll button. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. false Called when the button is clicked Returns the style of button Group UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each logical group in control if the is not set to NoGrouping.

This element directly contains the following elements: and .

Constructor The parent element. The associated UltraDayView control. The date of the first column in the group. The owner of the first column in the group. " Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returns the DayView control associated with this UI element. Returns the first column in this group that is in view. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. HeadingArea UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control.

This element directly contains the following elements: , .

Constructor The parent element. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Hour UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each .

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Enumerates the possible actions that can be performed on the UltraDayView Next TimeSlot Previous TimeSlot Same TimeSlot Next Day Same TimeSlot Previous Day First Working Hour TimeSlot Last Working Hour TimeSlot Page Up Page Down Next Visible Day Previous Visible Day Delete selected appointmens End current appointment edit, saving any changes that were made to the appointment's Subject End current appointment edit, discarding any changes that were made to the appointment's Subject Puts the first selected appointment into edit mode. Next column Previous column Same TimeSlot Next Column Same TimeSlot Previous Column Creates a new Appointment based on selected time slots and enters edit mode. Selects a TimeSlot range in the next visible day that is based on the currently selected appointments. Selects a TimeSlot range in the previous visible day that is based on the currently selected appointments. Selects the TimeSlot preceding the one that contains the first selected appointment. Selects the TimeSlot following the one that contains the last selected appointment. Bit flags that describe the state of the control. Appointment being edited Time Slot Selected Selecting Time Slots Dragging Appointments Resizing Appointment Visible Day Selected Appointments Selected The next visible, enabled day (relative to the ActiveDay) is within the range imposed by the MinDate and MaxDate properties. The previous visible, enabled day (relative to the ActiveDay) is within the range imposed by the MinDate and MaxDate properties. The is not set to NoGrouping. The 's property is true. The property is set to true. Key/Action mapping object for UltraDayView. Constructor Indicates the key being mapped. The action to perform. The disallowed states. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST NOT be in for this mapping to be active. If the current state of the control has any of these bits turned on this mapping will be ignored. The required states. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST be in for this mapping to be active. The special keys that are NOT allowed. If shift, ctrl or alt are pressed and their corresponding bit is turned on in this property the mapping will be ignored. The special keys that are required. These keys (any combination of shift/control/alt) MUST be pressed. Otherwise, this mapping will be ignored. Gets/sets the action code. Gets/sets the disallowed state. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST NOT be in for this mapping to be active. If the current state of the control has any of these bits turned on this mapping will be ignored. Gets/sets the required state. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST be in for this mapping to be active. UltraDayViewKeyActionMappings.

This class maps keyboard keys with UltraDayView actions.

Constructor Called the first time GetActionMapping is called (enables lazy loading of mappings) IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Creates an instance of an ActionStateMappingsCollection derived class An indexer UltraDayViewKeyActionMappingEnumerator Constructor non-IEnumerator version: type-safe Main UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control.

This element contains all the remaining elements except the ScrollBarUIElement.

This element directly contains the following elements: , , , .

Constructor The parent element. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Minute UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each .

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed MoreActivity UIElement.

This element appears within the . Zero, 1 or 2 of these elements is created to represent appointments that are currently scrolled out if view above or below the currently display time slots.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. Renders an image which indicates that there are appointments which are currently not in the viewable area of the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies whether this element represents an up or down indicator. Initializes this instance for use with a new image. Specifies whether this instance represents an up or down indicator. Returns whether this instance represents an "up" indicator. Returns whether this instance represents a "down" indicator. Returns the associated with this instance. Renders an image which indicates that there are appointments which are currently not in the viewable area of the control for the Office2007 ViewStyle.

The Office2007MoreItemsIndicatorUIElement class extends limited support for customizing its appearance via application styling; the border color and the fill color can be changed by setting the BorderColor and BackColor properties, respectively, of the appearance for the ScheduleMoreActivityIndicatorUp/ScheduleMoreActivityIndicatorDown roles. Alternatively, an Image can be specified by setting the Image property of the appearance. No other appearance properties are supported by this element.

The size of the Office2007MoreItemsIndicatorUIElement is fixed at 13 pixels in width and 9 pixels in height.

Returns the size of this element (13 X 9). Returns the default padding for this element (5 X 4). Returns the default background color for this element when it is in its normal state. Returns the default background color for this element when it is in its hot tracking state. Returns the default border color for this element. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies whether the indicator points up. The date associated with this instance. Initializes this instance for use with a new date. Specifies whether the indicator points up. The date associated with this instance. Called when the cursor enters the bounds of this element. Called when the cursor leaves the bounds of this element. Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Called when this element is clicked. Invoked when the foreground for the element should be rendered. The used to provide rendering information. Invoked when the foreground for the element should be rendered. The used to provide rendering information. Checks if the point is over the element. In client coordinates Indicates whether the clipping of the element should be ignored. true if the point is over the element; otherwise, false. Positions child elements for this element. Returns whether this element represents an "up" indicator. Returns whether this element represents a "down" indicator. Returns the date associated with this element. Returns the associated with this element. Returns whether this element is currently exhibiting the "hot tracking" effect. Overriden. Returns true to indicate that this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. This property is read-only. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Performs the default action for this instance. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the default accessible action for this instance. OwnerHeader UIElement.

This element appears within the either or the based on the setting. One of these elements is created for each displayed in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: and

Constructor The parent element. The date. Indicates if this is the first visible header. Indicates if this is a group header. Indicates if this is the last visible header. The Owner. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returns the corresponding as an ISelectableItem Returns the associated . Returns the associated with this instance. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Creates a new instance of the class. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Returns the UIElement associated with this instance. TimeSlotDescriptorArea UIElement.

This element appears within the .

This element directly contains the following elements: 1 or more , zero to two .

Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Overridden so that the background is not drawn for this ; the background is drawn by the . The used to provide rendering information. Overridden so that the background image is not drawn for this ; the background image is drawn by the . The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns the border style Returning true causes all drawing of this element's children to be explicitly clipped to its region TimeSlotDescriptorAreaContainerUIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control if the property of the control is set to false.

This element directly contains the following elements: 1 or 2 s, depending on the value of the property.

Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. CurrentTimeIndicatorUIElement

This element appears within the for the current time zone.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE.

Constructor The parent element. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Draws the foreground for this . The used to provide rendering information. Draws the background for this . The used to provide rendering information. Returns the border style for this . TimeSlotDescriptor UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each hours worth of time slots in the display.

So, for example, if the is set to 15 minutes, there would be one created for every 4 time slots.

This element directly contains the following elements: , .

Creates a new instance of the The that contains this instance. Constructor The parent element. The index of the first time slot. The index of the first visible time slot. Indicates if this is the first descriptor. Indicates if this is the first completely visible descriptor. Indicates if this is the last descriptor. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Draw divider lines for the time slots. The used to provide rendering information. Called when the mouse is double clicked on this element. True if double clicked over adjustable area of element. Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Returns a reference to the first TimeSlot in the current TimeSlotDescriptor Returns the selectable item associated with this element. Returns the associated with this instance. TimeSlot UIElement.

This element appears within the . The number of elements created for each control depends on the setting of the control's property and the height of the control.

So, for example, if the is set to 15 minutes, there would be one created for each 15 minute interval that can fit in the control.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The index of the time slot. Indicates if this is the first time slot. Indicates if this is the first visible day. Initializes this instance for use by a new . The index of the time slot. Indicates if this is the first time slot. Indicates if this is the first visible day. Does nothing, unless ViewStyle is set to Office2007. The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Draw divider lines for the time slot. The used to provide rendering information. Called when the mouse is double clicked on this element. True if double clicked over adjustable area of element. Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Invalidates this element. True to force an immediate update Return a SelectableTimeSlot object to indicate that the TimeSlotUIElement is a selectable item. Returns the border sides for this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns the Owner with which this TimeSlotUIElement is associated, or null if it is not associated with any particular Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Returns the accessible object for this instance. Returns whether this element supports accessibility. Returns the date on which this TimeSlotUIElement appears Creates a new instance of the class. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Performs the default action for this instance. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the default accessible action for this instance. TopLeftArea UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control if the property of the control is set to false.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. TimeZoneLabelUIElement UIElement.

This element appears within the . One of these elements is created for each control if the property of the control is set to false.

This element directly contains the following elements: NONE

Constructor The parent element. The text. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The primary UIElement for the control, it occupies the entire client area of the control.

This element is the top level element in the control's UIElement hierarchy. Only one of these elements is created for each control.

This element directly contains the following elements: , ScrollbarUIElement.

Initializes a new Associated UltraDayView control Draws the control's back color The used to provide rendering information. Does nothing. Background image is not drawn The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when a mouse down message is received. Returning true will cause normal mouse down processing to be skipped The providing mouse information. True if the mouse processing has been handled. Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Creates/verifies the child UI elements for the control. Always returns inset border style Returns all borders Returns the number of child elements expected to be created. Returns bit flags indicating the current state of the control (used to get appropriate key action on keyDown) Indicates if the control uielement is being used for a print operation. Indicates how images and colors are rendered when printed. The related UltraDayView control Returns the associated with this instance. UltraDayViewEventManager class. Constructor DayView control associated witht the event manager Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the DayViewEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Increments the in progress count Decrements the in progress count Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. The associated DayView Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Delegate for handling the event that occurs before an appointment is edited. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after an appointment is edited. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before 1 or more appointment(s) are moved. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after 1 or more appointment(s) are moved. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before an appointment is resized. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after an appointment is resized. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a time slot is selected. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after a time slot is selected. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before an appointment tooltip is displayed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before appointments are deleted. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after appointments are deleted. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before the control is scrolled Delegate for handling the event that occurs after the control is scrolled Delegate for handling the event that occurs when a object is added to the collection. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before the is changed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after the has changed. Delegate for event. Delegate for event. Delegate for event. Uniquely identifies each DayView event. Appointment about to be edited Appointment edited Popup menu about to be displayed Popup menu displayed Appointment(s) about to be moved Appointment(s) moved About to resize appointment Appointment resized About to select time slot TimeSlot selected About to display Appointment tooltip About to delete appointments Appointments deleted About to scroll control Control scrolled VisibleDay initialized About to change the active owner The active owner has changed Event id that identifies BeforePerformAction event. Event id that identifies AfterPerformAction event. Event id that identifies the AppointmentsDragComplete event. Identifies the BeforeHolidayToolTipDisplayed event. Identifies groups of DayView events All Events All Before Events All After Events Cancelable event args for events that supply an array of appointments. Constructor An array of appointments that apply to the current event. Returns an array of appointment(s) that apply to the current event. Event args after moving 1 or more appointments. Constructor The appointment(s) being moved Returns the appointment(s) being moved as they would exist after the move.

Note: The array returned from the Appointments property represents a snapshot of the appointments that have been moved, and does not contain the actual instances that belong to the collection. Since it is implied that the appointments being moved are contained by the collection, references to the actual appointments being moved can be obtained from that collection.

Cancelable event args when resizing an appointment. Constructor The appointment being resized. The new start time. The new end time. Returns the new start time of the appointment. Returns the new end time of the appointment. Cancelable event args used when firing the BeforeTimeSlotSelectionChanged event. Constructor The old range of selected appointments The new range of selected appointments Returns the old selected time slot range. Returns the new selected time slot range. Cancelable event args used when firing the BeforeAppointmentToolTipDisplayed event. Constructor The appointment for which a tooltip is being displayed. The tooltip text. Returns the tooltip text. Contains information about the BeforeHolidayToolTipDisplayed event. Constructor The Holiday for which the tooltip is being displayed. The text to be displayed in the tooltip. Returns the Holiday for which the tooltip is being displayed. Returns the tooltip text. Defines the signature for a method that handles the BeforeHolidayToolTipDisplayed event. Cancelable event args when deleting appointments. Constructor The appointments being deleted Flag indicating whether to display a prompt dialog Returns/sets whether to display a prompt message.

If all of the currently selected s are members of a recurrence, the DisplayPromptMsg property defaults to false, since recurring appointments display their own prompt message. If any of the selected s are not members of a recurrence, the property defaults to true.

Event parameters used by the BeforeScroll event Constructor The new first visible time slot Constructor The date of new first visible column. The owner of new first visible column. The type of scrolling operation. Returns the new first visible time slot. Returns the date of new first visible column. Returns the owner of new first visible column. Returns the type of scrolling operation. Event parameters used by the AfterScroll event Constructor The new first visible time slot Constructor The date of new first visible column. The owner of new first visible column. The type of scrolling operation. Returns the new first visible time slot. Returns the date of new first visible column. Returns the owner of new first visible column. Returns the type of scrolling operation. Event parameters used by the event. Creates a new instance of the class. The object for which the event has occurred. Returns the object for which the event has occurred. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that is about to be performed. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that has been performed. The action that has been performed. Event arguments class that contains information about the event. Creates a new instance of the class. Determines whether the drag/drop was terminated by being canceled by the end user. Returns whether the drag/drop operation was terminated by being canceled by the end user. Infragistics UltraMonthViewMulti

The UltraMonthViewMulti is a calendar control designed to display one or more months. By default, the appearance of the days is compact enough only to see the numbers of the days, month headers, and day of week headers. The control offers multiple properties for how the control is sized, which parts of the calendar are displayed and the size of those parts.

The number of months displayed is based on the size of the control and the font information, including the name and size of the font, from the property. The size of the control can be managed automatically using the property. When set to SizeToCalendar, the control will adjust its size based on the . When set to BaseOnControlSize, the opposite will occur; the control will display as many months as possible based on its current size. The will be positioned within the client area based on the property value. If you want to determine the minimum size that the control would require to display a specified number of months, use the .

The and can be used to determine whether week numbers and trailing days are displayed, respectively.

Initializes a new instance of the UltraMonthViewMulti control. Handles the change notification from the object that the control is attached to. CalendarInfoChangedEventArgs providing information about the property that changed. Handles the change notification that the object sends when a property is changed. CalendarLookChangedEventArgs containing information regarding the property change. Called when a property has changed on a sub object. A structure containing the property change information. Called when a CalendarInfo object is created or set The new CalendarInfo object The previous CalendarInfo object Called when a CalendarLook object is created or set The new CalendarLook object The previous CalendarLook object Checked before the control will attempt to set focus to itself. Boolean indicating when the control can receive focus. Overriden. The method updates the metrics information for the control and if necessary, resets the control's collection. Overriden. Handles the changes to the control's when a property is changed. Overriden. Handles invalidating the calendar control. Overriden. Handles dirtying the calendar uielement. Overriden. Returns the for the entire control. used for the entire control. Overriden. Handles checking/changing the enabled state of the scroll buttons. Returns the UIElement associated with the calendar portion of the control. The main control uielement associated with the calendar portion of the control. Resolves the Appearance properties for the calendar portion of the control. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Initializes the specified with the font override information for the calendar appearance if the properties differ from the calendar appearance. The appearance structure to initialize Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if the property needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an Appearance object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the property. If the property was set to an Appearance from the collection, the properties on the object in the collection will remain the same but the property will no longer be attached to that . To reset the properties of the associated Appearance object, the method of the Appearance object itself should be invoked instead.

Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the property needs to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Returns the size that the control would require to display the specified number of months and columns. Number of rows of months Number of columns Size that the control would require to display the specified number of months and columns. Returns the size that the control would require to display the specified number of months and columns. Number of rows of months Number of month columns DayOfWeekDisplayStyle ResizeMode Borderstyle for the control BorderStyle for the month calendar area Size that the control would require to display the specified number of months and columns. Returns the object associated with the specified position. X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates object located at that coordinate or null (Nothing in VB) if there is no day at the specified location. Returns the object associated with the specified position. Point in client coordinates object located at that coordinate or null (Nothing in VB) if there is no day at the specified location. Scrolls the control by the number of months specified. Number of months to scroll.

The UltraMonthViewMulti offers several method for scrolling the calendar to a particular month. The user can use the scroll buttons (if property returns true) or using the (if the property is set to true). Via code, the control can be scrolled by using the method, methods, or by setting the property.

The can be a negative value to scroll to previous months.

Performs the action specified. Action to perform. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed.

Note: Certain actions contain special key requirements; for example, an action might require that the CTRL key is pressed. This requirement is stipulated through the associated object's SpecialKeysRequired property. Actions that contain special key requirements will not be performed successfully if the respective key is not pressed. To perform these actions, use the control's method, which allows simulation of the pressing of the CTRL and SHIFT keys via the 'control' and 'shift' parameters.

Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Scrolls the into the visible area if it is not currently in view. Month object to scroll to. Returns a object at the specified location. X coordinate Y coordinate A object located at the specified point or null (Nothing in VB) if there is no month at the location specified. Returns a object for the corresponding . Location to check A object located at the specified or null (Nothing in VB) if there is no month at the location specified. Invoked during the of the control. Raises the event before a tooltip for a is displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayDayToolTip method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayDayToolTip in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayDayToolTip method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the is changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeMonthScroll method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeMonthScroll in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeMonthScroll method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the has been changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterMonthScroll method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterMonthScroll in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterMonthScroll method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the have been changed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnVisibleMonthsChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnVisibleMonthsChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnVisibleMonthsChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event before the is displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayMonthPopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayMonthPopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayMonthPopup method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event after the has been displayed. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterDisplayMonthPopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterDisplayMonthPopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterDisplayMonthPopup method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Obsolete. Raises the event before the has been displayed. A that provides data for the event.

The context menu related events relied upon overriding the WndProc of the control. However, overriding this method adds a restriction that the control can only be used when unmanaged code permissions have been provided. Since this must be overriden at the time of compiling, the ContextMenu related events have been marked as obsolete and will be removed in a future version of the product. The events will no longer be invoked in the current version.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnBeforeDisplayContextMenu method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeDisplayContextMenu in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeDisplayContextMenu method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Obsolete. Raises the event after a has been displayed. A that provides data for the event.

The context menu related events relied upon overriding the WndProc of the control. However, overriding this method adds a restriction that the control can only be used when unmanaged code permissions have been provided. Since this must be overriden at the time of compiling, the ContextMenu related events have been marked as obsolete and will be removed in a future version of the product. The events will no longer be invoked in the current version.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnAfterDisplayContextMenu method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterDisplayContextMenu in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterDisplayContextMenu method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Called after an action was performed. An that contains the event data. Called before an action is performed. An that contains the event data. Determines whether the specified key is an input key or a special key that requires preprocessing. One of the keys values. true if the specified key is an input key; otherwise, false. Performs the work of setting the specified bounds of this control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Left property value of the control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Top property value of the control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Width property value of the control. The new System.Windows.Forms.Control.Height property value of the control. A bitwise combination of the System.Windows.Forms.BoundsSpecified values. Override the OnFontChanged method so the control receives a notification when changes to the font property of the control have been made. An that contains the event data. Called to paint the control A that contains the event data. Override the OnResize so that the metrics for the control may be updated. Overrides the OnRightToLeftChanged so that we can change the captions displayed. An that contains the event data. Handles the OnMouseWheel to scroll when using the mouse wheel. MouseEventArgs providing information about the mouse message. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Creates a new accessibility object for the control. A new for the control. Factory method used to create the component role that provides the style information for the control. The created. Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. Display the about dialog Returns the cached license for the control Returns the UIElement associated with the control. The object that enables, disables and controls firing of UltraMonthViewMulti specific events. Determines whether the UltraMonthViewMult can get focus.

By default, the UltraMonthViewMulti control can receive focus but there may be some cases where you may not want mouse interaction with the control to take focus away from the current control. The AllowFocus property determines whether the control is selectable and therfore, whether it will take focus.

Note: The control will not receive any key notifications when it does not have focus. Therefore, when the AllowFocus property is false, the user will not be able to navigate the control using the keyboard.

Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the control's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewMulti1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns true when the Appearance object for the property has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created for the property. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

Returns or sets a value that determines the borderstyle used for the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the resolved used for the control

By default, the property is set to Default. When left at this setting, the control will resolve the to the control's default value (Inset).

Determines how the calendar is aligned when the is set to BaseOnControlSize.

When the property is set to BaseOnControlSize, the CalendarAlign property will be used to determine how to align the months within the visible area of the control.

Determines how the control resizes and displays the months.

The ResizeMode property determines whether the control sizes itself based on the or displays as many months as possible based on the current size of the control. When set to SizeToCalendar, the control will adjust its size to display the months indicated by the . When set to BaseOnControlSize, the control will display as many months as possible based on the current size of the control. The property will determine how the months are positioned in the control.

Returns the UIElement which occupies the client area of the control. Returns bit flags that signify the state of the control.

The CurrentState is used when processing a response to a keypress () and when using the .

The mappings collection that relates key strokes with actions.

The KeyActionMappings property returns a collection of objects which determine is associated with a particular key press based on the and the modifier keys (Shift,Ctrl, and Alt) pressed.

The following table lists the default key mappings for the control:

KeyCode ActionCode StateRequired StateDisallowed SpecialKeysRequired SpecialKeysDisallowed
LeftPreviousDayActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
RightNextDayActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
LeftPreviousDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
RightNextDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
UpSameDayInPreviousWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
DownSameDayInNextWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
UpSameDayInPreviousWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
DownSameDayInNextWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
UpScrollPreviousVisibleMonthsAltShift
DownScrollNextVisibleMonthsAltShift
HomeFirstVisibleDayOfWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
EndLastVisibleDayOfWeekActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
HomeFirstVisibleDayOfWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
EndLastVisibleDayOfWeekKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
HomeFirstDayOfMonthActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
EndLastDayOfMonthActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
HomeFirstDayOfMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
EndLastDayOfMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
PriorSameDayInPreviousMonthActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
NextSameDayInNextMonthActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
PriorSameDayInPreviousMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
NextSameDayInNextMonthKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
PriorFirstVisibleDayActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAlt
NextLastVisibleDayActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAlt
PriorFirstVisibleDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
NextLastVisibleDayKeepSelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsAltCtrl
TabPreviousControlShiftAltCtrl
TabNextControlAll
SpaceToggleDaySelectionActiveDay, VisibleMonthsCtrlAlt
EscapeCloseMonthPopupMonthPopupDisplayedAll

Returns or sets whether an is displayed when double clicking on a .

While the UltraMonthViewMulti does not display activity information other than in the form of a tooltip, it may be desirable to have the ability to create new objects through the control's interface. The property defaults to false. When set to true and the user double clicks on a day, a new instance of the is displayed. The dialog is initialized with the and initialized based on the and of the corresponding with the day double clicked.

Fired before a day's tooltip is displayed.

The BeforeDisplayDayToolTip event will not be fired if the is set to None.

The BeforeDisplayDayToolTip event may be canceled using property to prevent the tooltip from being displayed.

The property returns the tooltip that will be displayed to the user. This property may be changed to provide a different tooltip. The returns the object for which the tooltip will be displayed.

Fired before the MonthViewMulti control scrolls to a particular .

The BeforeMonthScroll event may be canceled using property to prevent the control from scrolling.

The property returns the new object which will become the new . This property may also be set to a different month object to set the to a different object.

Fired after the MonthViewMulti control has scrolled to a particular . Fired after the number or placement of the changes.

The number of visible months will change based on changes to the if the is set to SizeToCalendar. When the is set to BaseOnControlSize, changes to the control's , font properties, etc. will affect the number of visible months. Likewise, changing the affects the positioning of the objects.

Fired before a month popup is displayed.

If the is set to true, the is displayed when the user presses the left mouse button down on the . The displays 3 months prior to and after the current month in a scrolling list allowing the user to quickly navigate a particular month to the location when the month header was pressed.

The BeforeDisplayMonthPopup event may be canceled using property to prevent the control from displaying the .

The property returns the object whose was clicked upon.

Fired after a month popup is displayed.

The property returns the object whose was clicked upon. The returns the object that the selected to scroll to or null (Nothing in VB) if the mouse was released outside the .

Obsolete. Fired before a context menu would be displayed.

The context menu related events relied upon overriding the WndProc of the control. However, overriding this method adds a restriction that the control can only be used when unmanaged code permissions have been provided. Since this must be overriden at the time of compiling, the ContextMenu related events have been marked as obsolete and will be removed in a future version of the product. The events will no longer be invoked in the current version.

The BeforeDisplayContextMenu is fired before a context menu would be displayed. The returns the UIElement associated with the context menu so that a specific context menu could be displayed.

The BeforeDisplayContextMenu event may be canceled using property to prevent the control's popup menu from being displayed.

Obsolete. Fired after a context menu has been displayed.

The context menu related events relied upon overriding the WndProc of the control. However, overriding this method adds a restriction that the control can only be used when unmanaged code permissions have been provided. Since this must be overriden at the time of compiling, the ContextMenu related events have been marked as obsolete and will be removed in a future version of the product. The events will no longer be invoked in the current version.

Event fired after an action associated with a key action mapping has been performed. \ Event fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed.

BeforePerformAction event gets fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed. It is a cancelable event. When it's cancelled, UltraMonthViewMulti will not perform the action for which this event was fired.

Text property - Not supported. Returns the role which represents the control area The Accessible object for an UltraMonthViewMulti control. Constructor The UltraMonthViewMulti Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the name of the accessible object. Designer for control. GetTextBaseLine Returns a Text BaseLine for each visible month discarding duplicates DefaultableInteger Returns the allowable design time selection rules. Gets the for this designer's control/component. Overrides ControlDesigner SnapLines. Add Text BaseLine SnapLines for visible months to default implementation Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraMonthViewMulti. Constructor The UltraMonthViewMulti Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. DayAreaUIElement. Constructor The parent element. 0 based value denoting the visible position of the week element. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Handles rendering the backcolor of the element. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the selectable item associated with the uielement. DayOfWeekAreaUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Handles rendering the backcolor of the element. The used to provide rendering information. DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement. Constructor The parent element. DayOfWeek object associated with the DayOfWeekHeader Static Constructor Overrides the initialization of the appearance for the DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the rendering of the day's backcolor. The used to provide rendering information. Adjusts the text rect so that the text uses all the available space. Rectangle Invoked when the foreground for the element should be rendered. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the DayOfWeek object associated with the UIElement. Returns the borderstyle for the week number UIElement. Gets Borders for the week number uielement. Returns the selectable item associated with the uielement. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns whether this element draws a background image. DayPlaceHolderUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Visible position (zero based) Visible week position (zero based) Overrides the borderstyle for the element. Overrides the BorderSides for the element. DayUIElement. Static Constructor Constructor The parent element. Date this day uielement is associated with. Visible week position for the week this day element is part of. Initializes the appearance for the day ui element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed This method is called from the GetDescendant method as an optimization to prevent searching down element paths that can't possibly contain the element that is being searched for. The (or base class type) of the UIElement to look for. The contexts that must all match with the contexts of the UIElement. True if there is any possiblity that the element being sought is a descendant of this element. If this method returns false then descendant elements of this element will be excluded from the search. Handles the rendering of the image for a day uielement. The used to provide rendering information. Handles the rendering of the foreground for the DayUIElement. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object being sought. Boolean indicating if the parent items should be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement Overrides the OnMouseHover to display a tooltip to the user. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Adjusts the text rect so that the text uses all the available space. Rectangle Overriden. Used to display the for the . Boolean indicating if the point double clicked was over an adjustable area of the element. Makes sure that the child elements for this element are in the ChildElements array and that they are positioned properly. This needs to be overridden if the element has any child elements. Returns the date for the day ui element. Returns the Day object associated with the day ui element. Indicates if the DayUIElement represents a leading day. Indicates if the DayUIElement represents a trailing day. Returns the DayUIElementAppearanceCache instance associated with this element. Overrides the borderstyle for the day UIElement. Overrides the borders for the day UIElement. Determines if the backcolor is drawn (read-only) The default implementation returns false. Returns the selectable item associated with the uielement. Returns true if this element needs to draw a focus rect. This should be overridden since the default implementation always returns false. Even if this property returns true the focus will not be drawn unless the control has focus. Overriden. Returns true to indicate that this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. This property is read-only. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this element. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a DayUIElement. Constructor The DayUIElement Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. Gets a description of what the object does or how the object is used. The accessible name for the day area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the item's description Enumerates the possible actions for the control. Move to the first visible day of the week. Move to the last visible day of the week. Move to the first visible day of the week. Move to the last visible day of the week. Move to the same day in the previous week. Move to the same day in the next week. Move to the same day in the previous week. Move to the same day in the next week. Move to the first day of the currently active month. Move to the last day of the currently active month. Move to the first day of the currently active month. Move to the last day of the currently active month. Move to the previous day. Move to the next day. Move to the previous day. Move to the next day. Scroll to previous month(s). Same action as clicking on a scroll button. Scroll to next month(s). Same action as clicking on a scroll button. Move to the first visible day in the calendar. Move to the last visible day in the calendar. Move to the first visible day in the calendar. Move to the last visible day in the calendar. Move to the previous control. Move to the next control. Same date in the previous month. Same date in the next month. Same date in the previous month. Same date in the next month. Select/Unselect active day. Close the month popup window. Bit flags that describe the state of the control. There is an active day. There is at least one visible month displayed. The Month popup window is currently displayed. KeyActionMapping for UltraMonthViewMulti Constructor Keys Action to take State that the control cannot be in. State that the control must be in. Special keys (ctrl, etc.) not allowed to be pressed. Special keys (ctrl, etc.) required to be held down. Determines the action to take. State that the control cannot be in for the action to be allowed. State that the control must be in for the action to be allowed. KeyActionMappings for control. Initializes a new KeyActionMappings collection. Called the first time GetActionMapping is called (enables lazy loading of mappings) IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Creates an instance of an ActionStateMappingsCollection derived class An Returns the at the specified index. Type specific enumerator for the Initializes a new KeyActionMappingEnumerator for the specified collection. Mappings collection used to initialize the enumerator Type specific property returning the current MonthAreaUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Overrides the default backcolor rendering of the area. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the default background image rendering of the area. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Searches the old UIElementCollection for an element with the matching context. Context to match against. UIElementsCollection containing the old child elements. A MonthUIElement that contains that element or null if one is not found. Searches the oldElements collection for a month object that will not be used since the month that it has a context for is before or after the new visible months collection. VisibleMonths UIElementsCollection A MonthUIElement or null if one is not found. Overrides the BorderStyle for the UIElement Returns the associated with this instance. MonthDayAreaUIElement. Static Constructor Constructor The parent element. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Overrides the InitAppearance method to specify particular values based on the control's settings. AppearanceData structure that should be updated with the element's appearance information Enumeration indicating which appearance properties that should be resolved. MonthHeaderAreaUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Handles the rendering of the element using the system themes. The used to provide rendering information. A boolean indicating if the element was able to successfully render with the system theme. Used to determine whether the remaining draw methods are invoked. Overrides the initialization of the appearance. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Overrides the mousedown handling. MouseEventArgs Boolean Boolean Boolean indicating if the default processing should occur. Invoked when the child elements should be rendered. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the BorderStyle for the UIElement Returns the associated with this instance. MonthPopupItemUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Owning control. Index for the associated item. Resets the uielement so it can be reused. The new index of this UIElement. Overrides the MouseEnter handling Overrides the MouseLeave handling Overrides the rendering of the day's backcolor. The used to provide rendering information. Checks if the mouse is over the element and invalidates itself if necessary. Indicates whether to invalidate this UIElement. Returns the index associated with the item. Indicates if the mouse is over the item. Returns the associated with this instance. MonthUIElement Constructor The parent element. VisibleMonth object associated with the UIElement Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. This method is called from the GetDescendant method as an optimization to prevent searching down element paths that can't possibly contain the element that is being searched for. The (or base class type) of the UIElement to look for. The contexts that must all match with the contexts of the UIElement. True if there is any possiblity that the element being sought is a descendant of this element. If this method returns false then descendant elements of this element will be excluded from the search. Returns the context for this MonthUIElement The type of the context object being sought. A boolean indicating if the parent sbould be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this MonthUIElement Handles rendering the backcolor of the element. The used to provide rendering information. Returns the VisibleMonth object associated with the UIElement Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this element. The Accessible object for a MonthUIElement. Constructor The MonthUIElement Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. Gets a description of what the object does or how the object is used. The accessible name for the month area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the item's description Base class from which the and classes derive. Returns the amount of space between the month and year scroll buttons, expressed in pixels The AccessibleObject for this element. Static Constructor Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies the type of scrollbutton Initializes this instance for reuse. Called when the button has been clicked. Called when this button is clicked by the end user. Navigates to another accessible object. Returns the -derived control with which this instance is associated. Indicates if the scroll arrow should be limited to the system's scroll arrow size. Overrides the button style for the UIElement.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular button style, buttons formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the associated with this instance. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Represents the month scroll buttons in the user interface. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies the type of scrollbutton Initializes the appearance for the month scroll button. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when this button has been clicked by the end user. Returns the accessible object representing this element. The Accessible object for a MonthScrollButtonUIElement. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. Gets a description of what the object does or how the object is used. The accessible name for the month scroll button area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the item's description Represents the month scroll buttons in the user interface. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies the type of scrollbutton Initializes this instance for reuse. Initializes the appearance for the month scroll button. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when this button has been clicked by the end user. Handles the rendering of the foreground for the The used to provide rendering information. Handles rendering a themed min/max button. The used to provide rendering information. True if the themed element could be rendered. Returns the accessible object representing this element. The Accessible object for a Constructor YearScrollButtonUIElement Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. Gets a description of what the object does or how the object is used. The accessible name for the year scroll button area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the item's description Control used to display the MonthPopup for the derived controls. Overrides the control's mouse up MouseEventArgs Overrides the control's MouseMove MouseEventArgs Initialize the month popup VisibleMonth relating to the month clicked upon. Used for external objects to notify the control that it should close the popup and clean up. Used to notify the popup window that it has been displayed. Returns the size that is required by the control. Size Returns the border style for the UIElement Returns the border sides flags for the UIElement Returns the cursor to use for the UIElement Initializes the UIElements appearance Gets the text to display Returns true for multiline text Returns true if the text is to be wrapped. Returns the padding around the text Adjusts the text's rect for special cases (e.g. a button down shift) Returns true if the text is to be displayed vertically Returns HotkeyPrefix.None to indicate that mnemonics are not supported. Returns the main uielement for the control. Returns the Month selected or null if one was not selected. Returns the min date for the calendar info of the owning monthviewmulti control. Returns the max date for the calendar info of the owning monthviewmulti control. First allowable month object. Last allowable month object. Returns the number of items displayed. Returns the index of the original visible month for which the popup was displayed. Returns the owning UltraMonthViewMulti control. MonthPopupControlUIElement. Constructor UltraMonthPopupControl Associated IUltraControl Overrides the InitAppearance method to specify particular values based on the control's settings. AppearanceData structure that should be updated with the element's appearance information Enumeration indicating which appearance properties that should be resolved. Handles the positioning of the child elements. Returns the owning control. Returns the borderstyle for the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns the associated with this instance. UltraMonthViewMultiUIElement. Constructor UltraMonthViewMulti control Overrides the InitAppearance method to specify particular values based on the control's settings. AppearanceData structure that should be updated with the element's appearance information Enumeration indicating which appearance properties that should be resolved. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Returns the UltraMonthViewMulti object associated with this UIElement. Returns a value that determines the borderstyle used for the control

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Indicates if the control uielement is being used for a print operation. Indicates how images and colors are rendered when printed. Returning true causes all drawing of this element's child elements to be expicitly clipped to the area inside this elements borders Returns the monthviewmulti's mappings collection Returns bit flags indicating the current state of the control (used to get appropriate key action on keyDown) Returns the associated with this instance. Represents a visible in the controls.

The VisibleMonth object represents a displayed in the controls. It provides additional information about the month including whether the month is considered an alternate month () and its current and position. A VisibleMonth can display a week that is not part of the when displaying leading and trailing days; the property returns an array of the current objects that it displays. The and can be used to determine if the VisibleMonth displays leading and trailing days. This is based on the owning control's , the and , and the .

The VisibleMonth objects are reused and as such, it is recommended that you not store a reference to the object as it may be disposed or wrap a different than it did when you obtain the reference.

Overrides the OnDispose method to release all resources associated with the object. Determines if a month number is considered an alternate month. Month number to check True if the month is considered an alternate month. Returns the current date specific object associated with this VisibleMonth. Returns the zero based row where the VisibleMonth is located. Returns the zero based column where the VisibleMonth is located. Returns the associated with this object. Returns the index of the item in the collection. Returns an array of objects displayed in the month. Indicates if the VisibleMonth displays trailing days. Indicates if the VisibleMonth displays leading days. Indicates if the shows a header based on the owning control's . Indicates if the VisibleMonth is an alternate month.

Note: This property is an indicator of whether this is an alternate month but does not necessarily mean that the object is rendered using the alternate month appearances (e.g. , , etc.); that is determined based on the .

Collection of objects. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns the read-only state of the collection.

This class is never read-only and as such always returns false.

Returns the initial capacity for the collection. Returns the members of the collection in an object array. Returns a object based on the index specified. Returns a object based on the and specified. WeekAreaUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Handles the creation and positioning of the child week elements. Handles rendering the backcolor of the element. The used to provide rendering information. WeekNumberUIElement. Static Constructor Constructor The parent element. WeekNumber for the UIElement Initialize the appearance for the WeekNumber UIElement The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the rendering of the draw foreground method of the week number ui element. The used to provide rendering information. Overrides the rendering of the week number's backcolor. The used to provide rendering information. The associated Week object Gets the borderstyle for the week number uielement. Gets Borders for the week number uielement. Returns the selectable item associated with the uielement. Returns the associated with this instance. WeekUIElement. Static Constructor Constructor The parent element. Week object associated with the WeekUIElement 0 based value denoting the visible position of the week element. Overrides the positioning and creation of child elements. Overrides the appearance for the week object. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns the zero based position of the week in the currently visible month. Returns the Week object associated with the week uielement. Returns the selectable item associated with the uielement. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this element. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a WeekUIElement. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. Gets a description of what the object does or how the object is used. The accessible name for the week area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the item's description Sets the value of all members to UIElementBorderStyle.Default, effectively marking all border style properties as in need of recalculation. UltraMonthViewMultiEventManager. Constructor UltraMonthViewMulti control associated witht the event manager Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the MonthViewMultiEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Increments the in progress count Decrements the in progress count Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. The associated MonthViewMulti Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a context menu would be displayed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a tooltip is displayed for a day object. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before the control scrolls to a different month. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a month popup is displayed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs after a month popup is displayed. Delegate for handling the event that occurs before a context menu would be displayed. Delegate for event. Delegate for event. Uniquely identifies each MonthViewMulti event. BeforeDisplayDayToolTip BeforeMonthScroll AfterMonthScroll VisibleMonthsChanged BeforeDisplayMonthPopup AfterDisplayMonthPopup BeforeDisplayContextMenu AfterDisplayContextMenu Event id that identifies BeforePerformAction event. Event id that identifies AfterPerformAction event. Identifies groups of MonthViewMulti events All Events All Before Events All After Events Cancelable EventArgs for the BeforeDisplayToolTip event. Constructor Date of the day for which the tooltip is being displayed. Message displayed in the tooltip. UltraMonthViewMulti control which is displaying the tooltip. Determines the message displayed in the tooltip. Returns the Date for the Day object associated with the tooltip. Returns the Day object associated with the tooltip. Cancelable event args for use before the month view multi control is scrolled. Constructor The month that will become the new first visible month. The month that will become the new first visible month in the control. Cancelable event args when displaying a month popup. Constructor Month object associated with the month clicked up. Returns the month for which the popup will be displayed. Event args for the AfterMonthPopupDisplayed event. Constructor Month that the popup was displayed for. Month scrolling to. May be null if the user did not click on a month in the popup. Returns the month for which the popup was displayed. Returns the month which the control will scroll to. Null if the user did not select a month. Cancelable event args for use with UIElements. Constructor UIElement associated with the event. UIElement object. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that is about to be performed. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that has been performed. The action that has been performed. SingleDayAppointmentUIElement class Default constructor The parent element. The appointment. Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed PositionChildElements Returns border stye Returns true so that children are always clipped Infragistics UltraMonthViewSingle. Infragistics UltraMonthViewSingleBase abstract base class. borderStyleDayValue borderStyleValue pivotItem scrollActionCanceled lastScrollValue isDraggingScrollThumb previousActiveDay firstScrollDate license activityTipStyle activityDisplayStyle appointmentEndTimeVisible dayDisplayStyle scrollbarVisible scrollChangeSmall timeDisplayStyle autoAppointmentDialog internalSelection justCompletedDrag selectionStrategyFilter controlAppearance editAppearanceHolder eventManager initialSelection UltraMonthViewSingle Constructor Called when a CalendarInfo object is created or set The new calendar info object The previous calendar info object Called when a CalendarLook object is created or set The new CalendarLook object The previous CalendarLook object Called after the control is created Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Notification handler for the Tick event fired by the edit timer Fires when the mouse wheel is used when the cursor is positioned over the control Mouse event arguments Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Called when a property has changed on a sub object A structure containing the property change information. Called when the associated object's BeforeDisplayAppointmentDialog event fires. An that contains the event data. Returns the first visible day in the same week as the passed-in date The date DateTime representing the first visible day in this week GetAppointmentTimeFromPoint The x coordinate. The y coordinate. Scroll control - base class implementation The number of weeks to scroll Boolean indicating whether the control should be scrolled backward or forward Scroll event type Boolean indicating whether the scroll events should be fired A boolean indicating whether the scroll action was successfully performed. Returns the earliest date the scroll thumb can be dragged to Returns the latest date to which the scroll thumb can be dragged. The latest date to which the scroll thumb can be dragged. Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has changed from its default value. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Virtual method that calls DirtyChildElements off the ControlUIElement Should be overridden by derived controls InitializeScrollbar Handles pressing of the delete button when one or more activities are selected Returns whether the specified key is used by the control; i.e., has an action mapped The key data to be evaluated. A boolean indicating whether the specified key is used by the control. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Called when a property of the instance assigned to this control's property has changed. The instance which contains information about the property change. Called when the value of the property has changed on the instance associated with this control. Note that this method is also called when a new UltraCalendarLook instance is assigned whose ViewStyle property's value is different than the previously assigned instance. The new value of the property. Notification handler for the CalendarInfo object's CalendarInfoChanged event event arguments Handles the scrollbar control's OnValueChanged event Handles user interactivity with the scrollbar A structure containing information about the scroll operation. Notification handler for the SizeChanged event fired by the control when its size has changed Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if an object has been created and contains data that needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Use this method to reset the properties of the object to their default values.

Returns whether the passed-in date is within the allowable date range internal ResolveDayAppearance method DateTime; the date of the Day whose appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The owner of the day whose appearance is to be resolved. internal ResolveSelectedDayHeaderAppearance method DateTime; the date of the Day whose appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed internal ResolveDayOfWeekHeaderAppearance method The day of week whose appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The for shich the appearance is to be resolved. Resolves the Appearance for the specified Appointment The Appointment object whose Appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Specifies whether the appearance is being resolved for the "click to add" indicator. Returns a generic rectangle A Rectangle that contains the height of the header area Returns the height needed to accomodate the tallest header The height needed to accomodate the tallest header Returns the width of the vertical scrollbar used by the control, or zero if ScrollbarVisible = false The width of the vertical scrollbar used by the control Returns the width of the Pre-Week area (area that hosts the WeekNumberUIElements) The width of the Pre-Week area Handles firing of the BeforeScroll Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the AfterScroll Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the BeforeAppointmentEdit Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the AfterAppointmentEdit Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the BeforeNoteEdit Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the AfterNoteEdit Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the MoreActivityIndicatorClicked Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the BeforeActivitiesDeleted Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the AfterActivitiesDeleted Event An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The instance that contains information about the that is about to be activated. Raises the event. The instance that contains information about the that was activated. Handles firing of the event. An that contains the event data. * Calls the Clear method on all activity collections Returns whether the passed-in Day exists in the internal selection The Day object to be evaluated Returns true if the passed-in item is a Day object AND the pivot item is NOT a Day object or if the passed-in item is a NOT Day object AND the pivot item IS a Day object ISelectableItem Boolean indicating whether the passed-in item is selection compatible with the existing pivot item Returns the UIElement for the supplied holiday or null if the holiday is not visible. The holiday. The UIElement for the supplied holiday or null if the holiday is not visible. Returns the AppointmentUIElement for the supplied appointment or null if the appointment is not visible. The appointment. The AppointmentUIElement for the supplied appointment or null if the appointment is not visible. Returns the UIElement for the supplied note or null if the note is not visible. The note. The UIElement for the supplied note or null if the note is not visible. ResetSelectionStrategyDay ResetSelectionStrategyActivity Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns an object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetAppointmentFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over an .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetHolidayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetNoteFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayOfWeekFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which the cursor is positioned over.

Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Determines if selecting the item would be compatible with the current selection The selectable item True if the item is selectable Called when a dragging operation is about to begin. The position of the mouse at the start of the drag Returns true means that it was handled internally and no further action should be taken Called when a drag operation has ended. Specifies whether the drag operation had been started; false when called because AppointmentsDragging was canceled. Returns the selection strategy for the passed in item Select the specified item. The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection should be cleared. Returns true if action was canceled, false otherwise. ISelectableItem Boolean indicating whether the existing selection should be cleared Unselect the specified item. The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection should be cleared. Returns true if action was canceled, false otherwise. Save initial selection settings for specified type The ISelectableItem Clear initialSelection. Selecting a range based on the specified item. The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection should be cleared. Potentially translates the passed-in item to a ISelectableItem of a different type. For instance, the grid translates a passed-in cell into its parent row if CellClickAction is CellClickActionRowSelect. OnKeyDown An that contains the event data. OnKeyPress An that contains the event data. OnKeyUp An that contains the event data. Returns whether the specified key should be processed by the SilentTextBox as a dialog key The key to evaluate Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has been changed from its default value and should be serialized. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Returns true if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Use this method to determine if the property has been modified and needs to be serialized.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Brings the specified into view. The to be brought into the view. Specifies whether the is to become the new first visible owner displayed by the control.

Note: If true is specified for the parameter, but the specified owner's position in the collection is such that it cannot be the first visible , the parameter's value is not applicable.

Note: If the specified is hidden (its property is set to false), this method does not change the value of the property; in this case, the method has no effect.

Returns an array of objects that represent the members of the collection currently being displayed in the viewable area of the control. An array of objects, or an empty array if the control is not currently displaying any s. Returns whether the specified is currently being displayed in the viewable area of the control. The to test. A boolean indicating whether the specified is currently in view. Returns an object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The horizontal position The vertical position The at the specified point or null if none is found.

Note: When the control's property is set to 'Merged', this method is not applicable and returns null (Nothing in VB).

Returns an object from the specified Point or null if there is no object at the specified Point.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The Point containing the coordinates to test. The at the specified point or null if none is found.

Note: When the control's property is set to 'Merged', this method is not applicable and returns null (Nothing in VB).

Handles user interactivity with the horizontal scrollbar ScrollEventArgs Handles the horizontal scrollbar's ValueChanged event Creates an accessible object for the related object. The logically related object (e.g. an OwnerUIElement etc.). A new object for the related object. Creates an accessible object for the related object. The logically related objects (e.g. an OwnerUIElement etc.). A new object for the related object. Invoked when application style information for the control has changed. Handles firing of the WeekHeaderClicked event. The week object that was clicked. A boolean which specifies whether the week should be selected. Called when the Office2007MoreItemsIndicator is clicked. The element that received the click notification. Configures this control's ToolTip component based on the ViewStyle. Resolves the general control appearance. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the cursor hovers over the DayUIElement. The DayUIElement over which the cursor was hovered. The cursor location, in client coordinates, at the time this method was called. Called when the cursor leaves the bounds of the DayUIElement. The DayUIElement the mouse has left. Called when the ClickToAddAppointmentUIElement is clicked. The ClickToAddAppointmentUIElement Returns the bounds to use for the ClickToAddIndicatorAppointmentUIElement as relative to the specified rectInsideBorders The value of the calling DayUIElement's RectInsideBorders property. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the property has changed from its default value and needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Text property - Not supported. Gets/sets whether the is automatically displayed when the user double clicks on an or in the day area.

When the AutoAppointmentDialog property is set to True and the user double-clicks on an existing Appointment, the dialog is pre-populated with the associated property values of that Appointment and displayed.

When the user double-clicks inside the day area of the control, the dialog is pre-populated with that day's date. By default, the dialog's 'All Day Event' checkbox (which corresponds to the appointment's property) is checked, and the start and end times of the Appointment are not displayed. If the checkbox is unchecked, the start and end times are displayed, with values that are determined by the and properties, respectively.

Gets/sets a value which determines which activities (, , or ) are displayed.

The values are bit flags, which can be combined by using the logical OR operator to produce any display combination of the three activity types. For example, setting the property to Appointments | Notes (0x0003) will result in all activities except Holidays being displayed.

Gets/sets which border style will be used by the control.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Gets/sets the style of the borders that separate individual days of the month or week.

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Gets/sets the type of formatting that is applied to the text that represents a given day's date.

The value of the DayDisplayStyle property has a slightly different effect on the and controls, as illustrated by the following table:
Property Value UltraMonthViewSingle UltraWeekView
Auto As horizontal space allows. The name of the month is displayed for the first visible day in the control, as well as the first day of each month. As horizontal space allows. The same formatting is applied to each day in the week.
Full Month displayed in full.
Example: "February 01"
Day of week and month displayed in full.
Example: "Friday, February 01"
Medium Short representation of the month.
Example: "Feb 01"
Day of week displayed in full, with a short representation of the month.
Example: "Friday, Feb 01"
Short Name of month is not displayed - only the day's number is displayed. Month is not displayed, with a short representation of the day of week.
Example: "Fri 01"

Gets/sets whether the end time of an is displayed.

By default, the value of the AppointmentEndTimeVisible property is False. Setting it to true will result in the value of the property being displayed as part of the visual representation of the corresponding .

Note: The property takes precedence over the AppointmentEndTimeVisible property; i.e., if = None, the AppointmentEndTimeVisible property is not applicable.

Note: The manner in which the value is displayed (for example, a clock or a numerical representation) is determined by the property.

Note: The width of the visual representation of the appointment also affects whether the appointment's is displayed.

If the appointment's width is less than double the amount of space required to display both appointment times, the is hidden first, then the , as horizontal space permits.

Gets/sets whether the control's vertical scrollbar is displayed

The default value of the ScrollbarVisible property is True. By setting the property's value to False, a vertical scrollbar will not appear at the right edge of the control.

Note: scrolling operations (i.e., wheeling or panning), are not affected in any way by the value of the ScrollbarVisible property.

Scrolling can be prevented by canceling the event.

Gets/sets the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's scroll buttons are clicked

The default value of the ScrollChangeSmall property is 1. The value can be changed to any positive whole number to change the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's up or down scroll buttons are clicked.

Gets/sets the style of the visual representation of the and properties of the objects displayed by the control.

The TimeDisplayStyle property can be used to change the way objects display the start and end time of the appointment.

For example, setting the property to .Clock results in the appointment times being displayed as an "analog" clock.

Note: The width of the visual representation of the Appointment also affects whether the appointment times are displayed.

If the appointment's width is less than double the amount of space required to display the appointment time(s), one or both of the times may be hidden.

In the case where the property is set to true, the is hidden first, then the , where horizontal space is insufficient.

The object that enables, disables and controls firing of UltraMonthViewSingleBase specific events. Gets/sets whether tooltips will be displayed for and/or objects.

Note: Since tooltips are never displayed for objects, the TipStyleActivity property does not apply to Holidays.

Also note that tooltips are never displayed for multi-day objects.

Returns/sets a value indicating whether to show editing buttons when using embeddable editors. Gets/sets whether the 'Click to add appointment/event' indicators are displayed when the cursor hovers over the day area. Returns the resolved value of the property. Returns the event handler that notifies CalendarInfo.CalendarInfoChanged Returns the event handler that notifies Scroll Returns the event handler that notifies ValueChanged Returns the event handler that notifies this.SizeChanged Returns or sets the object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the control's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an object has been created. Returns or sets the appearance used when editing an in place. Returns true if an appearance object has been created.

Use this property to determine if an object has been created. Appearance objects in general are not created until the properties associated with them are accessed.

DayNumberHeightPadding Fired before the or control is scrolled

The BeforeScroll event is a cancelable event. If the event is canceled, the event does not fire, and the control is not scrolled.

Fired after the or control is scrolled

If the event is canceled, the AfterScroll event will not fire.

Fired before an object is edited via the user interface.

The BeforeAppointmentEdit event is a cancelable event. If the event is canceled, the corresponding object's in-place editor will not appear, and as such the event does not fire.

Fired after an object is edited via the user interface.

The AfterAppointmentEdit event fires after the corresponding object's in-place editor is closed.

Note that if the in-place editor is closed via the ESC key, which discards any changes that were made, the event does not fire.

If the event is canceled, the AfterAppointmentEdit event will not fire.

Fired before a object is edited via the user interface.

The BeforeNoteEdit event is a cancelable event. If the event is canceled, the corresponding object's in-place editor will not appear, and as such the event does not fire.

Fired after a object is edited via the user interface.

The AfterNoteEdit event fires after the corresponding object's in-place editor is closed.

Note that if the in-place editor is closed via the ESC key, which discards any changes that were made, the event does not fire.

If the event is canceled, the AfterNoteEdit event will not fire.

Fired after the MoreActivityIndicator is clicked

The MoreActivityIndicator appears at the bottom right corner of the day area when that day contains more activities (s, s, or s) than can be displayed given the current amount of vertical space.

Fired before one or more selected and/or objects are deleted

The BeforeActivitiesDeleted event is a cancelable event. If the event is canceled, the and/or objects are not deleted, and the event does not fire.

Fired after one or more selected and/or objects are deleted Fired before the active has been changed. Fired after the active has been changed. Fired after a drag/drop operation that contains one or more s and/or s has been completed.

The ActivitiesDragComplete event is fired after a drag operation that includes s or s has been completed.

To determine what s and/or s have been dragged, use the and collections, respectively.

Gets/sets the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's scroll track is clicked, or when the PageUp/PageDown buttons are pressed. Returns a object representing the leftmost in the topmost ) (read-only) Returns/sets the control that implements the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface for editing s.

By default, the -derived controls use the EditorWithText to edit s. The AppointmentEditorControl property can be used to assign a different editor to be used for editing s.

The AppointmentEditorControl property cannot be set to a control that does not implement the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

AppointmentEditor
Gets/sets the editor used for editing s.

By default, the -derived controls use the EditorWithText to edit s. The NoteEditor property can be used to assign a different editor to be used for editing s.

The AppointmentEditor property is available only at runtime. Design-time support for assigning custom editors is provided through the property.

AppointmentEditor
Returns/sets the control that implements the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface for editing s.

By default, the -derived controls use the EditorWithText to edit s. The NoteEditorControl property can be used to assign a different editor to be used for editing s.

The NoteEditorControl property cannot be set to a control that does not implement the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

AppointmentEditor
Returns whether the control is currently editing an or .

The -derived controls provide the ability to edit s and s. The IsInEditMode property returns true if the control is currently editing either an or a .

The IsInEditMode returns true if the control is currently editing either an or a . Use the and properties to determine which type of activity is being edited.

AppointmentEditor
Returns whether the control is currently editing an .

The IsAppointmentInEditMode property returns true if the control is currently editing an . Use the property to determine whether a is being edited.

Use the property to determine whether the control is editing an activity of either type.

AppointmentEditor
Returns whether the control is currently editing a .

The IsNoteInEditMode property returns true if the control is currently editing a . Use the property to determine whether an is being edited.

Use the property to determine whether the control is editing an activity of either type.

AppointmentEditor
BackColor property - use the BackColor property of the control's instead. BackgroundImage property - use the ImageBackground property of the control's instead. Font property - use the FontData property of the control's instead. ForeColor property - use the ForeColor property of the control's instead. Cursor property - use the Cursor property of the control's instead. Gets/sets the custom selection strategy filter

The SelectionStrategyFilter property can be used to implement a customized selection strategy.

This is useful in the case where non-standard selection rules are necessary.

An example of this would be allowing selection of multiple items without using the CTRL or SHIFT keys.

Returns or sets the active owner. Gets/sets the the maximum number of owners that will be displayed by the control. Gets/sets how owner appointments are displayed. Gets/sets the type of user interface that is presented to the end user to navigate between different owners. Returns or sets whether owner headers are displayed. Returns whether owner headers are displayed.

When is set to DefaultableBoolean.Default (the default setting), the property resolves to false when the number of visible owners is less than 2 or is set to Merged. Otherwise, it resolves to true.

Returns the accessible object representing the Activities. Gets/sets the value of the 'firstScrollDate' member variable. Returns a reference to this control's ToolTip component, or null if this control has none. Returns the type of the DayUIElement for derived classes. Gets/sets whether an activity is currently being resized Returns whether a drag or resize operation is currently in progress. Returns whether validation is supported through embeddable editors. Returns/sets the component that implements the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface for editing s.

By default, the -derived components use the EditorWithText to edit s. The NoteEditorComponent property can be used to assign a different editor to be used for editing s.

The NoteEditorComponent property cannot be set to a component that does not implement the IProvidesEmbeddableEditor interface; doing so will cause an exception to be thrown.

AppointmentEditorComponent AppointmentEditor
The Accessible object for a MonthViewSingle or WeekView. Constructor Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. The accessible name for the data area. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the associated monthViewSingleBase control. The Accessible object for a group. Constructor The UltraMonthViewSingleBase Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. The accessible name for the data area. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. The Accessible object for a day. Constructor The IAccessibleDayUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns the IAccessibleDayUIElement representing the DayUIElement for this AccessibleObject. The Accessible object for a owner. Constructor The OwnerUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Sets the value of all members to UIElementBorderStyle.Default, effectively marking all border style properties as in need of recalculation. UltraMonthViewSingle Constructor * Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Simulates user interactivity with the control. The that identifies the action to be performed If true, the action will be performed as if the SHIFT key was pressed If true, the action will be performed as if the CTRL key was pressed

The PerformAction method is used by the control whenever a keystroke that has a mapping in the control's table is received.

When the keystroke is received, the control attempts to perform the action associated with that keystroke, determining whether it can do so by reading the control's property.

Note: In addition to being used internally by the control, the PerformAction method is exposed so that it can be used to programmatically simulate user interactivity with the control.

For an example of how the table, the PerformAction method, and the property work in conjunction with each other, see the topic.

true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed.
Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property has changed from its default value. Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns an object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetAppointmentFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over an .

Returns an object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetAppointmentFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over an .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetHolidayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetHolidayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetNoteFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetNoteFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Scrolls the passed-in date into view. If already visible, the method does nothing and returns. If not already visible, the containing the passed-in date is made to be the first or last visible .

This overload of the ScrollDayIntoView method will only scroll the control by as much as is necessary to ensure that the specified is in view.

The date of the to be scrolled into view
Scrolls the passed-in date into view. If already visible, the method does nothing and returns. If not already visible, the containing the passed-in date is made to be the first or last visible .

Use this overload to ensure that the specified is displayed in the first visible by setting the firstVisibleWeek parameter to True.

The date to be scrolled into view When true, will ensure that the day being scrolled into view appears in the first visible week
Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayOfWeekFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayOfWeekFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which the cursor is positioned over.

Handles firing of the DayOfWeekHeaderClicked Event An that contains the event data. Handles firing of the WeekHeaderClicked Event An that contains the event data. Called after an action was performed. An that contains the event data. Called before an action is performed. An that contains the event data. InitializeScrollbar Returns the AppointmentUIElement for the supplied appointment or null if the appointment is not visible. The appointment. The AppointmentUIElement for the supplied appointment or null if the appointment is not visible. Returns the UIElement for the supplied holiday or null if the holiday is not visible. The holiday. The UIElement for the supplied holiday or null if the holiday is not visible. Returns the UIElement for the supplied note or null if the note is not visible. The note. The UIElement for the supplied note or null if the note is not visible. IsScrollDateWithinRange Returns the date of the first visible day in the same week as the passed-in date The date. The date of the first visible day in the same week as the passed-in date. Returns the UIElement representing the appointment subject at this point, or null if there is none at this location. The x coordinate. The y coordinate. The UIElement representing the appointment subject at this point, or null if there is none at this location. Scroll control The number of weeks to scroll Boolean indicating whether the control should be scrolled backward or forward Scroll event type Boolean indicating whether the scroll events should be fired A boolean indicating whether the scroll action was successfully performed. Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resolves the appearance for the day of week headers. The for which the header's appearance is to be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The for which the appearance is to be resolved. Resolves the appearance for a day. The date for which the appearance is to be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The owner of the day whose appearance is to be resolved. Resolves the appearance for the day headers. The date for which the appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The for which the appearance is to be resolved. Specifies whether the caller is hot tracking. internal ResolveSelectedDayAppearance method The date for which the appearance is to be resolved AppearanceData AppearancePropFlags Resolves the appearance for selected day headers DateTime; the date of the Day whose header appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Overrides the base class implementation of DirtyControlChildElements When set to true, invalidates the elements Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Called when a property of the instance assigned to this control's property has changed. The instance which contains information about the property change. Called when the value of the property has changed on the instance associated with this control. Note that this method is also called when a new UltraCalendarLook instance is assigned whose ViewStyle property's value is different than the previously assigned instance. The new value of the property. Notification handler for the CalendarInfo object's CalendarInfoChanged event event arguments Called when a new UltraCalendarInfo instance is assigned to the CalendarInfo property. Handles the scrollbar control's OnValueChanged event Handles user interactivity with the scrollbar A structure containing information about the scroll operation. Returns a generic rectangle A Rectangle that contains the height of the header area Returns the height needed to accomodate the tallest header The height needed to accomodate the tallest header Returns the width of the Pre-Week area (area that hosts the WeekNumberUIElements) The width of the Pre-Week area Returns whether the specified key is used by the control; i.e., has an action mapped The key data to be evaluated. A boolean indicating whether the specified key is used by the control. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Called when the control paints. A that contains the event data. Creates a new accessibility object for the control. A new for the control. Creates an accessible object for the related object. The logically related objects (e.g. an OwnerUIElement etc.). A new object for the related object. Factory method used to create the component role that provides the style information for the control. The created. Handles firing of the WeekHeaderClicked event. The week object that was clicked. A boolean which specifies whether the week should be selected. Display the about dialog Return the license we cached inside the constructor Returns the main element Gets the current state of the control (read-only)

The CurrentState property is used by the control's method and table.

The method is useful for programmatically simulating user interaction with the control.

When the user interacts with the control, there are certain conditions that the control must meet before the action can be performed. For example, an item that is disabled cannot be selected. The CurrentState property is the mechanism used by the control to determine whether a certain action can be performed given the current state of the control.

The table is the mechanism used by the control to handle all user keyboard interactivity. All keystrokes that have significance to the control are "registered" in the table. This table works in conjunction with the method to handle all keystrokes received by the control.

Gets/sets the border style that is used by the headers.

The day of week headers appear at the top of the control, above the month area, when the property is True.

The control raises an event when a header is clicked (see )

Gets/sets the border style that is used by the week number headers.

The week number headers appear to the left of the month area, when the property is True.

Note: The week number headers are not displayed by default. The BorderStyleWeekNumber property setting will only be observable when the property is set to True.

Determines how the year is displayed in the day area

Note: The YearDisplayStyle property works in conjunction with the property in the following manner:

  • When DayDisplayStyle = .Auto, the year is displayed in 4-digit format where space permits, and in 2-digit format otherwise.
  • When DayDisplayStyle = .Full, the year is always displayed in 4-digit format.
  • When DayDisplayStyle = .Medium, the year is always displayed in 2-digit format.
  • When DayDisplayStyle = .Short, the year is not displayed.

Gets/sets the type of formatting that is applied to the text that is displayed in the headers.

The value of the DayOfWeekHeaderDisplayStyle property effects the way that text is formatted in the headers.

The control raises an event when a header is clicked (see )

Determines whether the headers are displayed.

The control raises an event when a header is clicked (see )

Determines whether the numbers are displayed.

By default, the control's numbers are not displayed. Setting the WeekNumbersVisible property to True will result in a header being displayed for each week the control is currently displaying. Within each of these week headers is the number of that week in the year to which it belongs.

Note: The week headers that appear when the WeekNumbersVisible property is set to True are selectable. As such, when they are clicked, the property for each day in that is set accordingly. Note, however, that the object itself does not expose a Selected property.

Gets/sets how the week number or date information is displayed in the week header. Returns the resolved value of the property. Determines how weekend days will be displayed

By default, the control "compresses" weekend days - Saturday and Sunday occupy only one column.

Saturday and Sunday can be displayed in separate columns by setting the WeekendDisplayStyle property to .Full.

Note: Any day of the week can be hidden by setting its corresponding object's property to False.

Returns the resolved value of the property. Gets/sets the number of s that are displayed by the control.

The default value of the VisibleWeeks property is 5. The property can be set to any positive whole number to change the number of s that are displayed by the control.

Returns a object representing the leftmost in the topmost ) (read-only)

The FirstVisibleDay property is available only at runtime, and is read-only. It is useful for returning the object that represents the current top, left day in the control.

The collection of objects that relates keystrokes with s.

By default, the KeyActionMappings collection contains all of the standard keyboard mappings for the control.

Individual objects can be added to and removed from this collection, but caution should be exercised when doing so.

The KeyActionMappings collection offers virtually unlimited freedom of control over the control's keyboard handling capabilities.

If the default behavior for a particular keystroke does not provide the desired functionality, it can be replaced with a custom .

The KeyActionMappings collection is accessed by the control each time a relevant keystroke is received to determine what, if any, action should be attempted.

The following example illustrates the sequence of events that occur when the control receives a keystroke that has significance in the table:

Example: The user presses the left arrow key while the control's first visible day is active:

  1. The control's OnKeyDown method is called as a result of the left arrow key being pressed.
  2. The table is searched to determine whether there is an action mapped to the left arrow key.
  3. An action is found; in this case, it is the NextDay action.
  4. The control's property is queried, to make sure that the control is currently in the state required by the object corresponding to the keystroke.
  5. The control's property is also queried to make sure that the control is not currently in a state that is disallowed by the object corresponding to the keystroke.
  6. The state of the special keys (ALT, CTRL and SHIFT) is checked against the object corresponding to the keystroke, as these keys (or a combination thereof) might be required or disallowed by the object corresponding to the keystroke.
  7. Assuming all of the required and disallowed criteria were met, the action is then performed by calling the control's method.

The following table lists the default key mappings for the control:

KeyCode ActionCode StateRequired StateDisallowed SpecialKeysRequired SpecialKeysDisallowed
RightNextDayDay, NextDayIsInMinMaxRangeActivityInEditModeAlt
LeftPreviousDayDay, PreviousDayIsInMinMaxRangeActivityInEditModeAlt
UpSameDayOfWeekInPreviousWeekDayActivityInEditModeAlt
DownSameDayOfWeekInNextWeekDayActivityInEditModeAlt
HomeFirstDayInWeekDayActivityInEditMode, DayFirstInWeekAlt
EndLastDayInWeekDayActivityInEditModeAlt
PriorScrollUpByLargeChangeDayActivityInEditModeAlt
NextScrollDownByLargeChangeDayActivityInEditModeAlt
TabNextActivityByTabDayAltShift
TabPreviousActivityByTabDayShiftAlt
SpaceToggleDaySelectionDayActivityInEditModeCtrlAltShift
F2EnterEditModeDayActivityInEditMode, ActivityIsLockedAll
EscapeExitEditModeAndCancelChangesActivityInEditModeAll
EnterDisplayAppointmentDialogPivotItemIsActivity, SelectedAppointments, AutoAppointmentDialogEnabledActivityInEditMode, PivotItemIsDayAll
EnterExitEditModeAndSaveChangesActivityInEditModeNoteInEditModeAll
EnterAddNewAppointmentDay, NoSelectedActivitiesActivityInEditModeAll
DeleteRemoveSelectedActivitiesPivotItemIsActivityActivityInEditMode, PivotItemIsDayAll

The main UI element for the control (read-only).

The UIElement property provides access to the visual representation of the control.

The control's UIElement property exposes a ChildElements collection under which all of the control's many individual UIElements appear as descendants.

Gets/sets the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's scroll track is clicked, or when the PageUp/PageDown buttons are pressed.

The default value of the ScrollChangeLarge property is 5 (the same as the default value for the property.

The value can be changed to any positive whole number to change the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's scroll track is clicked, or when the PageUp/PageDown buttons are pressed.

Returns a that represents the client area of the control.

Use the DisplayRectangle property to determine the client area of the control, which for the control is the area inside the control's borders, minus the vertical scrollbar if one is present.

Fired when a header is clicked.

The control has no specific action defined for when the headers are clicked. The DayOfWeekHeaderClicked event can be used to perform an application-specific action when a header is clicked.

Note: When the control's property is set to Compressed, the DayOfWeekHeaderClicked event does not fire for Sunday.

Event fired after an action associated with a key action mapping has been performed. \ Event fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed.

BeforePerformAction event gets fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed. It is a cancelable event. When it's cancelled, UltraMonthViewSingle will not perform the action for which this event was fired.

Fired when a header is clicked. Returns the role which represents the control area Returns the type of the DayUIElement for this class. The Accessible object for a MonthViewSingle. Constructor The UltraMonthViewSingle The Accessible object for a group. Constructor The UltraMonthViewSingle Sets the value of all members to UIElementBorderStyle.Default, effectively marking all border style properties as in need of recalculation. DayNumberUIElement class Overload constructor that takes a the display string The parent element. Draws the foreground of this UIElement. The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Override the default implementation so the focus rect is drawn for active days Returns border stye Returns which border sides are drawn for this element Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the associated with this instance. CurrentDayNumberSelectionAreaUIElement class Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The text that will be displayed PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed DayOfWeekHeaderAreaUIElement class... Basically this is just to contain the individual headers Constructor The parent element. DrawBackColor The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements AddDayOfWeekHeaderUIElements DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement class. Default constructor The parent element. overload constructor to take a DayOfWeek object reference The parent element. The DayOfWeek The visible position. Override the default implementation to support the DayOfWeekHeaderClicked event Draws the borders for this element. The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns this DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement's text, accounting for the DayOfWeekHeaderDisplayStyle, and available space if DayOfWeekHeaderDisplayStyle = Auto Returns this DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement's text, accounting for the DayOfWeekHeaderDisplayStyle, and available space if DayOfWeekHeaderDisplayStyle = Auto VisiblePosition property Returns this DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement's zero-based visible position with respect to the first or topmost visible week DayOfWeek property Returns this DayOfWeekHeaderUIElement's corresponding DayOfWeek object Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns the border style Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the associated with this instance. DayUIElement. This interface is used to essentially combine MonthViewSingle.DayUIElement and WeekView.DayUIElement and expose common properties/methods for Accessbility. Returns an AccessibleObject of an activity relative to an activity within the day. The associated activity. The direction to naviagate relative to the specified activityUIElement. an AccessibleObject of an activity relative to an activity within the day. Returns an array of accessible objects representing the activities of the day. An array of accessible objects representing the activities of the day. Returns the accessible object representing the Day. Returns the actual date that this DayUIElement corresponds to Returns the UIElement representing the day. Returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object Returns the UIElement that would contain multi-day appointments or other activities for this DayUIElement. For example, in MonthViewSingle, this would be the WeekUIElement that contains the DayUIElement. For WeekView, the DayUIElement contains it's own mutli-day activities. Returns the UIElement that groups the days. This is the element that contains Notes. Overloaded constructor that takes a DateTime and the visible position The parent element. Zero-based geographic position with respect to the left edge of the control DateTime, represents the day this DayUIElement corresponds to Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object A boolean indicating if the parent sbould be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement This method is called from the GetDescendant method as an optimization to prevent searching down element paths that can't possibly contain the element that is being searched for. The (or base class type) of the UIElement to look for. The contexts that must all match with the contexts of the UIElement. True if there is any possiblity that the element being sought is a descendant of this element. If this method returns false then descendant elements of this element will be excluded from the search. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns an AccessibleObject of an activity relative to an activity within the day. Returns an array of accessible objects representing the activities of the day. Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Returns the actual date that this DayUIElement corresponds to Returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object, cast to an ISelectableItem Zero-based ordinal describing this DayUIElement's position with respect to the left edge of the control Gets/sets whether this DayUIElement is currently displaying a MoreActivityIndicator Returns the border stye Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns true so that children are always clipped Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the accessible object representing the Day. Returns the actual date that this DayUIElement corresponds to Returns the UIElement representing the day. Returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object Returns the UIElement that would contain multi-day appointments or other activities for this DayUIElement. In this case, this is the WeekUIElement that contains the DayUIElement. Returns the UIElement that groups the days. This is the element that contains Notes. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. The Accessible object for a day. Constructor Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Enumerates the possible actions that can be performed on the control. Navigate to the next whose property is True. Navigate to the previous whose property is True. Navigate to the next whose property is the same as the current Day.

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the previous whose property is the same as the current Day.

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the last in the current .

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the first in the current .

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the next activity ( or ) via the key, and display its editor.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Navigate to the previous activity ( or ) via the + key combination, and display its editor.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Place the currently selected activity ( or ) into edit mode (display its editor).

Note that a required state of this action is that there be only one selected activity.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Exits edit mode, and commits any changes that were made by the user to its associated activity ( or ).

Note that a required state of this action is that the control is in edit mode.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Exits edit mode, and discards any changes that were made by the user.

Note that a required state of this action is that the control is in edit mode.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Toggle state of the . Scroll the control down by the number of weeks specified by the control's property. Scroll the control up by the number of weeks specified by the control's property. Remove all selected activities (s and/or s) from their respective collections.

Note that s are not selectable, and as such are never affected by this action.
Displays the .

Note that there must be at least one selected for this action to succeed.
Adds an to the , and performs the EnterEditMode action on the new .

Bit flags that describe the current state of the control.

The values of the UltraMonthViewSingleState enumeration are bit flags. The value of the control's property will return a value that is equal to a combination of zero or more of these bit flags.

The is not null (Nothing in VB). The is the same day as the day represented by the control's property. The is the last day in the control that is currently visible. An activity ( or ) is currently being edited.

Note: objects are not editable via the user interface.
The current pivot item is an activity (, or ). The current pivot item is a . The current pivot item is a that represents a Saturday, and the property is set to Compressed The current pivot item is a that represents a Sunday, and the property is set to Compressed There exists at least 1 whose property is True. The total combined count of the , , and collections is zero. The value of the control's property is True. The is the first visible day in its week. The activity's Locked property is true. The next visible, enabled day (relative to the ActiveDay) is within the range imposed by the MinDate and MaxDate properties. The previous visible, enabled day (relative to the ActiveDay) is within the range imposed by the MinDate and MaxDate properties. The activity in edit mode is an . The activity in edit mode is a . Key/Action mapping object for the control. KeyActionMapping object constructor The for which this action is to be mapped The to perform when the keystroke is received The representing conditions that must not be true in order for the action to be performed The representing conditions that must be true in order for the action to be performed The special keys (such as ALT, CTRL or SHIFT) that can not be pressed in order for the action to be performed The special keys (such as ALT, CTRL or SHIFT) that must be pressed in order for the action to be performed Gets/sets the action code. Gets/sets the disallowed state. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST NOT be in for this mapping to be active. If the current state of the control has any of these bits turned on this mapping will be ignored. Gets/sets the required state. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST be in for this mapping to be active. KeyActionMappings for UltraMonthViewSingle. Constructor Called the first time GetActionMapping is called (enables lazy loading of mappings) IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Creates an instance of an ActionStateMappingsCollection derived class An indexer KeyActionMappingEnumerator Constructor non-IEnumerator version: type-safe MonthAreaUIElement class... Basically this is just to contain the individual weeks Constructor The parent element. Overrides the default background drawing logic The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. The Accessible object for a monthArea. Constructor MonthAreaUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the state of this accessible object. MoreActivityIndicatorUIElement class Constructor The parent element. The date of the DayUIElement that will appear to host this MoreActivityIndicatorUIElement. The MoreActivityIndicatorUIElement is actually a child of the WeekUIElement / WeekAreaUIElement Override the default implementation of the OnClick method to support firing the MoreActivityIndicatorClicked event PositionChildElements Returns null to prevent selection when this element is clicked. The date of the DayUIElement that this more activity indicator belongs to Returns the associated with this instance. Represents the more activity indicator in the user interface. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The date associated with this element. Initializes this instance for use with a new date. The date associated with this instance. Returns null to prevent selection when this element is clicked. MultiDayAppointmentUIElement class Default constructor The parent element. DrawBackColor The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Returns border stye Returns true so that children are always clipped SingleDayAppointmentUIElement class Default constructor The parent element. Overload constructor to take a boolean indicating whether this is a start time or end time The parent element. boolean indicating whether this is the start time or end time DrawBackColor The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Returns border stye Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the cursor for this element (read-only) MultiDayAppointmentUIElement class Represents an in the user interface ResizableMultiDayActivityUIElement. Constructor The parent element. Returns true if the passed in point is over an area of this element that would require the AdjustableCursor to be displayed In client coordinates Returns true if the passed in point is over the left side of the resizable area In client coordinates Returns true if the passed in point is over the left side of the resizable area In client coordinates The cursor to use over the adjustable area of the element. The point that should be used to determine if the area is adjustable. The cursor that should be used to represent an adjustable region. Override the default implementation to support resizing appointments Mouse event arguments Set to true if the cursor location is in the element's adjustable area If set will capture the mouse for the element Boolean indicating whether to bypass default processing Override the default implementation to support resizing appointments Mouse event arguments Override the default implementation to support resizing appointments Mouse event arguments Boolean indicating whether to bypass default processing Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation. Gets/sets whether the UIElement is currently being resized via the right edge Gets/sets whether the UIElement is currently being resized via the left edge Creates a new instance of the class The parent element. The with which this instance is associated. Initializes this instance for use by a new . The with which this instance is associated. Initializes the appearance for this The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Positions child elements under the Office2007 ViewStyle. Snapshot of the last UIElementsCollection from which elements are extracted for reuse. Positions child elements under the Office2007 ViewStyle. Snapshot of the last UIElementsCollection from which elements are extracted for reuse. Specifies whether the appointment's starting date is off screen, and a 'From' arrow should be displayed. Specifies whether the appointment's end date is off screen, and a 'To' arrow should be displayed. Called when a mouse button is pressed when the cursor is positioned over this element. Mouse event arguments Set to true if the cursor location is in the element's adjustable area If set will capture the mouse for the element Boolean indicating whether to bypass default processing Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Returns the -derived control associated with this instance. Returns the interface implementation for this instance's . Returns the with which this instance is associated. Returns true is this element can be moved or resized by the user Deriving classes should implement conditional logic to make the element non-adjustable (for example, when the object the element represents is disabled or locked) Returns the border style for this element. Returns the border sides for this element. Returns the region of this element. Returns whether all drawing of this element is explicitly clipped to its Region. Returns the bounds of the portion of this element which is contained within the borders. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Overload constructor that takes an Appointment object, and flags that indicate whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the start date and/or end date The parent element. The Appointment object corresponding to this UIElement Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the appointment's start date Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the appointment's end date Reinitializes this instance. The Appointment object corresponding to this UIElement Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the appointment's start date Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the appointment's end date PositionChildElements Gets/sets whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the last day of the corresponding appointment Gets/sets whether this MultiDayAppointmentUIElement contains the last day of the corresponding appointment Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns true is this element can be moved or resized by the user Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a partialMultiDayAppointment. Constructor The MultiDayAppointmentUIElement The IAccessibleDayUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. The accessible name for the partialMultiDayAppointment. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the Appointment's Subject MultiDayHolidayUIElement class Represents a in the user interface. Represents a or in the user interface. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Called when a mouse button is pressed when the cursor is positioned over this element. Mouse event arguments Set to true if the cursor location is in the element's adjustable area If set will capture the mouse for the element Boolean indicating whether to bypass default processing Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Returns the border sides for this element. Returns the region of this element. Returns whether all drawing of this element is explicitly clipped to its Region. Returns the -derived control associated with this instance. Returns border stye Returns whether the associated activity (Note or Holiday) is selected Returns the bounds of the portion of this element which is contained within the borders. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The associated with this element. Initializes this instance for use by a new . The associated with this instance. Initializes the appearance for this The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns the associated with this instance. returns this Holiday UIElement's corresponding Holiday object, cast to an ISelectableItem Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the border style for this element. Represents a multi-day in the user interface. The parent element. The with which this element is associated. Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayHolidayUIElement contains the holiday's start date Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayHolidayUIElement contains the holiday's end date Initializes this for use by a new . The with which this element is associated. Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayHolidayUIElement contains the holiday's start date Boolean indicating whether this MultiDayHolidayUIElement contains the holiday's end date PositionChildElements Gets/sets whether this MultiDayHolidayUIElement contains the first day of the corresponding . Gets/sets whether this MultiDayHolidayUIElement contains the last day of the corresponding . Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a partialMultiDayHoliday. Constructor The IAccessibleDayUIElement The MultiDayHolidayUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. The accessible name for the partialMultiDayHoliday. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Represents a in the user interface. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The with which this instance is associated. Initializes this instance for use by a new The with which this instance is associated. PositionChildElements OnMouseEnter OnMouseLeave Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed returns this Note UIElement's corresponding Note object, cast to an ISelectableItem Returns the border style for this element. The Note object corresponding to this NoteUIElement Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a note. Constructor The NoteUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. The accessible name for the note. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the Note's Description -derived class that represents the header for an in the user interface for the -derived controls. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The that this instance represents in the user interface. The zero-based number that describes this instance's position as relative to all owners currently displayed by the control. Initializes this instance with new values. The that this instance represents in the user interface. The zero-based number that describes this instance's position as relative to the owners currently displayed by the control. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the dropdown list closes. Called when a new selection is committed. Called when the appearance of a ValueListItem must be resolved. Called when the dropdown list receives focus. Called when the selected item changes. Returns the that this instance represents in the user interface. Returns whether this is the first (leftmost) header currently being displayed by the control. Returns whether this is the last (rightmost) header currently being displayed by the control. Returns the control that is displaying this . Returns the zero-based number that describes this 's position as relative to all owners currently being displayed by the control. Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns the border style for this element. Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the control that owns the dropdown list. Returns the owner's IUltraControl. Returns the size of images for the ValueListItems. Returns whether the list should behave as a dropdown list. Returns the ScrollBarLook instance which defines the appearance of the dropdown's scrollbar. Returns the preferred displaystyle for this editor. Returns the ImageList that supplies images for the ValueListItems. Returns the ValueLists collection this list belongs to. Returns the edit control used by the list. Returns the associated with this instance. -derived class that enables users to scroll through the when the property is set to 'ScrollButtons'. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The type of scroll button. Initializes this instance with new values. The new value for the ScrollButtonType property. Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. false Called when the button is clicked Returns the control that is displaying this Returns the style of button Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. The Accessible object for a ownerHeaderScrollButton. Constructor The OwnerHeaderScrollButtonUIElement Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the ownerHeaderScrollButton. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. -derived class that enables users to display a dropdown list from which owners can be selected to change their visible position. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. false Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns the control that is displaying this Returns the style of button Indicates if the button is considered as being in the pressed state. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. The Accessible object for a ownerHeaderDropDownButton. Constructor Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Gets the state of this accessible object. -derived class that represents an -specific calendar in the user interface for the -derived controls. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The that this instance represents in the user interface. The zero-based number that describes this instance's position as relative to the owners currently displayed by the control. Initializes this instance with new values. The that this instance represents in the user interface. The zero-based number that describes this instance's position as relative to the owners currently displayed by the control. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns the that this instance represents in the user interface. Returns the control that is displaying this . Returns the zero-based number that describes this 's position as relative to all owners currently being displayed by the control. Returns the border style for this element. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a owner. Constructor The OwnerUIElement -derived class that contains one or more s. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. PositionChildElements Returns the control that is displaying this . PreWeekAreaUIElement. Default constructor The parent element. DrawBackColor The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements AddDayOfWeekHeaderUIElements UIElement which draws the grab handles for resizable selected instances under the Office2007 ViewStyle. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The with which this element is associated. Initializes this instance for use with a new . The with which this element is associated. Does nothing The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Checks if the point is over the element. In client coordinates Indicates whether the clipping of the element should be ignored. true if the point is over the element; otherwise, false. Returns 'Solid' BorderStyle Returns borders based on whether the appointment is completely visible from start to end Returns the -derived control associated with this instance. SingleDayAppointmentUIElement class Default constructor The parent element. DrawBackColor The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements OnMouseEnter OnMouseLeave Returns border stye Returns true so that children are always clipped SingleDayAppointmentUIElement class Default constructor The parent element. DrawBackColor The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Returns border stye Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the cursor for this element (read-only) SingleDayAppointmentUIElement class Default constructor The parent element. Overload constructor that takes an Appointment object The parent element. the Appointment object that corresponds to this SingleDayAppointmentUIElement Initializes this instance for use with a new The with which this instance is associated. PositionChildElements Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns true is this element can be moved or resized by the user Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a singleDayAppointment. Constructor The SingleDayAppointmentUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. The accessible name for the singleDayAppointment. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Returns or sets the Appointment's Subject SingleDayHolidayUIElement class Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The associated with this element. PositionChildElements Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a singleDayHoliday. Constructor The SingleDayHolidayUIElement Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Returns the control used to synchronize accessibility calls. A control to be used to synchronize accessibility calls. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. The accessible name for the singleDayHoliday. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the role of this accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. The main element for an UltraDayView (occupies the entire client area) Constructor for the control's main UIElement The UltraMonthViewSingle control OnMousePanVertical Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. BF 7.19.01 Creates/verifies the child UI elements for the control Overrides the InitAppearance method to specify particular values based on the control's settings. AppearanceData structure that should be updated with the element's appearance information Enumeration indicating which appearance properties that should be resolved. We support vertical mouse panning, so return true Returns the border style CurrentState property KeyActionMappings property Returns all borders Returns the number on child elements expected to be created Returns the cursor for this element (read-only) Returns true so that children are always clipped Indicates if the control uielement is being used for a print operation. Indicates how images and colors are rendered when printed. The related UltraMonthViewSingle control Returns the associated with this instance. UIElement-derived class which represents the headers for objects which are displayed by the control. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The number of this week in its year (1 - 54) The date of the first visible day in the corresponding week Zero-based ordinal describing this element's geographic location relative to the top 'row' of visible weeks. Initializes this instance for use by a new . The number of this week in its year (1 - 54) The date of the first visible day in the corresponding week Zero-based ordinal describing this element's geographic location relative to the top 'row' of visible weeks. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this . The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns which borders are to be drawn. Returns the border style Returns the number of the associated with this element in its respective year. Returns the instance associated with this element. Returns the corresponding as an ISelectableItem Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. Returns whether child elements are clipped by this element's bounds. WeekUIElement. Constructor The parent element. The first visible day in the week. The visible position. Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed PositionChildElements AddDayUIElements VisiblePosition property Returns this WeekUIElement's zero-based visible position with respect to the first or topmost visible week Returns this WeekUIElement's corresponding Week object Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the associated with this instance. The Accessible object for a week. Constructor The WeekUIElement Performs the default action associated with this accessible object. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child accessible object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate The vertical screen coordinate. The child System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject at the specified coordinates. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the values. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. The accessible name for the week. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets the state of this accessible object. Creates a new instance of the ActivitiesArrayList class. The initial size of the list. The owning UltraCalendarInfo The first date in the range of dates for which this list contains activity. The last date in the range of dates for which this list contains activity. Stores all selected appointments that are non-modified members of a recurrence, so that they can revert back to non-modified A reference to the SelectedAppointments collection Removes the appointments in the variance undo buffer from their recurrence's Variances collection. Adds the contents of the CalendarInfo's SelectedAppointments and SelectedNotes collections to the DUplicatedItems array. Note that members whose Locked property resolves to false are not added. Adds the members of the DuplicatedItems array to their respective 'selected' collections Removes the members of the DuplicatedItems array from their respective 'selected' collections Provides design-time services for the control. GetTextBaseLine Overrides UltraControlDesigner GetTextBaseLine DefaultableInteger Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraMonthViewSingle. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Class for managing a UltraMonthViewSingle control's events. It maintains an enabled flag for each event as well as a nested 'in progress' count and it exposes events for firing each event. Indicates whether the event identified by the is in progress. Identifies the event to check. true if event in progress, false otherwise. Returns true if the event is enabled Index of the event to check. true if enabled, otherwise false. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Enables or disables the specified event. An enum indicating which event to update. True if the event should enabled. False to prevent the event from being raised. Returns true if all events in the specified group are enabled. One of the UltraMonthViewSingleEventGroups which identifies the group to check. True if the event is currently enabled. Enables or disables all the events associated with the specified group. An enum identifying the group to modify. The new enabled state of the group of events. Increments the in progress count Decrements the in progress count Indicates whether the event identified by the CalendarInfoEventIds can be fired. Identifies which event to check. True if the specified event can be fired. The associated UltraMonthViewSingle Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'After' events Returns a lazily loaded array of indexes for all the 'Before' events delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event delegate for handling the event Delegate for handling the event Delegate for handling the event Delegate for event. Delegate for event. Delegate for event. Delegate for handling the event Event parameters used by the DayOfWeekHeaderClicked event (UltraMonthViewSingle) Constructor The associated UltraMonthViewSingle control. The DayOfWeek object corresponding to the day that was clicked. The DayOfWeek object corresponding to the day that was clicked Event parameters used by the BeforeScroll event Creates a new instance of the class The control sending the event The scroll action that was taken Creates a new instance of the class The control sending the event The scroll action that was taken Specifies whether the scroll action applies to owner scrolling. When false, the scroll action applies to vertical (week) scrolling. Returns the scroll action that was taken Returns whether the scroll action applies to owner scrolling.

When the OwnerScroll property returns true, the scroll operation applies to owner scrolling. When the property returns false, the scroll action applies to vertical (week) scrolling.

Event parameters used by the AfterScroll event Constructor The control sending the event The scroll action that was taken Returns the scroll action that was taken Event parameters used by the BeforeAppointmentEdit event Constructor The control sending the event The appointment that is about to be edited Returns the appointment that is about to be edited Event parameters used by the AfterAppointmentEdit event Constructor The UltraMonthViewSingle sending the event The activity that was just edited The value of the 'Subject' property before it was edited Returns the type of activity that is about to be edited Returns the value of the 'Subject' property before it was edited Event parameters used by the BeforeNoteEdit event Constructor The control sending the event The note that is about to be edited Returns the note that is about to be edited Event parameters used by the AfterNoteEdit event Constructor The control sending the event The Note that was just edited The value of the 'Description' property before it was edited Returns the type of note that was edited Returns the value of the 'Description' property before it was edited Event parameters used by the MoreActivityIndicatorClicked event Constructor The control sending the event The date for which this MoreActivityIndicator is being displayed Returns a object which corresponds to the date that contains the more activity indicator that was clicked. Event parameters used by the BeforeActivitiesDeleted event Creates a new instance of the class The UltraMonthViewSingleBase-derived control that is firing the event Gets/sets whether to display a prompt message to alert the user that s and/or s will be deleted.

By default, a confirmation dialog is displayed when the user deletes the currently selected Appointments and/or Notes. Setting the DisplayPromptMsg property to false prevents the dialog from appearing.

If all of the currently selected s are members of a recurrence, and no s are selected, the DisplayPromptMsg property defaults to false, since recurring appointments display their own prompt message.

EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that is about to be performed. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that has been performed. The action that has been performed. Event arguments class that contains information about the event. Creates a new instance of the class. Determines whether the drag/drop was terminated by being canceled by the end user. Returns whether the drag/drop operation was terminated by being canceled by the end user. Event parameters used by the event. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns the object associated with the header that was clicked. Gets/sets whether the will be selected.

When the property is set to 'Office2007', this property's value defaults to false; for all other settings of the ViewStyle property, the value defaults to true.

Uniquely identifies each UltraMonthViewSingle specific event Event id that identifies the DayOfWeekHeaderClicked event Event id that identifies the BeforeAppointmentEdit event Event id that identifies the BeforeNoteEdit event Event id that identifies the BeforeScroll event Event id that identifies the AfterDayOfWeekSelected event Event id that identifies the AfterWeekSelected event Event id that identifies the AfterAppointmentEdit event Event id that identifies the AfterNoteEdit event Event id that identifies the AfterScroll event Event id that identifies the AfterScroll event Event id that identifies the BeforeActivitiesDeleted event Event id that identifies the AfterActivitiesDeleted event Event id that identifies the BeforeActiveOwnerChanged event Event id that identifies the AfterActiveOwnerChanged event Event id that identifies BeforePerformAction event. Event id that identifies AfterPerformAction event. Event id that identifies the ActivitiesDragComplete event. Event id that identifies the event Update this as new events are added Identifies groups of UltraMonthViewSingle specific events All events Before events After events UIEditor for the SubObjectArray collections. Used to determine the type of UIEditor that will be displayed. ITypeDescriptorContext UITypeEditorEditStyle specifying the type of UIEditor. Represents the value of the property. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The string displayed by this instance. Initializes the appearance for this element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Represents the day of week portion of the header text for a DayHeaderUIElement when the ViewStyle is set to 'Office2007' Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The string displayed by this element. The horizontal alignment The vertical alignment Initializes this instance. The string displayed by this element. The horizontal alignment The vertical alignment Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Represents the "Click to Add Appointment" indicator. Returns a reference to a singleton instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies whether this element represents an AllDayEVent. Initializes the appearance for this element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the mouse down message is received over the element. Mouse event arguments True if left clicked over adjustable area of element. If not null on return will capture the mouse and forward all mouse messages to this element. If true then bypass default processing Called when this element is clicked by the end user Positions child elements for this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns the border sides for this element. Returns the region of this element. Returns whether all drawing of this element is explicitly clipped to its Region. Returns the interface implementor associated with this element. Returns the bounds of the portion of this element which is contained within the borders. Returns whether this element represents an . Returns the associated with this instance. Represents the 'From {StartDate}' and 'To {EndDate}' arrow elements which are displayed when the date on which an or begins or ends is not visible in the user interface. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. Specifies whether the continuation is from the specified date; when false the continuation is to the specified date. The date which is displayed by this element. Specifies whether text will be displayed for this element. Initializes this element for use with a new date. Specifies whether the continuation is from the specified date; when false the continuation is to the specified date. The date which is displayed by this element. Specifies whether text will be displayed for this element. Positions child elements for this element. Draws the background colors for this element. The used to provide rendering information. Draws the image background for this element. The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for this element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns whether this element indicates that the associated or begins before the first date on which the element appears. Returns whether this element indicates that the associated or ends after the last date on which the element appears. Represents the value of the property. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The string displayed by this instance. Reinitializes this element for use with a new . The new value for the property. Initializes the appearance for this element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Component for rendering the calendar information of an to the printer.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument component is used to print the contents of an associated . The type of output is based on the property, which can be one of seven different types. The information that is printed is based on the . When this property is set to SpecifiedDateRange, the output is limited by the and property values. When set to Selection and printing a Memo report, the is used to provide the appointments that will be printed. Otherwise, the property determines the print range.

Since several of the print styles, require output analogous to the controls included with UltraWinSchedule, the component creates instances of the controls as required for the print operation. The component also exposes several "template" control properties. When a control is created for the print operation, the properties of the corresponding "template" control are copied to the control created by the print document. In addition, the component exposes additional events to allow these controls to be initialized. For example, when an style output is being generated, an UltraDayView is created by the print document; if the property is set, the properties of that control that do not conflict with the requirements for the print operation are copied over to the newly created control. Subsequently, the event is invoked to allow any further modification of the control.

Initializes a new Initializes a new An IContainer representing the container of the UltraSchedulePrintDocument Indicates if the property should be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to null. Indicates if the property should be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets the property to null.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value.

Returns a Boolean value that determines whether the property is set to its default value.

Returns true if this property is not set to its default value
Resets the property to its default value. Resolves the appearance for the date header area. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Resolves the appearance for the day name portion of the date header area. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeDayView method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeDayView in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeDayView method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeWeekView method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeWeekView in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeWeekView method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeMonthViewSingle method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeMonthViewSingle in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeMonthViewSingle method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeMonthViewMulti method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeMonthViewMulti in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeMonthViewMulti method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeDateHeaderMonthViewMulti method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnDateHeaderInitializeMonthViewMulti in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeDateHeaderMonthViewMulti method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnInitializeTimelineView method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitializeTimelineView in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitializeTimelineView method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Invoked when an UltraWinSchedule control is created for the print operation. Control to initialize Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Invoked when a property on a subobject of the instance has changed. A structure containing the property change information. Used to invoke the BeginPrint event when a print operation has started. An that contains the event data. Used to invoke the EndPrint event when a print operation has completed. An that contains the event data. This method is invoked by the to allow derived classes to handle rendering of the page body. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnPagePrinting method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPagePrinting in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPagePrinting method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Raises the event. A that provides data for the event.

Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate.

The OnPagePrinted method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.

Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPagePrinted in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPagePrinted method so that registered delegates receive the event.

Invoked when the print operation has ended. Serializes the properties and subobjects of the print document into the specified Object into which the properties should be serialized Invoked during runtime deserialization when deserializing from a stream using the and methods. Serialization entry containing the serialized property value Invoked when the properties of the component should be reset to their default values. True if the component is being deserialized from a stream Returns or sets the whose activity will be output to the printer.

All the controls created by the print document for the print operation will be associated with this UltraCalendarInfo instance.

Note: If not specified a new UltraCalendarInfo will be created.

Thrown when property is set while the component is in a print operation.
Returns or sets the used to determine the display and appearance of the calendar information to the printer.

All the controls created by the print document for the print operation will be associated with this UltraCalendarLook instance.

Note: If not specified a new UltraCalendarLook will be created.

Returns or sets an object implementing the interface. This object is invoked during the print operation to allow elements to be owner drawn.

Returns or sets the class used to owner draw sections of the print results. The property of the controls created for the print operation will be initialized to this property’s value.

Returns or sets an object implementing the interface. This object is invoked during the print operation to allow for manipulation of the positioning and creation of uielements.

Returns or sets the object used to manipulate the size, creation and positioning of elements. The property of the controls created for the print operation will be initialized to this property’s value.

Returns or sets if weekends are compressed in a monthly print style.

This property determines whether the weekends are compressed in a monthly print style. By default, whether a weekend is compressed will be based on the of the . If let at default and TemplateMonthViewSingle is null (Nothing in VB), the weekends will be compressed.

Returns or sets the value determining which date range limits the output printed.

The DateRangeMode determines which range of dates will be used to limit the print operation. When set to Selection, the date range is based on the of the associated for all print styles except Memo. When set to Selection for a Memo , the of the associated UltraCalendarInfo is rendered. If there is no selection, the is used. When set to SpecifiedDateRange, the and properties of this component are used to determine the print range.

Returns or sets the start date of the print output.

Note This property is only used when is set to SpecifiedDateRange.

Returns or sets the end date of the print output.

Note This property is only used when is set to SpecifiedDateRange.

Returns or sets the first time slot that is rendered when printing a Dayview style output.

Determines the first time slot that is rendered when printing a Dayview style output. By default, this will be the earliest of the in the associated .

Returns or sets the last time slot that is rendered when printing a Dayview style output.

Determines the last time slot that is rendered when printing a Dayview style output. By default, this will be the latest of the in the associated .

Returns or sets the control whose properties are used to initialize a daily print style output. Returns or sets the control whose properties are used to initialize a weekly print style output. Returns or sets the control whose properties are used to initialize a monthly print style output. Returns or sets the control whose properties are used to initialize a yearly print style output. Returns or sets the control whose properties are used to initialize the used to render the calendar in the date header. Returns or sets the control whose properties are used to initialize a timeline print style output.

When the PrintStyle property is set to 'Timeline', the UltraTimelineView control is used to produce the printed output. The TemplateTimelineView property can be used to customized the way the printed data appears. For example, to change the interval of time depicted on the printed page, create an UltraTimelineView instance, change the relevant property settings of that instance's PrimaryInterval, and assign a reference to the instance to the TemplateTimelineView property.

Returns or sets the contents of the left section of a trifold . Returns or sets the contents of the center section of a trifold . Returns or sets the contents of the right section of a trifold . Returns or sets how the days are arranged in a weekly print style. Returns or sets how the days are arranged in a monthly print style. Returns or sets the display style of the printer output.

When the PrintStyle property is set to 'Timeline', the UltraTimelineView control is used to produce the printed output. The control's PrimaryInterval determines the level of detail of the printed output; by default, the PrimaryInterval generates cycles that are fifteen minutes in duration. The level of detail of the timeline depicted in the printed output can be controlled by assigning an instance of the UltraTimelineView control to the TemplateTimelineView property, and setting the properties of that instance's PrimaryInterval accordingly.

The number of pages in the resulting print document is determined by several factors. The range of time to be printed, as determined by the value of the PrintRange property, is of course a factor as it determines the number of minutes/hours/days, etc. to be printed. The ColumnWidth property is used as the basis by which the column width is derived, but this value can be adjusted in the interest of making an integral number of columns appear on each page.

When Owner grouping is in effect, the number of visible owners also has bearing on the number of pages to be printed. The number of visible owners that appear on each page can be controlled by setting the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property; increasing the value of the property reduces the number of pages by virtue of fitting more owners on each page.

Note: When using the 'Timeline' setting, only contiguous ranges of time can be printed. For example, when the PrintRange property is set to 'SelectedDateRanges', all dates from the first date in the selection to the last are printed, regardless of whether the selection represents a discontiguous selection, i.e., "gaps" in the selection are not removed from the printed output.

Returns or sets if non-work days (i.e. whose is false) are excluded. Returns or sets if a blank notes area should be rendered.

Determines if a blank notes area should be rendered. The blank notes section is an additional section with a header and a blank area for writing notes.

Note: This is only applicable to the Daily, Weekly and Monthly print styles and is not included for the corresponding sections when used in a trifold print style.

Returns or sets if a lined notes area should be rendered.

Determines if a lined notes area should be rendered. The lined notes section is an additional section with a header and a lined area for writing notes.

Note: This is only applicable to the Daily, Weekly and Monthly print styles and is not included for the corresponding sections when used in a trifold print style.

Returns or sets if a notes area containing the should be rendered.

Determines if the calendar info notes area should be rendered. The calendar info notes section is an additional section that includes the objects for the date range included on the page.

Note: This is only applicable to the Daily, Weekly and Monthly print styles and is not included for the corresponding sections when used in a trifold print style.

Returns or sets if the date header should be rendered on each page.

Determines if the date header area is included in the output. The date header area is the area at the top of the page which displays the date range and possibly a monthviewmulti.

Returns or sets the information displayed in the caption of the date header area. Returns or sets the number of pages that the daily style output will span.

Determines the number of pages that the daily style output will span.

Note: Time slots are only ever rendered on the first page. The second page will only be used for the various notes sections. If set to 2 and none of these sections are included, only 1 page will be output.

Returns or sets the number of pages that the weekly style output will span.

Determines the number of pages that the weekly style output will span.

Returns or sets the number of pages that the monthly style output will span.

Determines the number of pages that the monthly style output will span.

Returns or sets when a new page should be started for a calendar details . Returns or sets the used to render date header area. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the day portion of a date header area. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the field labels of a Memo . Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the field values of a Memo . Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the title of each Memo entry. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets when a new page should be started for a memo . Returns or sets how the owner information is printed in a TriFold print style. Returns or sets the used to render the notes areas. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the header for each notes area. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the description for an appointment in a CalendarDetails print style. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Returns or sets the used to render the time range and subject for an appointment in a CalendarDetails print style. Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an object has been created for the property. Invoked when an control is created for the print operation.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument creates instances of the various schedule controls in order to render the calendar information to the printer. When the control is created, it is initialized based on the respective 'Template' property (e.g. ) and then the associated initialize event (e.g. ) is invoked to allow any further customizations to the control.

Invoked when an control is created for the print operation.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument creates instances of the various schedule controls in order to render the calendar information to the printer. When the control is created, it is initialized based on the respective 'Template' property (e.g. ) and then the associated initialize event (e.g. ) is invoked to allow any further customizations to the control.

Invoked when an control is created for the print operation.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument creates instances of the various schedule controls in order to render the calendar information to the printer. When the control is created, it is initialized based on the respective 'Template' property (e.g. ) and then the associated initialize event (e.g. ) is invoked to allow any further customizations to the control.

Invoked when an control is created for the print operation.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument creates instances of the various schedule controls in order to render the calendar information to the printer. When the control is created, it is initialized based on the respective 'Template' property (e.g. ) and then the associated initialize event (e.g. ) is invoked to allow any further customizations to the control.

Invoked when an control is created for the print operation for use in the date header.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument creates instances of the various schedule controls in order to render the calendar information to the printer. When the control is created, it is initialized based on the respective 'Template' property (e.g. ) and then the associated initialize event (e.g. ) is invoked to allow any further customizations to the control.

Invoked when an control is created for the print operation.

The control's PrimaryInterval determines the level of detail of the printed output; by default, the PrimaryInterval generates cycles that are fifteen minutes in duration. If the range of time spanned by the date/time range to be printed is relatively large as compared to the duration of the cycles generated by the PrimaryInterval, the control will automatically increase the duration of the primary interval so as to prevent the user from inadvertantly generating large numbers of pages. The AllowAdjustmentOfPrimaryInterval property of the event args provides a way to prevent this automatic adjustment.

The UltraSchedulePrintDocument creates instances of the various schedule controls in order to render the calendar information to the printer. When the control is created, it is initialized based on the respective 'Template' property (e.g. ) and then the associated initialize event (e.g. ) is invoked to allow any further customizations to the control.

Returns the cached license for the control Converts the value. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to be converted from. Converted object or null if the conversion failed. Converts the value to the destination type specified. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to be converted. Type that the object should be converted to. New object of the destination type or null if the conversion failed. Adds verbs to the right click menu at design time Gets the for this designer's control/component. Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraSchedulePrintDocument. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Used by SmartTag Panel. Used by SmartTag Panel. Constants which identify properties of the UltraTimelineView control and its related sub-objects. No value; used for variable initialization. The HeaderTextFormat property. The HeaderTextFormatStyle property. The HeaderAppearance property. The HeaderHotTrackingAppearance property. The LabelAppearance property. The DateNavigationButtonAppearance property. The HeaderTextOrientation property. The Visible property. The Interval property. The LabelText property. The LabelToolTipText property. The DateNavigationButtonVisibility property. The DateNavigationButtonAction property. The DateInterval.IntervalUnits and TimeInterval.IntervalUnits properties. The TimeZone property. The SynchronizingDate property. The contents of the DateTimeIntervalsCollection has changed. The SelectedDateTimeRange property. The Appearance property. The ActivityHeight property. The AppointmentToolTipVisibility property. The AppointmentVisibility property. The ColumnHeaderAppearance property. The ColumnHeaderImageSize property. The ColumnHeaderImageVisible property. The ColumnScrollBarVisibility property. The ColumnAutoSizing property. The ColumnSizing property. The ColumnWidth property. The HolidayToolTipVisibility property. The HolidayVisibility property. The OwnerGroupingStyle property. The OwnerHeaderAppearance property. The ActiveOwnerHeaderAppearance property. The OwnerHeaderImageSize property. The OwnerHeaderImageVisible property. The OwnerHeadersVisible property. The OwnerHeaderTextOrientation property. The MaximumOwnersInView property. The MinimumRowResizeHeight property. The MinimumActivityDuration property. The MinimumColumnResizeWidth property. The OwnerScrollBarVisibility property. The OwnerSizing property. The PrimaryInterval property. The AdditionalIntervals property. The NonWorkingHourAppearance property. The WorkingHourAppearance property. The SelectedDateTimeRangeAppearance property. Notifies of a change in a DateTimeRange object. The SmallChange property. The LargeChange property. A property of the HorizontalScrollSettings object has changed. The SynchronizeWithActiveDay property. The BarColorIndicatorVisibility property. The ReminderIndicatorVisibility property. The RecurrenceIndicatorVisibility property. The DateTimeContinuationIndicatorVisibility property. The TimeVisibility property. The DisplayAppearanceImage property. The DisplaySubject property. The DisplayLocation property. The AppointmentDisplaySettings property. The AlignActivityWithPrimaryInterval property. The BarColorIndicatorHeight property. The ActivityScrollButtonVisibility property. The AutoAppointmentCreate property. The AutoAppointmentDialog property. The AllowAppointmentResize property. The AppointmentDragMode property. The MinimumAppointmentResizeDuration property. A DateTimeInterval instance was reinitialized via a call to its InitializeFrom method. Constants which represent the units in which a TimeInterval is expressed. The cycle's frequency is expressed in minutes. The cycle's frequency is expressed in hours. Constants which represent the units in which a DateInterval is expressed. The cycle's frequency is expressed in days. The cycle's frequency is expressed in seven day weeks. The cycle's frequency is expressed in months. The cycle's frequency is expressed in years. Determines whether the user can change the size of the rows which represent Owners in the UltraTimelineView control. The size of the rows that represent each Owner cannot be changed via the user interface. The size of the rows that represent each Owner can be changed by dragging the bottom edge of the header. The size of the rows that represent each Owner can be changed by dragging the bottom edge of the row area that extends from the right of the header. Combines the 'Header' and 'Row' settings to allow dragging the bottom edge of the header, or the bottom edge of the row area that extends from the right of the header. Determines whether the user can change the size of the columns displayed by the UltraTimelineView control. The size of the columns that represents the PrimaryInterval cannot be changed by the user. The size of the columns that represents the PrimaryInterval can be changed by dragging the right edge of the header. The size of the columns that represents the PrimaryInterval can be changed by dragging the right edge of the column area that extends from the bottom of the header. Combines the 'Header' and 'Column' settings to allow dragging the right edge of the header, or the right edge of the column area that extends from the bottom of the header. Determines whether the value of the ColumnWidth property is set to the ideal width for the PrimaryInterval by double-clicking the adjustable area of the header. Auto-sizing of column widths is not supported. Only the ideal width of the PrimaryInterval is considered when determining the value for the ColumnWidth property. The ideal width of all members of the VisibleIntervals collection are considered when determining the value for the ColumnWidth property. For example, if a DateInterval is displayed above the primary interval with a format of 'MM/dd/yyyy', the column width calculation logic columns will consider that format as well when determining the value of the ColumnWidth property, so that the header text for the AdditionalIntervals will be fully visible. Determines whether Appointments are displayed, and whether they are displayed in the UltraTimelineView control. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Appointments are not displayed in the user interface. Appointments whose AllDayEvent property returns true are not displayed in the user interface. Appointments are displayed in the user interface in accordance with the value of the OwnerGroupingStyle property. Determines whether Holidays are displayed, and whether they are displayed in the UltraTimelineView control for each Owner, or only the UnassignedOwner. Holidays are not displayed in the user interface. Holidays are only displayed within the area reserved for the UnassignedOwner, but are not displayed in any other Owner's activity area. All Holidays are displayed within the area reserved for each Owner displayed by the control. The elements which represent the Holiday objects are duplicated for each Owner. Determines how Owners are displayed in the UltraTimelineView control. Multiple Owners are displayed when the VisibleOwners collection contains more than one member. When the VisibleOwners collection contains only the UnassignedOwner, owner grouping is effectively disabled. Owners are displayed separately, presented as separate rows with headers. If appointments are being displayed, Only the ones that belong to that Owner are displayed within the activity area. Separate rows are not displayed, and appointments for all Owners, if appointments are being displayed, are intermingled within the activity area. Determines whether a vertical scrollbar is shown, with which the user can move Owners in and out of the viewable area of the control. A vertical scrollbar is shown when the value of the OwnersInView property returns a value that is greater than the number of elements in the VisibleOwners collection. A vertical scrollbar is always shown. When all owners are currently within the viewable area of the control, the scrollbar is disabled. No vertical scrollbar is shown. The user is not necessarily prevented from navigating among the visible owners, but can only do so via keyboard actions, or by drag scrolling. Determines whether a horizontal scrollbar is shown, with which the user can change which dates and times appear within the viewable area of the control. A horizontal scrollbar is shown, allowing the user to change which dates and times appear within the viewable area of the control. No horizontal scrollbar is shown. Determines the circumstances under which tooltips are displayed for AppointmentUIElements. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Tooltips are not displayed. The associated "tooltip displaying" event fires, but the ToolTipText at the time the event fires is empty, and will not be displayed unless a listener sets the text to a non-empty value. Tooltips are only displayed when the associated text is not fully visible in the user interface, or if the associated element indicates something that is not fully visible. Tooltips are displayed when the cursor hovers over the applicable element. Determines whether navigational buttons appear on the ColumnHeaderUIElements displayed for a DateTimeInterval. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. No navigation buttons are displayed on the column headers. Navigation buttons appear only on the first and last column header displayed for a given interval. Navigation buttons appear on each column header displayed for a given interval. Determines whether navigational buttons appear on the ColumnHeaderUIElements displayed for a DateTimeInterval. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. No internal action is taken. The DateNavigationButtonClicked event fires, providing the developer with the opportunity to perform an action. The viewport is scrolled horizontally to the beginning of the next interval. The viewport is scrolled horizontally to the beginning of the next logical page. Constants which determine the direction in which the control navigates when a DateNavigationButtonUIElement is clicked. No action is taken Navigation proceeds backward along the timeline. Navigation proceeds forward along the timeline. Constants which define the time scale resolution for a DateTimeInterval. The DateTimeInterval represents a custom unit of time The DateTimeInterval can express units of time in minutes. The DateTimeInterval can express units of time in hours. The DateTimeInterval can express units of time in days. The DateTimeInterval can express units of time in weeks. The DateTimeInterval can express units of time in months. The DateTimeInterval can express units of time in years. Constants which define whether an indicator is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement to denote an enabled Reminder. No indicator is displayed. The indicator is displayed to the left of the appointment text. The indicator is displayed to the right of the appointment text. Constants which define whether an indicator is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement to denote whether the appointment is a recurring appointment. No indicator is displayed. The indicator is displayed to the left of the appointment text. The indicator is displayed to the right of the appointment text. Constants which define whether an AppointmentUIElement displays the associated appointment's BarColor. No indicator is displayed. The indicator is displayed along the top edge of the appointment element. Constants which define whether the value of the StartDateTime and EndDateTime properties are displayed within the AppointmentUIElement. The appointment times are not displayed. The appointment's StartDateTime is displayed to the left of the appointment text. The appointment's EndDateTime is displayed to the right of the appointment text. The appointment's StartDateTime and EndDateTime are displayed separately, on either side of the appointment text. The appointment's StartDateTime and EndDateTime are displayed together, as a range, to the left of the appointment text. The appointment's StartDateTime and EndDateTime are displayed together, as a range, to the right of the appointment text. Constants which define whether an indicator is displayed within the AppointmentUIElement to denote that the associated appointment's StartDateTime and/or EndDateTime are not contained within the viewable area of the control. No indicators are displayed. The 'from' indicator is displayed to the left of the appointment text. The 'to' indicator is displayed to the right of the appointment text. Both indicators are displayed. Constants which define whether scroll buttons are displayed within the ActivityAreaUIElement which allow the user to scroll activities which are not currently within the viewable area into view. Scroll buttons are displayed when the currently visible date range contains activity (i.e., appointments and/or holidays) that are not able to be displayed due to the current height of the ActivityAreaUIElement. No scroll buttons are displayed. Constants which specify whether appointment dragging is permitted for the UltraTimelineView control, and if so, whether they can be dragged to a different Owner The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Appointments cannot be dragged by the user. Appointments can be dragged to different dates/times, but not to a different Owner. Appointments can be dragged to different dates/times and/or to a different Owner. Constants which specify the manner in which the HeaderTextFormat is applied to the dates displayed on the column headers. The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. Only the starting date/time of the range spanned by the column header is displayed within the header. For example, if the associated DateTimeInterval represents one hour, "9AM" might be displayed as opposed to "9AM - 10AM". This is the default setting for TimeIntervals, and for DateIntervals whose cycles span one day or less. The starting and ending date/time of the range spanned by the column header is displayed within the header. The ending date/time is not adjusted to appear as the beginning of the next header's range. This setting is most appropriate for a DateInterval whose cycles span more than one day. For example, a DateInterval that spans two days might display "1/1/2000 - 1/2/2000". A TimeInterval that spans one hour might display "9:00AM - 9:59AM". This is the default setting for all DateIntervals whose cycles span more than one day. The starting and ending date/time of the range spanned by the column header is displayed within the header. The ending date/time is adjusted to appear as the beginning of the next header's range. For example, a TimeInterval that spans one hour might display "9AM - 10AM". Constants which identify the constituent elements of the ActivityUIElementBase derived elements. Area is not associated with an AppointmentUIElement. An area within the AppointmentUIElement that does not coincide with any specific element. The element represents the appointment's StartDateTime The element represents the appointment's EndDateTime The element represents the appointment's StartDateTime EndDateTime The arrow which points left, indicating that the appointment's StartDateTime coincides with a date/time that is currently outside the viewable area. The arrow which points right, indicating that the appointment's EndDateTime coincides with a date/time that is currently outside the viewable area. The element represents an appointment's Subject. The element represents an appointment's Location. The element represents an appointment's Reminder. The element represents an appointment's Recurrence. Constants which identify the constituent elements of the ActivityUIElementBase derived elements. Area is not associated with an HolidayUIElement. An area within the HolidayUIElement that does not coincide with any specific element. The arrow which points left, indicating that the holiday's StartDate coincides with a date/time that is currently outside the viewable area. The arrow which points right, indicating that the holiday's EndDate coincides with a date/time that is currently outside the viewable area. The element represents the holiday's StartDate The element represents the holiday's ending date. The element represents an holiday's Name. Encapsulates the depiction of a regularly occurring interval of time in the UltraTimelineView control.

The UltraTimelineView control supports any number of time intervals, which are represented in the user interface as rows of headers that appear alongside the top edge of the control. The headers which appear in the bottom row represent the primary time interval, upon which scaling for the size of activity elements is based. Headers in this primary interval row can be resized horizontally by the user, which increases or decreases the width of all columns accordingly.

The text displayed in the column headers is fully customizable, and can be oriented at any angle. An image can be displayed on the header as well.

Creates a new instance of the DateTimeInterval class. Creates a new instance of the DateTimeInterval class. The value of the Interval property. Returns whether the HeaderAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the HeaderAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the HeaderHotTrackingAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the HeaderHotTrackingAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the HeaderTextFormat property requires serialization. Restores the value of the HeaderTextFormat property to its default setting. Clears the cached value of the DefaultHeaderTextFormat property, so that it will be recalculated again the next time it is requested. Returns the default format to be used for the header text. Returns whether the HeaderTextFormatStyle property requires serialization. Restores the value of the HeaderTextFormatStyle property to its default setting. Returns whether the HeaderTextOrientation property requires serialization. Restores the value of the HeaderTextOrientation property to its default setting. Returns whether the Visible property requires serialization. Restores the value of the Visible property to its default setting. Returns whether the Interval property requires serialization. Restores the value of the Interval property to its default setting. Returns whether the LabelAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the LabelAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the LabelText property requires serialization. Restores the value of the LabelText property to its default setting. Returns whether the LabelToolTipText property requires serialization. Restores the value of the LabelToolTipText property to its default setting. Returns whether the DateNavigationButtonAppearance requires serialization. Resets the properties of the DateNavigationButtonAppearance to their default values. Returns whether the DateNavigationButtonVisibility property requires serialization. Restores the value of the DateNavigationButtonVisibility property to its default setting. Returns whether the DateNavigationButtonAction property requires serialization. Restores the value of the DateNavigationButtonAction property to its default setting. Returns the date and time of the beginning of the cycle which contains the specified . The date/time to use to calculate the beginning of the cycle. [out] Upon return, contains the duration of the cycle which contains the specified . Returns the next or previous date as relative to the specified date. The date on which the return value is based. Boolean which specifies whether to proceed forward or backward along the timeline, as relative to the specified date.

The default implementation adds or subtracts (depending on the value of ) the TimeSpan returned from the NormalSpan property to or from the specified . Derived classes which represent intervals that can vary in duration can override the GetNextDate method to handle the variations as appropriate for that interval.

Formats the specified date/time range as appropriate for this DateTimeInterval.

The default implementation applies the resolved HeaderTextFormat to the start and end date/time by the rules defined by the HeaderTextFormatStyle property.

Returns whether this object requires serialization. Restores all property values for this object to their respective defaults. Called when a property value changes on an object property. PropChangeInfo Releases any resources used by this object. Translates the specified and date/time based on the specified and . The start date/time of the range to translate. The end date/time of the range to translate. The resolved value of the associated UltraCalendarInfo's LogicalDayStart property. The resolved value of the associated UltraCalendarInfo's LogicalDayDuration property. Translates the specified and date/time based on the UTC offset for this instance. [ref] A reference to the starting date/time to be offset, expressed as Universal Time. [ref] A reference to the ending date/time to be offset, expressed as Universal Time.

The default implementation leaves the specified and intact.

Deserialization constructor. Initializes the properties of this instance with the corresponding property value of the specified instance. The DateTimeInterval instance from which this instance is to be initialized. Initializes the properties of this instance with the corresponding property value of the specified instance. The DateTimeInterval instance from which this instance is to be initialized. Specifies whether a property change notification is to be issued after the initialization. Returns a memberwise copy of this DateTimeInterval instance. A DateTimeInterval whose property values are identical to this instance. Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the column headers. Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the HeaderAppearance property. Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the column headers when the cursor is positioned within its bounds. Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the HeaderHotTrackingAppearance property. Returns or sets the date/time format used to derive the text for the column headers. Returns the resolved value of the HeaderTextFormat property. Returns the default format for the header text. Returns or sets the manner in which the HeaderTextFormat is applied to the dates displayed on the column headers. Returns the resolved value of the HeaderTextFormatStyle property. Returns or sets the orientation of the header text, i.e., whether it is displayed vertically, horizontally, or diagonally. Returns or sets whether this DateTimeInterval is displayed in the user interface.

The Visible property is not applicable in the case where this instance is designated as the PrimaryInterval; the primary interval is always displayed.

A member of the AdditionalIntervals collection is only displayed when the duration of the cycles it generates are shorter or equal than that of the PrimaryInterval. For example, if the cycles generated by the PrimaryInterval are one hour in duration, a 15-minute TimeInterval (i.e., IntervalUnits = 'Minutes' and Interval = 15) could be present within the AdditionalIntervals collection, but it would not be displayed. The developer can force a DateTimeInterval that would otherwise be displayed to be hidden from the user by setting the Visible property to false.

Returns the resolved value of the Visible property. Returns or sets the time interval for this instance.

The actual amount of time spanned in a cycle generated by this instance is determined by the Span property, which deriving classes must override. Typically, a derived class exposes a property which defines the unit of measure, and the value of the Interval property is multiplied by that unit to produce the actual span of time.

Thrown when the specified value is less than zero. IntervalUnits property (TimeInterval class) IntervalUnits property (DateInterval class)
Returns the default interval. Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the label which appears above the topmost Owner header element.

When owner headers are visible, the area above the topmost owner header, and to the left of the first visible column header, can display a label. This appearance controls the visual formatting for those labels, and the background therein.

Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the LabelAppearance property. Returns or sets the text that is displayed in the area to the left of the column headers.

When owner headers are visible, the area above the topmost owner header, and to the left of the first visible column header, can display a label. This property defines the text that is displayed in that area.

Note: The width of the owner header area is dependent on both the size required to display each owner's header, and the size required to display the LabelText.

Returns or sets the text that is displayed in the tooltip that is displayed when the cursor is moved over the label.

The label area is only displayed when the OwnerHeadersVisible property returns true. It can be used to display, for example, the abbreviated name of a time zone. The LabelToolTipText can be used to display, for example, the full name for the time zone.

Note: If the LabelToolTipText property is set, the tooltip is displayed, regardless of whether the LabelText is fully visible.

Returns or sets the appearance that is applied to the navigation buttons which appear on the column headers when the DateNavigationButtonVisibility property is set to a value other than 'Hide'. Returns whether an appearance object has been created for the DateNavigationButtonAppearance property. Determines whether navigational buttons appear on the ColumnHeaderUIElements displayed for this DateTimeInterval.

Note: Navigational buttons are never displayed for the PrimaryInterval's column headers.

DateNavigationButtonAction DateNavigationButtonUIElement class
Returns the resolved value of the DateNavigationButtonVisibility property. Determines the action to be performed when a DateNavigationButtonUIElement is clicked.

Note: Navigational buttons are never displayed for the PrimaryInterval's column headers.

DateNavigationButtonVisibility DateNavigationButtonUIElement class
Returns the resolved value of the DateNavigationButtonAction property. Returns the amount of time spanned in a cycle generated by this instance, based on the normalized span of time for the interval units with which the instance expresses itself.

The NormalSpan property is used primarily for sorting the members of the AdditionalIntervals collection, to determine the order in which their respective headers should appear, and also which ones can appear, based on the NormalSpan of the PrimaryInterval. A DateTimeInterval-derived instance whose NormalSpan property returns a span of time that is less than that of the PrimaryInterval interval is not displayed; instances whose NormalSpan property returns a span of time that is greater than another member of the collection is displayed above that member. For example, a DateInterval instance whose IntervalUnits property is set to 'Weeks' and whose Interval property is set to one is displayed above one whose IntervalUnits property is set to 'Days', unless the latter's Interval property is set to a value greater than seven, since in that case it spans a greater duration of time.

Returns the span of time that defines the horizontal scroll range.

When not explicitly overridden in a derived class, the default value is derived by multiplying the NormalSpan by ten.

Returns the UltraCalendarInfo component with which this instance is associated, or null if it is not associated with an UltraCalendarInfo. Returns the UltraTimelineView with which this instance is associated, or null if it is not associated with an UltraTimelineView. Returns a constant which defines the most specific unit of time that can be represented by this DateTimeInterval instance.

The default implementation returns 'Undefined', which means that the interval is not representative of any particular standard unit of time.

Returns whether all cycles generated by this instance are of the same duration in time. Returns a boolean indicating whether this DateTimeInterval is currently assigned to the associated UltraTimelineView control's PrimaryInterval property. Encapsulates the depiction of a regularly occurring interval of time in the UltraTimelineView control.

The amount of time spanned by a TimeInterval is defined by two properties, Interval and IntervalUnits. The Interval property is an integer which defines the length of the cycle at which the interval repeats itself, and the IntervalUnits property determines the unit of measure, i.e., minutes or hours.. For example, a time interval can be created which will result in columns that represent a two-hour span of time by setting the Interval property to 2, and the IntervalUnits property to 'Hours'.

Creates a new instance of the TimeInterval class. Creates a new instance of the TimeInterval class. The value of the Interval property. The value of the IntervalUnits property. Returns whether the IntervalUnits property requires serialization. Restores the value of the IntervalUnits property to its default setting. Returns whether the TimeZone property requires serialization. Restores the value of the TimeZone property to its default setting. Returns whether the TimeZoneInfoStandardName property requires serialization. Returns the default format to be used for the header text. Returns the date and time of the beginning of the cycle which contains the specified . The date/time to use to calculate the beginning of the cycle. [out] Upon return, contains the duration of the cycle which contains the specified . Returns the next or previous date as relative to the specified date. The date on which the return value is based. Boolean which specifies whether to proceed forward or backward along the timeline, as relative to the specified date. Returns whether this TimeInterval instance requires serialization. Restores all property values for this TimeInterval instance to their respective defaults. Returns the string representation of this TimeInterval instance. Translates the specified and date/time based on the UTC offset for this instance. [ref] A reference to the starting date/time to be offset, expressed as Universal Time. [ref] A reference to the ending date/time to be offset, expressed as Universal Time.

The value of the TimeZoneInfo instance referenced by the TimeZone property is used to determine the offset to be applied to the specified when this TimeInterval instance is not assigned to the PrimaryInterval property. The PrimaryInterval only displays dates and times as relative to the current time zone for the local machine.

Deserialization constructor. Initializes the properties of this instance with the corresponding property value of the specified instance. The DateInterval instance from which this instance is to be initialized. Creates a memberwise copy of this instance. A new TimeInterval instance whose property values are the same as that of this instance. Creates a memberwise copy of this instance. A new TimeInterval instance whose property values are the same as that of this instance. Returns the default value for the Interval property. Returns the units in which the value of the Interval property is expressed. Returns the actual amount of time spanned in a cycle generated by this instance, which is derived by multiplying the value of the Interval property by the scalar defined by the value of the IntervalUnits property. Returns the span of time that defines the horizontal scroll range. Returns a constant which defines the most specific unit of time that can be represented by this DateTimeInterval instance. Returns true to indicate that all cycles generated by this instance are of the same duration. Returns or sets the TimeZoneInfo instance which defines the time zone information for this instance.

The TimeZone property can be used to offset cycles generated by this instance from the times displayed by the PrimaryInterval. When this instance is assigned to the PrimaryInterval property, the TimeZone property is not applicable, i.e., dates and times for the cycles generated by the PrimaryInterval are always expressed as relative to the current time zone.

This property is used to support designer serialization for the TimeZone property and is not intended to be used by your code. Returns the ShortTimePattern for the current culture, adjusted so as not to include the seconds component of the formatted time. Encapsulates the depiction of a regularly occurring interval of time in the UltraTimelineView control.

The amount of time spanned by a DateInterval is defined by two properties, Interval and IntervalUnits. The Interval property is an integer which defines the length of the cycle at which the interval repeats itself, and the IntervalUnits property determines the unit of measure, i.e., minutes or hours.. For example, a time interval can be created which will result in columns that represent a two-hour span of time by setting the Interval property to 2, and the IntervalUnits property to 'Hours'.

Creates a new instance of the DateInterval class. Creates a new instance of the DateInterval class. The value of the Interval property. The value of the IntervalUnits property. Returns the default format to be used for the header text. Returns whether the IntervalUnits property requires serialization. Restores the value of the IntervalUnits property to its default setting. Returns whether the SynchronizingDate property requires serialization. Restores the value of the SynchronizingDate property to its default setting. Returns the date and time of the beginning of the cycle which contains the specified . The date/time to use to calculate the beginning of the cycle. [out] Upon return, contains the duration of the cycle which contains the specified . Returns the next or previous date as relative to the specified date. The date on which the return value is based. Boolean which specifies whether to proceed forward or backward along the timeline, as relative to the specified date. Returns whether this DateInterval instance requires serialization. Restores all property values for this DateInterval instance to their respective defaults. Returns the string representation of this DateInterval instance. Translates the specified and date/time based on the specified and . The start date/time of the range to translate. The end date/time of the range to translate. The resolved value of the associated UltraCalendarInfo's LogicalDayStart property. The resolved value of the associated UltraCalendarInfo's LogicalDayDuration property. Deserialization constructor. Initializes the properties of this instance with the corresponding property value of the specified instance. The DateInterval instance from which this instance is to be initialized. Creates a memberwise copy of this instance. A new DateInterval instance whose property values are the same as that of this instance. Creates a memberwise copy of this instance. A new DateInterval instance whose property values are the same as that of this instance. Returns the units in which the value of the Interval property is expressed, i.e., days, weeks, months, or years. Returns the estimated amount of time spanned in a cycle generated by this instance, which is derived by multiplying the value of the Interval property by the scalar defined by the value of the IntervalUnits property.

Since some months of the year have a different number of days than others, and leap years have more days than "normal" years, it is not always possible to know the exact amount of time spanned by an interval without providing a specific date as a context. The NormalSpan property provides an estimation of this by normalizing months and years; for the purposes of sorting the members of the AdditionalIntervals collection, and determining which ones can appear, all DateInterval instances whose IntervalUnits property is set to 'Months' are assumed to contain 30 days, and all instances whose IntervalUnits property is set to 'Years' are assumed to have 365 days.

Returns or sets the DateTime structure which defines the starting point for cycles generated by this instance.

In the case where the Interval property is set to a value greater than one, it might be necessary to synchronize the beginning of the cycles generated by this instance with a particular day, day of the week, or month. For example, if a DateInterval is intended to represent a two-week pay period, the developer might need to define the beginning of the pay cycle as the first monday of the current year. The SynchronizingDate property makes it possible to define the synchronization point for the cycle in this manner. The Interval property in this case would be set to 2, the IntervalUnits property would be set to 'Weeks', and the SynchronizingDate property would be set to the first Monday of the current year.

Not all of the components of the SynchronizingDate structure are necessarily used; which ones are used depends on the value of the IntervalUnits property. For example, when IntervalUnits is set to 'Monthly', only the Month component of the date is used; when set to 'Weekly', only the DayOfWeek component is used.

When no value has been explicitly assigned to the SynchronizingDate property, the value of the associated UltraCalendarInfo's MinDate property is used to define the synchronizing date for the cycle.

Returns the span of time that defines the horizontal scroll range. Returns a constant which defines the most specific unit of time that can be represented by this DateTimeInterval instance. Returns true when the IntervalUnits property returns 'Days' or 'Weeks', and returns false otherwise. Returns the resolved value of the HeaderTextFormatStyle property. Repository for objects of type DateTimeInterval, in which the date/time intervals that are to be displayed above the PrimaryInterval are stored. Read-only repository for objects of type DateTimeInterval. Member variable for the InternalList property. Returns the index of the object in the collection Returns the index of the specified DateTimeInterval in the collection. The DateTimeInterval to test. The index of the specified or -1 if the instance is not contained within this collection. Returns whether the specified DateTimeInterval exists within the collection. The DateTimeInterval to test. A boolean indicating whether the specified exists within the collection. Returns the object at the specified index. Returns the initial capacity for the collection. Returns false. Returns the DateTimeInterval instance at the specified ordinal position within this collection. The ordinal position of the item to return. Returns a generic list which stores the DateTimeInterval instances in this collection. Returns an array containing each member of this collection. Returns the total number of elements in this collection. Adds a new TimeInterval instance to this collection. The initial value of the Interval property. The initial value of the IntervalUnits property. The resulting TimeInterval instance. Add(DateInterval) Thrown if the value of the parameter is less than zero. Adds a new DateInterval instance to this collection. The initial value of the Interval property. The initial value of the IntervalUnits property. The resulting DateInterval instance. Add(TimeInterval) Thrown if the value of the parameter is less than zero. Adds the specified DateTimeInterval instance to this collection. The DateTimeInterval to add. The resulting ordinal position within this collection. Thrown if the value of the parameter contains a null reference. Inserts the specified DateTimeInterval instance in this collection. The ordinal position at which to insert the item. The DateTimeInterval to add. Thrown if the value of the parameter contains a null reference. Removes the specified DateTimeInterval from this collection. The DateTimeInterval instance to remove. Removes the element at the specified ordinal position from this collection. The ordinal position of the DateTimeInterval instance to remove. Removes all elements from this collection. Called when a property on a member of this collection changes. Removes all members from the collection, and clears the contents of the Tag property. Constructor used during deserialization to initialize a new DateTimeIntervalsCollection instance with the de-serialized property values. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns false. Handles the Scroll event for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars. The sending scrollbar instance. An that contains the event data. Synchronizes the horizontal scrollbar so that the its value is exactly halfway between the min and max, and represents the specified DateTime. The date and time to which the scrollbar is to be synchronized. Specifies whether the scrol, value should be set such that the scroll thumb appears in the center of the track, i.e., Value is halfway between min and max. Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control. Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control. [out] Upon return, contains the point of time that coincides with the left edge of the viewport. This can be different than the start time of the range if the UltraTimelineView.HorizontalScrollSettings.SmallChange is set to a value that is different than the primary interval's normal span. Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control. [out] Upon return, contains the point of time that coincides with the left edge of the viewport. This can be different than the start time of the range if the UltraTimelineView.HorizontalScrollSettings.SmallChange is set to a value that is different than the primary interval's normal span. [out] Upon return, contains the point of time that coincides with the right edge of the viewport. This can be different than the end time of the range depending on the width of the control. Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control. Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control. Returns the range of time that is currently within the viewable area of the control. Ensures that the owner at the specified ordinal position within the VisibleOwners collection is brought into the viewable area of the control. Also dirties control's UIElement. Ensures that the owner at the specified ordinal position within the VisibleOwners collection is brought into the viewable area of the control. Also dirties control's UIElement. Converts the specified date/time into scroll units, expressed as an unsigned long integer which represents the number of minutes since DateTime.MinValue. Converts the specified scroll units into a DateTime. Returns the value represented by the horizontal scrollbar, expressed as the number of minutes since DateTime.MinValue. Returns the resolved value to use for the SmallChange property of the horizontal scrollbar. Also sets the 'minutesPerTick' member variable, since they are essentially one and the same. Returns the resolved value to use for the LargeChange property of the horizontal scrollbar. Returns the resolved value to use for the Minimum property of the horizontal scrollbar. Returns the resolved value to use for the Maximum property of the horizontal scrollbar. Determines whether times are incremented or decremented by default when the EnsureDateTimeInView method is called with a time component which lies outside the logical day boundaries. Returns the string representation of this instance. -derived class which exposes scrollbar related properties for the control. Creates a new instance of the class. Returns true if a time slot or activity is the pivot item. Strategy used for multiple selection of items. Creates a new instance of the class. The ISelectionManager implementation which handles selection for the associated control. Returns whether the SetPivotItem method is called when a MouseUp message is processed. Returns whether the OnMouseUp method is called after a drag operation ends when a MouseUp message is processed. Strategy used when multiple items can be selected but pressing the left button and dragging does not select other items but instead starts dragging the selected item immediately. Creates a new instance of the class. The ISelectionManager implementation which handles selection for the associated control. Returns whether the SetPivotItem method is called when a MouseUp message is processed. Returns whether the OnMouseUp method is called after a drag operation ends when a MouseUp message is processed. Area which represents a range of time whose duration is defined by the PrimaryInterval, and optionally is associated with a specific Owner.

The TimeSlotUIElement class encapsulates the physical manifestation of an explicit date/time range, similar to a TimeSlotUIElement for the UltraDayView control. When the OwnerGroupingStyle property resolves to 'Separate', each TimeSlotUIElement is associated with not only a distinct date/time range, but a distinct Owner as well.

The amount of time spanned by each TimeSlotUIElement is generally determined by the NormalSpan property of the PrimaryInterval. For intervals which generate cycles that can vary in duration (for example, monthly or yearly intervals), the width of the element does not correspond exactly to a constant unit of time.

The width of all TimeSlotUIElements is determined by the ColumnWidth property. The ColumnSizing property determines whether this width can be changed by the user, and also whether the resizing operation can be initiated from the TimeSlotUIElement, the ColumnHeaderUIElement, or both.

The Application Styling roles for this element are: TimelineViewTimeSlotBase, TimelineViewTimeSlotWorkingHour, and TimelineViewTimeSlotNonWorkingHour.

DateTimeInterval class PrimaryInterval ColumnWidth ColumnSizing DateTimeRange class TimeSlotUIElement (DayView namespace)
Creates a new instance. Initializes this ColumnHeaderUIElement for use with a new date/time. The start time for the date/time slot this header represents. The end time for the date/time slot this header represents. The zero-based index describing this element's position on the row in which it appears. Initializes the AppearanceData for this element. Returns an object of the requested type that relates to the element or null. Called when a mousedown is received and a resize operation is started. Called after the resize operation has been completed. Called if escape is pressed to cancel an adjustment operation Called when the horizontal delta has changed. The change in the horizontal direction, expressed in pixels. Called after a resize operation Returns the range limits for adjusting the element in either or both dimensions. It also returns the initial rects for the vertical and horizontal bars that will need to be inverted during the mouse drag operation. The cursor location, expressed in client coordinates. Returned limits Called when the mouse is double-clicked on this element. Returns the UltraTimelineView control associated with this element. Returns the Owner associated with this element. Returns the DateTimeRange associated with this instance. Returns which border sides are drawn for this element. Returns the border style for this element. Returns whether this element supports resizing. True if this element supports adjustments by grabbing the left border. Returns the ISelectableItem implementor associated with this element. Returns an object that describes this instance to the ISelectionManager interface. Returns the UIRole associated with this instance, through which Application Styling support is extended.

The base application styling role name for the TimeSlotUIElement is TimelineViewTimeSlotBase. TimeSlotUIElements which fall within the working hour range can be styled separately using the TimelineViewTimeSlotWorkingHourrole; TimeSlotUIElements which fall within the non-working hour range can be styled separately using the TimelineViewTimeSlotNonWorkingHourrole.

This class is used internally by the Infragistics framework and is not intended to be used by your code. Returns the string representation of this instance. Returns the Owner associated with this instance. Returns the date and time of the beginning of the range represented by this instance. Returns the date and time of the end of the range represented by this instance. Constants which describe the phase of a resize operation involving a AdjustableUIElement derived element such as a row or column header. Undefined The operation is beginning. The operation is continuing by moving the mouse while the element is captured. The operation has been canceled by the user; implies that no 'Ending' phase will occur. The operation has been completed normally by the user, i.e., was not canceled, and the user released the mouse button. Contains information about a column resizing operation. Returns the UIElement that was resized, or null if the width was changed programmatically. When not null, either a or is returned; the former implies a header was resized and the latter implies that a "cell" was resized. Returns the value that the ColumnWidth property will be set to if the operation is committed by the user. Returns the phase of the operation, i.e., whether it is beginning, continuing because the user is dragging the element's edge, ending, or being canceled by the user. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ColumnResizing event. Contains information about a column resizing operation that has completed normally. Returns the UIElement that was resized, or null if the width was changed programmatically. When not null, either a or is returned; the former implies a header was resized and the latter implies that a "cell" was resized. Returns the value of the ColumnWidth property. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ColumnResized event. Contains information about a column auto-sizing operation. Returns the that was auto-sized, or null if the width was changed programmatically. Returns the value that the ColumnWidth property will be set to if the event is not canceled. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ColumnResizing event. Contains information about a column auto-sizing operation. Returns the that was auto-sized, or null if the width was changed programmatically. Returns the value of the ColumnWidth property. Defines the signature of the method that handles the ColumnResizing event. Contains information about a key action. Returns the UltraTimelineViewAction constant which identifies the action that was performed. Defines the signature of the method that handles the KeyActionPerformed event. Contains information about a key action. Returns the UltraTimelineViewAction constant which identifies the action that was performed. Defines the signature of the method that handles the KeyActionPerforming event. Contains information about a row resizing operation. Returns the UIElement that was resized, or null if the width was changed programmatically. When not null, either a or is returned; the former implies a header was resized and the latter implies that a "cell" was resized. Returns the value that the MaximumOwnersInView property will be set to if the operation is committed by the user. Returns the phase of the operation, i.e., whether it is beginning, continuing because the user is dragging the element's edge, ending, or being canceled by the user. Defines the signature of the method that handles the RowResizing event. Contains information about a row resizing operation that has completed normally. Returns the UIElement that was resized, or null if the width was changed programmatically. When not null, either a or is returned; the former implies a header was resized and the latter implies that a "cell" was resized. Returns the value of the MaximumOwnersInView property. Defines the signature of the method that handles the RowResized event. Contains information about an event that may have been triggered by user interaction. Returns the ScrollEventType constant which describes the type of scroll, i.e., small increment, large increment, thumb drag, etc. Returns an Orientation constant which defines whether the horizontal or vertical scrollbar was manipulated. Defines the signature of the method that handles the Scroll event. UIElement-derived class which represents the UltraTimelineView control in the user interface.

The UltraTimelineViewUIElement encapsulates the physical manifestation of the UltraTimelineView control. All UIElement-derived instances which represent the various different physical elements of the control appear as descendants of the UltraTimelineViewUIElement.

The following table lists the names of each of the application styling roles extended by the UltraTimelineView control:
Role UIElement Description
ScheduleOwnerOwnerUIElementRole for a WinSchedule Owner.
ScheduleOwnerHeaderOwnerHeaderUIElementRole for the header that appears along the left edge of the control, identifying each owner.
ScheduleActivityActivityUIElementBaseBase role for appointments and holidays.
ScheduleAppointmentAppointmentUIElementRole for appointments.
ScheduleHolidayHolidayUIElementRole for holidays.
TimelineViewTimeSlotBaseTimeSlotUIElementBase role for time slots.
TimelineViewTimeSlotWorkingHourTimeSlotUIElementRole for time slots which appear in the working hour range.
TimelineViewTimeSlotNonWorkingHourTimeSlotUIElementRole for time slots which appear in the non-working hour range.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderBaseColumnHeaderUIElementBase role for column headers.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderMinutesColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent a TimeInterval whose units are expressed in minutes.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderHoursColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent a TimeInterval whose units are expressed in hours.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderDaysColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent a DateInterval whose units are expressed in days.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderWeeksColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent a DateInterval whose units are expressed in weeks.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderMonthsColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent a DateInterval whose units are expressed in months.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderYearsColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent a DateInterval whose units are expressed in years.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderPrimaryIntervalColumnHeaderUIElementRole for column headers which represent the PrimaryInterval.
TimelineViewColumnHeaderDateNavigationButtonDateNavigationButtonUIElementRole for the triangular buttons which appear on column headers, providing a means by which to navigate the timeline.
TimelineViewDateTimeIntervalLabelDateTimeIntervalLabelUIElementRole for the label which appears above the owner header area, next to each DateTimeInterval, in which a caption can be displayed.
TimelineViewActivityScrollButtonBaseActivityScrollButtonUIElementBase role for the triangular buttons which appear in the activity area, which when clicked bring non-visible activities into the viewable area of the control.
TimelineViewActivityScrollButtonUpActivityScrollButtonUIElementRole for the activity scroll button that faces up.
TimelineViewActivityScrollButtonDownActivityScrollButtonUIElementRole for the activity scroll button that faces down.
TimelineViewControlAreaUltraTimelineViewUIElementRole which represents the control itself.

OwnerHeaderUIElement ColumnHeaderUIElement TimeSlotUIElement AppointmentUIElement HolidayUIElement DateNavigationButtonUIElement ActivityScrollButtonUIElement
Creates a new instance of the UltraTimelineViewUIElement class. Does nothing. Background image is not drawn The used to provide rendering information. Initializes the appearance for the element. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when a mouse down message is received. Returning true will cause normal mouse down processing to be skipped The providing mouse information. True if the mouse processing has been handled. Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Creates/verifies the child UI elements for the control. Notifies this instance that a tooltip is about to be displayed. The IUltraControl interface implementor for which the tooltip is being displayed. The UIElement for which the tooltip is being displayed. The ToolTipInfo struct containing information about the tooltip. Specifies the event that triggered the tooltip, i.e., a MouseHover or MouseEnter notification. A boolean value indicating whether the tooltip should be displayed. Always returns inset border style Returns all borders Returns the number of child elements expected to be created. Returns bit flags indicating the current state of the control (used to get appropriate key action on keyDown) Indicates if the control uielement is being used for a print operation. Indicates how images and colors are rendered when printed. Returns the associated with this instance.

The application styling role name for the UltraTimelineViewUIElement is TimelineViewControlArea.

Returns a reference to the associated UltraTimelineView control. Determines whether the specified dates are within the min/max range, and optionally whether they are enabled. Determines whether the specified dates are within the min/max range, and optionally whether they are enabled. Infragistics UltraWeekView. UltraWeekView Constructor Called when a property of the instance assigned to this control's property has changed. The instance which contains information about the property change. Notification handler for the CalendarInfo object's CalendarInfoChanged event event arguments Called when a CalendarInfo object is created or set The new calendar info object The previous calendar info object Overrides the base class implementation of DirtyControlChildElements When set to true, invalidates the elements Returns the date of the first visible day in the same week as the passed-in date The date. The date of the first visible day in the same week as the passed-in date. IsScrollDateWithinRange Returns the AppointmentUIElement for the supplied appointment or null if the appointment is not visible. The appointment. The AppointmentUIElement for the supplied appointment or null if the appointment is not visible. Returns the UIElement for the supplied holiday or null if the holiday is not visible. The holiday. The UIElement for the supplied holiday or null if the holiday is not visible. Returns the UIElement for the supplied note or null if the note is not visible. The note. The UIElement for the supplied note or null if the note is not visible. Sets the scrollbar control's initial property values Returns the UIElement representing the appointment subject at this point, or null if there is none at this location The x coordinate. The y coordinate. The UIElement representing the appointment subject at this point, or null if there is none at this location Scrolls the control by the specified number of weeks The number of weeks to scroll Boolean indicating whether the control should be scrolled backward or forward Scroll event type Boolean indicating whether the scroll events should be fired A boolean indicating whether the scroll action was successfully performed. Handles the scrollbar control's OnValueChanged event Handles user interactivity with the scrollbar A structure containing information about the scroll operation. internal ResolveWeekAppearance method the Week object whose appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Determines whether the property should be serialized Boolean indicating whether the property should be serialized Resets the property to its default value. Called after an action was performed. An that contains the event data. Called before an action is performed. An that contains the event data. internal ResolveDayAppearance method The date for which the appearance is to be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The for which the appearance is to be resolved. Resolves the appearance for the day headers. The date for which the appearance is to be resolved The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed The for shich the appearance is to be resolved. Specifies whether the caller is hot tracking. Resolves the appearance for selected day headers The date for which the appearance is to be resolved. The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns an object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetAppointmentFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over an .

Returns an object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetAppointmentFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over an .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetHolidayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetHolidayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetNoteFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetNoteFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine whether the cursor is positioned over a .

Scrolls the passed-in date into view. If already visible, the method does nothing and returns. If not already visible, the containing the passed-in date is made to be the . The date of the to be scrolled into view Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayOfWeekFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayOfWeekFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
The point containing the X and Y coordinates, in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Returns a object from the position specified by (x, y) or null if there is no object at those coordinates.

Coordinates are expressed relative to the control's client area.
X coordinate in client coordinates Y coordinate in client coordinates The object at the passed-in coordinates, or null (Nothing in VB) if no is found at the specified coordinates.

The GetDayFromPoint method is useful for hit testing to determine which, if any, the cursor is positioned over.

Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. Simulates user interactivity with the control. The that identifies the action to be performed If true, the action will be performed as if the SHIFT key was pressed If true, the action will be performed as if the CTRL key was pressed true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed.

The PerformAction method is used by the control whenever a keystroke that has a mapping in the control's table is received.

When the keystroke is received, the control attempts to perform the action associated with that keystroke, determining whether it can do so by reading the control's property.

Note: In addition to being used internally by the control, the PerformAction method is exposed so that it can be used to programmatically simulate user interactivity with the control.

For an example of how the table, the PerformAction method, and the property work in conjunction with each other, see the topic.

Returns whether the specified key is used by the control; i.e., has an action mapped The key data to be evaluated. A boolean indicating whether the specified key is used by the control. Factory method used to create the component role that provides the style information for the control. The created. Creates a new accessibility object for the control. A new for the control. Creates an accessible object for the related object. The logically related objects (e.g. an OwnerUIElement etc.). A new object for the related object. Display the about dialog Return the license we cached inside the constructor Returns the main element DayNumberHeightPadding Gets/sets the object represented by the control.

The VisibleWeek property is available only at runtime.

Note: The VisibleWeek property cannot be set to a value that is outside the range determined by the and properties of the object.

Gets/sets the border style that is used by the day headers.

The day header is the area that contains the 's date.

Note: Only the bottom edge of the border is drawn, and as a result certain border styles may not appear as might be expected.

Gets/sets the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's scroll track is clicked, or when the PageUp/PageDown buttons are pressed.

The default value of the ScrollChangeLarge property is 1.

The value can be changed to any positive whole number to change the number of weeks that are scrolled when the control's scroll track is clicked, or when the PageUp/PageDown buttons are pressed.

The collection of objects that relates keystrokes with s.

By default, the KeyActionMappings collection contains all of the standard keyboard mappings for the control.

Individual objects can be added to and removed from this collection, but caution should be exercised when doing so.

The KeyActionMappings collection offers virtually unlimited freedom of control over the control's keyboard handling capabilities.

If the default behavior for a particular keystroke does not provide the desired functionality, it can be replaced with a custom .

The KeyActionMappings collection is accessed by the control each time a relevant keystroke is received to determine what, if any, action should be attempted.

The following example illustrates the sequence of events that occur when the control receives a keystroke that has significance in the table:

Example: The user presses the down arrow key while the control's first visible day is active:

  1. The control's OnKeyDown method is called as a result of the left arrow key being pressed.
  2. The table is searched to determine whether there is an action mapped to the down arrow key.
  3. An action is found; in this case, it is the NextDay action.
  4. The control's property is queried, to make sure that the control is currently in the state required by the object corresponding to the keystroke.
  5. The control's property is also queried to make sure that the control is not currently in a state that is disallowed by the object corresponding to the keystroke.
  6. The state of the special keys (ALT, CTRL and SHIFT) is checked against the object corresponding to the keystroke, as these keys (or a combination thereof) might be required or disallowed by the object corresponding to the keystroke.
  7. Assuming all of the required and disallowed criteria were met, the action is then performed by calling the control's method.

The following table lists the default key mappings for the control:

KeyCode ActionCode StateRequired StateDisallowed SpecialKeysRequired SpecialKeysDisallowed
DownNextDayDay, NextDayIsInMinMaxRangeActivityInEditModeAlt
UpPreviousDayDay, PreviousDayIsInMinMaxRangeActivityInEditModeAlt
RightDayToTheRightDayActivityInEditModeAlt
LeftDayToTheLeftDayActivityInEditModeAlt
HomeFirstDayInWeekDayDayFirst, ActivityInEditModeAlt
EndLastDayInWeekDayActivityInEditModeAlt
PriorScrollUpByLargeChangeDayActivityInEditModeAlt
NextScrollDownByLargeChangeDayActivityInEditModeAlt
TabNextActivityByTabDayAltShift
TabPreviousActivityByTabDayShiftAlt
SpaceToggleDaySelectionDayActivityInEditModeCtrlAltShift
F2EnterEditModeDayActivityInEditMode, ActivityIsLockedAll
EscapeExitEditModeAndCancelChangesActivityInEditModeAll
EnterDisplayAppointmentDialogPivotItemIsActivity, SelectedAppointments, AutoAppointmentDialogEnabledActivityInEditMode, PivotItemIsDayAll
EnterExitEditModeAndSaveChangesActivityInEditModeNoteInEditModeAll
EnterAddNewAppointmentDay, NoSelectedActivitiesActivityInEditModeAll
DeleteRemoveSelectedActivitiesPivotItemIsActivityActivityInEditMode, PivotItemIsDayAll

Returns a object representing the leftmost in the topmost ) (read-only)

The FirstVisibleDay property is available only at runtime, and is read-only. It is useful for returning the object that represents the current top, left day in the control.

The main UI element for the control (read-only).

The UIElement property provides access to the visual representation of the control.

The control's UIElement property exposes a ChildElements collection under which all of the control's many individual UIElements appear as descendants.

Returns a that represents the client area of the control.

Use the DisplayRectangle property to determine the client area of the control, which for the control is the area inside the control's borders, minus the vertical scrollbar if one is present.

Event fired after an action associated with a key action mapping has been performed. \ Event fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed.

BeforePerformAction event gets fired before an action associated with a key action mapping is about to be performed. It is a cancelable event. When it's cancelled, UltraMonthViewSingle will not perform the action for which this event was fired.

Gets the current state of the control (read-only)

The CurrentState property is used by the control's method as well as its table.

The method is useful for programmatically simulating user interaction with the control.

When the user interacts with the control, there are certain conditions that the control must meet before the action can be performed. For example, an item that is disabled cannot be selected. The CurrentState property is the mechanism used by the control to determine whether a certain action can be performed given the current state of the control.

The table is the mechanism used by the control to handle all user keyboard interactivity. All keystrokes that have significance to the control are "registered" in the table. This table works in conjunction with the method to handle all keystrokes received by the control.

Returns the role which represents the control area Returns the type of the DayUIElement for this class. The Accessible object for a WeekView. Constructor The UltraWeekView control. The Accessible object for a group. Constructor The UltraWeekView control. Sets the value of all members to UIElementBorderStyle.Default, effectively marking all border style properties as in need of recalculation. DayNumberUIElement class Overload constructor that takes a the display string The parent element. Draws the foreground of this UIElement. The used to provide rendering information. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Override the default implementation so the focus rect is drawn for active days Returns border style Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns the associated with this instance. CurrentDayNumberSelectionAreaUIElement class Creates a new instance of the class. The parent element. The text that will be displayed PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed DayUIElement. The parent element. The date this DayUIElement represents Vertical position Horizontal position Additional information about this DayUIElement's size and position Returns the context for this DayUIElement The type of the context object A boolean indicating if the parent sbould be checked. An object of the same type as the 'type' parameter, representing the context for this DayUIElement This method is called from the GetDescendant method as an optimization to prevent searching down element paths that can't possibly contain the element that is being searched for. The (or base class type) of the UIElement to look for. The contexts that must all match with the contexts of the UIElement. True if there is any possiblity that the element being sought is a descendant of this element. If this method returns false then descendant elements of this element will be excluded from the search. PositionChildElements Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed Called when the cursor hovers over this element. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method Returns an AccessibleObject of an activity relative to an activity within the day. Returns an array of accessible objects representing the activities of the day. Returns the actual date that this DayUIElement corresponds to Returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object, cast to an ISelectableItem Gets/sets whether this DayUIElement is currently displaying a MoreActivityIndicator Returns the border style

Note that not all styles are available on all operating systems. If the version of the OS that your program is running on does not support a particular border style, borders formatted with that style will be drawn using solid lines.

Returns which borders are to be drawn Returns true so that children are always clipped Returns the associated with this instance. Returns whether this element wants to be notified when the mouse hovers over it. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. Returns the accessible object representing the Day. Returns the actual date that this DayUIElement corresponds to Returns the UIElement representing the day. Returns this DayUIElement's corresponding Day object Returns the UIElement that would contain multi-day appointments or other activities for this DayUIElement. In this case, this is the DayUIElement itself. Returns the UIElement that groups the days. This is the element that contains Notes. The Accessible object for a day. Constructor Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Enumerates the possible actions that can be performed on the control. Navigate to the next whose property is True. Navigate to the previous whose property is True. Navigate to the previous whose property is the same as the current Day.

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the next whose property is the same as the current Day.

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the last in the current .

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the first in the current .

Note that the target must be .
Navigate to the next activity ( or ) via the key, and display its editor.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Navigate to the previous activity ( or ) via the + key combination, and display its editor.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Place the currently selected activity ( or ) into edit mode (display its editor).

Note that a required state of this action is that there be only one selected activity.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Exits edit mode, and commits any changes that were made by the user to its associated activity ( or ).

Note that a required state of this action is that the control is in edit mode.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Exits edit mode, and discards any changes that were made by the user.

Note that a required state of this action is that the control is in edit mode.

Note that s are not editable via the user interface, and as such are ignored by this action.
Toggle state of the . Scroll the control down by the number of weeks specified by the control's property. Scroll the control up by the number of weeks specified by the control's property. Remove all selected activities (s and/or s) from their respective collections.

Note that s are not selectable, and as such are never affected by this action.
Displays the .

Note that there must be at least one selected for this action to succeed.
Adds an to the , and performs the EnterEditMode action on the new .

Bit flags that describe the state of the control. The is not null (Nothing in VB). The is the same day as the day represented by the control's property. The is the last day in the control that is currently visible. An activity ( or ) is currently being edited.

Note: objects are not editable via the user interface.
The current pivot item is an activity (, or ). The current pivot item is a . The current pivot item is a whose height is half that of full-sized days, and appears in the top half of the space it occupies. The current pivot item is a whose height is half that of full-sized days, and appears in the bottom half of the space it occupies. There exists at least 1 whose property is True. The total combined count of the , , and collections is zero. The value of the control's property is True. The activity's Locked property is true. The next visible, enabled day (relative to the ActiveDay) is within the range imposed by the MinDate and MaxDate properties. The previous visible, enabled day (relative to the ActiveDay) is within the range imposed by the MinDate and MaxDate properties. The activity in edit mode is an . The activity in edit mode is a . Key/Action mapping object for the control. KeyActionMapping object constructor The for which this action is to be mapped The to perform when the keystroke is received The representing conditions that must not be true in order for the action to be performed The representing conditions that must be true in order for the action to be performed The special keys (such as ALT, CTRL or SHIFT) that can not be pressed in order for the action to be performed The special keys (such as ALT, CTRL or SHIFT) that must be pressed in order for the action to be performed Gets/sets the action code. Gets/sets the disallowed state. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST NOT be in for this mapping to be active. If the current state of the control has any of these bits turned on this mapping will be ignored. Gets/sets the required state. These are bit flags that specify the state that the control MUST be in for this mapping to be active. KeyActionMappings for UltraWeekView. Constructor Called the first time GetActionMapping is called (enables lazy loading of mappings) IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Creates an instance of an ActionStateMappingsCollection derived class An indexer KeyActionMappingEnumerator Constructor non-IEnumerator version: type-safe The main element for an UltraWeekView (occupies the entire client area) Constructor for the control's main UIElement The UltraWeekView control instance that this UIElement represents OnMousePanVertical Performs a specific key action An enumeration value that determines the user action to be performed. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the control key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is maintained, as it is when the user holds down the control key and selects a row in a grid. A booean specifies whether the action should be performed as if the shift key is depressed. This mainly affects actions where selection is involved and determines if the existing selection is extended, as it is when the user holds down the shift key and selects a range of rows in a grid. true if the action completed successfully, false if the action failed. BF 7.19.01 Creates/verifies the child UI elements for the control Overrides the InitAppearance method to specify particular values based on the control's settings. AppearanceData structure that should be updated with the element's appearance information Enumeration indicating which appearance properties that should be resolved. We support vertical mouse panning, so return true Returns the border style CurrentState property KeyActionMappings property Returns all borders Returns the number of child elements expected to be created Returns the cursor for this element (read-only) Returns true so that children are always clipped Indicates if the control uielement is being used for a print operation. Indicates how images and colors are rendered when printed. Returns the associated with this instance. WeekAreaUIElement class... Constructor The parent element. The associated Week object Initializes the appearance for this item The appearance structure to initialize The properties that are needed PositionChildElements Returns the Week object associated with this WeekAreaUIElement Returns the associated with this instance. Indicates if the element supports accessibility Returns the accessible object representing this Owner. The Accessible object for a weekArea. Constructor Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. An AccessibleObject that represents the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An AccessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the AccessibleNavigation values An AccessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the state of this accessible object. Provides design-time services for the control. GetTextBaseLines Returns a Text BaseLine for each day discarding duplicates DefaultableInteger Gets the for this designer's control/component. Overrides ControlDesigner SnapLines. Add Text BaseLine SnapLines for to default implementation Provides DesignerActionItems for the SmartTag associated with the UltraWeekView. Constructor Overrides CreateActionItems. The list to populate. Delegate for event. Delegate for event. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that is about to be performed. EventArgs class used for the event. Constructor. The action that has been performed. The action that has been performed. An object that represents a visible day in the UltraDayView control.

VisibleDay objects are exposed by the UltraDayView control via the collection property.

The contains 1 VisibleDay object for each date in the object. If no date ranges are currently selected, then the contains only 1 day - the day represented by the property.

Constructor. Returns a collection of Appointments that span the given time slot. The time slot in the visible day for which appointments are to be retrieved. A collection of Appointments. Returns a collection of Appointments that span the given start and end time. The starting time in the visible day for which appointments are to be retrieved. The ending time in the visible day for which appointments are to be retrieved. A collection of Appointments. The control that the is owned by (read-only) Returns the object associated with this . Returns the date associated with this . Gets/sets the text that is displayed by the header that represents this in the user interface.

The Text property for the takes precedence over the formatted date that would otherwise be displayed in the header.

Note: Because objects are removed from the UltraDayView control's collection (and thus destroyed) when the corresponding date is removed from the collection, property settings of the VisibleDay object are not persisted.

The UltraDayView control's event can be handled and used to set the Text property of the VisibleDay object.

Property: Returns true only if selectable Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Property: Returns true only if Draggable Property: gets/sets a value indicating whether the item is selected. A collection of VisibleDay objects.

VisibleDay objects are exposed by the UltraDayView control via the collection property.

The "VisibleDaysCollection" contains 1 object for each date in the object. If no date ranges are currently selected, then the contains only 1 day - the day represented by the property.

Removes a VisibleDay from the colection Removes a VisibleDay from the collection Returns whether a specified datetime exists in the VisibleDays collection. true if the specified datetime exists in the VisibleDays collection; otherwise, false. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Returns the zero-based index of the specified date in the collection. The zero-based index of -1 if not found. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Integer indexer into the collection Abstract property that specifies the initial capacity of the collection. Returns true if this collection is read only. The control that the is owned by (read-only) The first visible day in the collection. The last visible day in the collection. Date indexer Enumerator for the VisibleDays Type-safe version of Current The collection of s whose Visible property is set to true. Returns the owner at the specified index The index of the item to retrieve. the owner at the specified index Returns the owner with the specified key The key of the item to retrieve. the owner at the specified index IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Returns the ordinal position of this Owner within the collection. The Owner whose index is to be returned. The zero-based index of the specified , or -1 if the owner does not belong to this collection. Returns false to disallow force each owner to have a unique key. Returns the number of items in the collection. Returns the initial capacity for this collection. Returns true Returns the Owner object at the requested index. Returns the Owner object with the specified key. Week object. Constructor. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the object Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets Enabled to its default Overrides the ToString method A string representation of the Week object. Returns whether this object is selected in the specified -derived control. The UltraScheduleControlBase-derived control for which this Week object is to be evaluated A boolean specifying whether this Week object is selected in the specified control. Returns the appointments collection for this week Returns the holidays collection for this week Returns the notes collection for this week Returns the enabled status of the object. Returns the week number of the current week. Returns whether the Week has any appointments, holidays or notes defined. Returns the first date of the week. Returns the last date of the week. Determines if the week is enabled by checking if the week, week of year or all of its days are disabled. Returns the year that the week is a part of. Property: Returns true only if item can be tabbed to Returns the instance associated with this object, cast as an ISelectableItem implementor. Provides an ISelectableItem implementation for the object which uses the collection. Returns the object with which this instance is associated. Returns whether the item can be navigated to via the TAB key Returns whether the item can be dragged Returns whether the item is selectable WeekLook object. Constructor Week number Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Reset the properties of this object to their default values Checks if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Pass along notifications made by sub objects. A structure containing the property change information. Return the string representation of this object. The string representation of this object. Returns the CalendarLook object that owns this object. Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Appearance for the days in the week. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Appearance for the week header. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Returns the week number associated with this object. TypeConverter for an UltraWinSchedule WeekLook. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. WeekOfYear object. Constructor Week number Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns the HashCode for this object. Determine if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Gets serialization information with all of the non-default information required to reinstantiate the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Determine if the Enabled property needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Reset the Enabled property to its default value. String representing the object. Return the CalendarInfo object which owns the WeekOfYear object. Returns the week number associated with this object. Determines the enabled state of this object. /// You can use the Enabled property to selectively activate or deactivate an object. When an object is disabled, its appearance changes (based on the system disabled colors) and it becomes unavailable to the user. Certain properties or methods of the object may also be unavailable through code when it is disabled. TypeConverter for an UltraSchedule WeekOfYear. Indicates which types the class can be cast to. ITypeDescriptorContext Type A boolean indicating if the class can be converted to the specified type. Converts the object to the specified type. ITypeDescriptorContext CultureInfo Object to convert. Type to which the object is to be converted. The converted object. A collection of WeekOfYear objects. Constructor for the MonthsOfYear object. Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new WeekOfYear object. Integer indicating the index of the object to be created. An object that derives from SubObjectBase Initialize the WeekOfYear object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarInfo object. Notify listeners of a property change. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a WeekOfYear object based on the enum. Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Returns the current object Collection of WeekLook objects. Constructor Constructor used when deserializing the collection. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Handles the creation of a new WeekLook object. Index of the object being created. A new object for that position in the array. Initialize the WeekLook object The SubObjectBase object to initialize. The new owning UltraCalendarLook object. Notify listeners of changes to properties. A structure containing the property change information. Method indicating that the array contents have changed. Used during de-serialization to determine where in the array to place the subobject being de-serialized. SubObject being deserialized. Integer denoting the position where the object should be inserted. IEnumerable Interface Implementation returns a type safe enumerator A type safe enumerator. Called by the base class to determine if the object in the collection needs to be serialized. Object that should be checked to see if it needs to be serialized. A boolean indicating if the object needs to be serialized. Reset the object in the collection. Object in the collection to reset. Copies the elements of the collection into the array. The array to copy to The index to begin copying to. Returns a WeekLook object Used to enumerator the objects in the collection Constructor WeeksOfYearLookCollection to iterate over. Returns the current object Year object. Resets all properties of this object to their default values. Returns a Month object for the specified month number. Returns a Week object for the specified week number. Constructor used for de-serialization The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the object Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets Enabled to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Pass along notifications to listeners. A structure containing the property change information. Overrides the ToString method A string representation of the Week object. Returns the owning CalendarInfo object. Returns the appointments collection for this year Returns the holidays collection for this year Returns the notes collection for this year Returns the enabled status of the object. Returns the year number. Returns whether the Year has any appointments, holidays or notes defined. Returns whether the Year is a leap year. Returns the date of the first day of the year's first week. Determines if the year is enabled by checking if the months, months of year or all of its days are disabled. YearLook object. Constructor owningCalendarLook Year number for the new YearLook object. Constructor used when de-serializing the object. The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Serialize the collection The SerializationInfo instance that contains the data to be serialized. The StreamingContext instance which describes the source and destination of the serialized stream. Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Returns true if property contains data that needs to be serialized. Returns true if this property is not set to its default value Resets property to its default Reset the properties of this object to their default values Checks if the object needs to be serialized. true if this object needs to be serialized; otherwise, false Pass along notifications made by sub objects. A structure containing the property change information. Return the string representation of this object. Returns the CalendarLook object that owns this object. Returns or sets the Appearance object that controls the objects's formatting

The Appearance property of an object is used to associate the object with an Appearance object that will determine its appearance. The Appearance object has properties that control settings such as color, borders, font, transparency, etc. For many of the objects in the UltraWinSchedule, you do not set formatting properties directly. Instead, you set the properties of an Appearance object, which controls the formatting of the object it is attached to.

There are two ways of working with the Appearance property and assigning the attributes of an SSAppearance object to other objects. One way is to create a new Appearance object, adding it directly to the Appearances collection. Then you assign the new Appearance object to the Appearance property of the object you want to format. This method uses a "named" Appearance object that you must explicitly create (and to which you must assign property settings) before it can be used. For instance, you could create an object in the component's Appearances collection and assign it some values as follows:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances.Add "New1"

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").BorderColor = Color.Blue

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor = Color.Red

Creating the object in this way does not apply formatting to any visible part of the control. The object simply exists in the collection with its property values, waiting to be used. To actually use the object, you must assign it to the control's (or another object's) Appearance property:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1")

In this case, only one Appearance object exists. The control's appearance is governed by the settings of the "New1" object in the collection. Any changes you make to the object in the collection will immediately be reflected in the control.

The second way of working with the Appearance property is to use it to set property values directly, such as:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = Color.Blue

In this case, an Appearance object is automatically created by the control. This Appearance object is not a member of an Appearances collection and it does not have a name. It is specific to the object for which it was created; it is an "intrinsic" Appearance object. Changes to the properties of an intrinsic Appearance object are reflected only in the object to which it is attached.

Note that you can assign properties from a named Appearance object to an intrinsic Appearance object without creating a dependency relationship. For example, the following code...

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance.ForeColor = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").ForeColor

...does not establish a relationship between the foreground color of the intrinsic object and that of the named object. It is simply a one-time assignment of the named object's value to that of the intrinsic object. In this case, two Appearance objects exist - one in the collection and one attached to the control - and they operate independently of one another.

If you wish to assign all the properties of a named object to an intrinsic object at once without creating a dependency relationship, you can use the Clone method of the Appearance object to duplicate its settings and apply them. So if you wanted to apply all the property settings of the named Appearance object "New1" to the control's intrinsic Appearance object, but you did not want changes made to "New1" automatically reflected in the control, you would use the following code:

UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearance = UltraMonthViewSingle1.Appearances("New1").Clone

Note that the properties of an Appearance object can also operate in a hierarchical fashion. Certain properties can be set to a "use default" value, which indicates to the control that the property should take its setting from the object's parent. This functionality is enabled by default, so that unless you specify otherwise, child objects resemble their parents, and formatting set at higher levels of the control hierarchy is inherited by objects lower in the hierarchy.

Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Default appearance for the days in the year represented by this year object. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Default appearance for the months in the year represented by this object. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Default appearance for the month headers in the year represented by this object. Returns true if an appearance object has been created. Returns the year associated with the YearLook object. Returns a MonthsOfYearLook collection. Only applicable to weeks for specific dates. Returns a WeeksOfYearLook collection. Only applicable to weeks for specific dates.